COLUMBIA  LIBRARIES  OFFSITE 

HEALTH  SCIENCES  STANDARD 


RECAP 

MINUTES  AND  PROCEEDINGS 


_^^  r^.    HX64072975 

RK1  D43  1924        Minutes  and  proceedi 


OF  THE 


Dental  Faculties^  Association  of 
American  Universities 


1908^1924 


MINNEAPOLIS 
Published  by  the  University  of  Minnesota 


^01 


'-:/ 


CollGge  of  Physicians  and  Surgeons 
Library  .^'--^ — 


it^;^ 


^^ri> 


CoOeae  of  $I)p«ttians(  anb  ©utBeona 


%ihvaxv 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2010  witii  funding  from 

Open  Knowledge  Commons 


http://www.archive.org/details/minutesproceedinOOdent 


MINUTES  AND  PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


Dental  Faculties'  Association  of 
American  Universities 


MINNEAPOLIS 
Published  by  the  University  of  Minnesota 


FINAL  MEMBERSHIP 

University  of  California 
Columbia  University 
Harvard  University 
University  of  Illinois 
University  of  Iowa 
University  of  Michigan 
University  of  Minnesota 
University  of  Nebraska 
Ohio  State  University 
University  of  Pennsylvania 
Tufts  College 
Washington  University 
Western  Reserve  University 

HONORARY  MEMBER 

Augustus  S.  Downing,  Assistant  Commis- 
sioner and  Director  of  Professional 
Education 


FOREWORD 

The  former  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities,  now 
merged  in  the  American  Association  of  Dental  Schools,  takes  pleasure  in  pre- 
senting you  with  this  copy  of  the  Minutes  and  Proceedings  of  the  Dental  .Facul- 
ties' Association  of  American  Universities  from  its  organization  in  July,  1908, 
to  its  dissolution  in  March,  1924,  prior  to  its  union  with  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Dental  Schools.* 

Your  attention  is  especially  invited  to  the  historical  sketch  of  the  activities 
of  the  Association  which  precedes  the  minutes.  The  recently  published  synopsis 
of  the  forthcoming  report  of  the  Carnegie  Survey  of  Dental  Education  gives 
unqualified  commendation  and  support  to  the  ideal  of  dental  education  in 
universities. 

We  quote  from  this  synopsis  as  read  by  the  director  of  the  survey  at  the  first 
meeting,  in  March,  1924,  of  the  American  Association  of  Dental  Schools : 

Considered  as  a  whole  the  practice  of  dentistry  is,  in  effect,  a  combination  of  the  arts 
of  medicine  and  mechanics,  largely  on  the  basis  of  fine  art,  applied  to  the  teeth  and  mouth 
directly.  Oral  (with  correlative  systemic)  health-service  is  the  fundamental  purpose  of  the 
practice  of  dentistry.  Mechanical  procedures  are  its  chief  ways  and  means.  Artistic  oral 
restorations   and   reconstructions  are  its   esthetic   achievements. 

Medicine,  mechanics,  and  art  constitute  the  tripod  on  which  the  whole  of  modern  den- 
tistry rests.     Pull  away  one  of  three  legs  of  that  tripod,  and  dentistry  ceases  to  be  itself 

Antagonism  between  medicine  and  dentistry  cannot  be  explained  on  any  basis  of  public 
interest  or  advantage,  and  has  no  jurisdiction  whatever  in  any  sentiments  that  are  worthy  of 
respect. 

Dentistry  is  neither  a  political  party  nor  a  secret  society.  It  is  not  an  organization  of 
dentists,  conducted  by  dentists,  for  dentists.  Dentistry  is  an  accredited  agency  for  public 
service,  open  to  public  inspection,  subject  to  public  regulation,  and  subservient  to  enlightened 
public  opinion 

Dental  education  is  a  function  of  universities.  The  most  favorable  conditions  for 
instruction  in  dentistry  are  plainly  those  provided  in  the  universities  by  cordial  co-operation 
between  teachers  of  dentistry,  and  those  of  the  schools  of  medicine  and  engineering.  Such 
co-operation  insures  the  most  effective  teaching  under  the  most  advantageous  circumstances 
for  all   concerned. 

It  is  believed  that,  in  view  of  the  forthcoming  report  of  the  Carnegie  Survey 
of  Dental  Education,  publication  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Dental  Faculties' 
Association  of  American  Uniz'crsities  is  peculiarly  timely.  From  its  inception  to 
Its  dissolution  this  body  had  as  its  chief  aim  the  consummation  of  the  ideal  now 
so  strongly  set  forth  in  the  synopsis  of  this  report,  that  is,  raising  dental  educa- 
tion to  the  university  plane  with  the  ultimate  aim  of  placing  dentistry  on  a  par 
with  any  other  specialty  in  medicine. 

Alfred   Owre 
Eugene  H.  Smith 
Charles  R.  Turner 

Committee  on  Minutes 
November  7,  1924. 

*The  minutes  for  the  year  1908-17  were  published  in   the  Dental  Cosmos. 


CONTENTS 

Members   

Foreword    ^ 

Historical   sketch S 

Preliminary   conference    7 

Meeting  for  permanent  organization • 7 

Q 

Second  annual  meetmg ° 

Third    annual    meeting ^3 

Fourth   annual    meetmg '■° 

Fifth  annual  meeting 3i 

Sixth  annual  meeting 3o 

Seventh    annual   meeting 44 

Eighth  annual  meeting 52 

Special  meeting  held  in  Albany,  New  York,  April  i,   1916 62 

Ninth   annual   meeting •  •  •  "o 

Special  meeting  held  in  Chicago,  June  i,  1918 81 

Eleventh    annual    meeting °- 

Special  meeting  held  in  Chicago,  June  21,   1919 9i 

Special  meeting  held  at  New  Orleans,  October  19,  1919. .' 92 

Twelfth   annual   meeting 97 

Special  meeting  held  at  Detroit,   January   28,    1920 99 

Special  meeting  held  at  Boston,  August  23,   1920 100 

Thirteenth  annual   meeting lOi 

Special  meeting  at  Indianapolis,  January  24,  1921 104 

Fourteenth  annual  meeting 104 

Fifteenth  annual  meeting    108 

Special  meeting  held  in  Chicago,  March  i,  1924 115 

Appendix    ^^7 

Constitution  and  by-laws,  as  adopted  in  Philadelphia,  June  5,  1909 120 

Standing  resolutions 124 

Constitution  and  by-laws,  as  revised  in  Montreal,  January  22,  1922 124 

'    4 


i 


HISTORICAL  SKETCH 

Early  dental  education  in  the  United  States  was,  unfortunately,  left  largely 
to  its  own  devices.  In  the  first  years  of  the  republic,  dentists  learned  technique 
in  a  practitioner's  office,  sometimes  supplementing  this  training  with  four-  or 
five-month  lecture  courses  in  medical  subjects  such  as  anatomy,  physiology,  and 
materia  medica.  Most  dentists,  however,  practiced  without  medical  knowledge 
and  without  degrees.  In  1839  the  University  of  Maryland  refused  the  request 
of  two  prominent  Baltimore  practitioners  to  establish  a  course  in  dentistry. 
Dissatisfied  with  existing  conditions,  these  two  men  finally  brought  about  the 
establishment,  as  an  independent  institution,  of  the  Baltimore  College  of  Dental 
Surgery,  thus  completing  the  divorce  of  dentistry  from  university  ideals  and 
standards.  From  this  tim'fe,  for  perhaps  seventy  years,  dental  education  followed 
the  same  general  trend  as  medical  education,  which,  it  will  be  recalled,  fell 
largely  into  the  hands  of  commercial  exploiters,  until  conditions  grew  so  bad 
that  the  university  trained  men  of  the'  profession  ultimately  brought  about  a 
survey  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation  in  an  effort  toward  betterment.  This  survey 
in  medicine  resulted,  practically,  in  the  extermination  of  the  proprietary  schools. 

The  situation  in  dentistry  was  complicated  by  the  fact  that  in  addition  to 
being  conducted  for  profit,  dental  education  consisted  largely  in  a  purely  me- 
chanical training.  Essentially,  of  course,  dentistry  is  a  specialty  of  medicine, 
on  a  par  with,  and  requiring  the  same  fundamental  training  as,  rhinology,  otology, 
ophthalmology,  or  any  other  recognized  specialty.  Fortunately,  there  was  a  grow- 
ing non-commercial  element  in  dental  education,  the  university  dental  schools.  In 
1859  Harvard  established  a  dental  school ;  in  1875,  Michigan ;  in  1878,  Pennsyl- 
vania. (By  1921  two  thirds  of  all  dental  schools  in  the  United  States  were 
parts  of  state  or  endowed  universities.) 

In  1884  various  schools  of  all  types  organized  the  National  Association  of 
Dental  Faculties  for  the  purpose  of  standardizing  and  regulating  dental  educa- 
tion. This  body,  sincere  in  its  purpose,  did  a  great  deal  toward  bettering  con- 
ditions. There  was  a  great  deal  to  be  done.  It  was  necessary,  even  at  that 
relatively  late  date,  to  take  very  elementary  steps  toward  betterment.  At  its 
first  meeting  it 

abrogated  the  prevailing  custom  of  allowing  five  years  of  practice  to  be  substituted  for  one 
session  of  college  vi^ork,  recommended  the  general  adoption  of  a  graded  curriculum  of  two 
years,  recommended  the  subjects  of  instruction,  and  declared  itself  in  favor  of  an  examination 
upon  the  rudiments  of  an  "English  education"  for  all  candidates  for  admission.  In  1889  a 
three-year  course,  of  not  less  than  five  months  each,  was  adopted  to  go  into  effect  in  1891-92. 
Six  month  sessions  were  approved  in  1894,  and  extended  to  seven  months  in  1899-1900.  In 
1901  a  four-year  course  was  projected  for  1904-5  to  accommodate  the  rapidly  increasing  sub- 
jects,  but  in    1904  this  was  rescinded   in   favor   of  a  three-session   course   of   thirty   weeks   each, 

as  it  was   decided  that  the  adoption  of  a   four-year  course  had   been  a   little   premature 

The  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties  advanced  the  preliminary  educational  re- 
quirement, in  1897,-  to  admission  to  a  high  school;  and,  in  1900,  to  admission  to  the  third 
year  of  high  school.     In    1907-9,   three   years  of  high   school   were   required. ^ 

One  by  one,  many  of  the  university  schools  withdrew  from  the  National 
Association  of  Dental  Faculties.  It  was  believed  that  rapid  progress  toward  the 
university  ideal  in  dental  education  could  be  made  only  by  a  disinterested  group. 

^  C.  R.  Turner.     Dental  Cosmos.     January,  1920. 


For  this  reason  the  university  dental  schools,  in. 1908,  brought  about  a  conference 
of  delegates  from  six  university  schools  (California,  Harvard,  Iowa,  :\Iichigan, 
Minnesota,  and  Pennsylvania)  to  consider  the  advisaljility  of  forming  an  asso- 
ciation of  university-  dental  schools.  The  first  steps  toward  organization  were 
taken  at  this  meeting.  The  following  year  a  permanent  organization  was  effected, 
known  as  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities,  with  the 
avowed  object  of  promoting  higher  ideals  in  dental  education,  of  improving  the 
standards  of  preliminary  education  required  for  admission  to  dental  schools, 
and  ultimately  of  establishing  a  national  standard  of  dental  education.  An  educa- 
tional committee  was  appointed  to  take  up  and  present  for  action  these  questions. 

Hereafter  until  1923  the  Association  held  regular  annual  meetings,  with  several 
special  meetings  on  matters  requiring  immediate  action.  At  each  meeting  the 
report  of  the  educational  committee  was_  discussed  at  length,  and  forward  action 
taken.  Other  university  schools  whose  standards  met  those  of  the  Association 
were  admitted  to  membership  as  they  applied,  until  in  1923  the  list  was  as  fol- 
lows :  California,  Columbia,  Harvard,  Iowa,  Illinois,  Michigan,  Minnesota, 
Nebraska,  the  regents  of  the  University  of  the  State  of  New  York,  Ohio, 
Pennsylvania.  Tufts,  Washington,  Western  Reserve. 

It  was  early  recognized  that  there  was  urgent  need  for  a  disinterested  survey 
of  dental  education  such  as  had  been  made  for  medical  education.  At  the  third 
annual  meeting,  in  191 1,  the  following  resolution  was  adopted: 

That  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  invite  the  Carnegie 
Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching  to  make  an  investigation  of  the  educational 
conditions  in  the  dental  schools  holding  membership  in  this  association,  such  as  was  made  of 
the  medical  schools  of  the  country. 

Two  years  later,  in  pursuance  of  a  suggestion  made  in  the  president's  address, 
which  was  adopted  in  foto,  the  motion  was  extended  to  include  all  dental  schools, 
regardless  of  university  affiliation.  In  1913  the  president  of  the  Association 
mentioned  in  his  annual  address  the  announced  intention  of  the  Carnegie  Foun- 
dation to  investigate  dental  education,  and  recommended  that  the  Association 
send  the  Foundation  its  appreciation  of  this  intention,  and  express  a  hope  that 
the  investigation  be  made  at  an  early  date.  This  was  later  adopted,  and  the 
secretary  instructed  to  send  such  a  communication.  In  1920  a  resolution  was 
adopted  again  urging  the  Foundation  to  undertake  a  survey.  The  next  year  a 
resolution  was  sent  to  the  president  of  the  Foundation  offering  all  possible 
assistance  in  such  an  investigation.  The  year  following  ( 1922)  the  survey  was 
begun. 

The  assurance  of  an  ultimate  impartial  survey  was  a  great  support  to  the 
Dental  Faculties'  Association  in  the  stormy  j-ears  which  followed  its  organiza- 
tion. Naturally  every  forward  movement  met  with  opposition  from  the  purely 
commercial  element.  Progress  was  also  retarded  bj'  a  high-minded  but  reactionary 
group  which  believed  dentistry  to  be  self-sufficient,  without  need  of  further  alli- 
ance with  medicine. 

The  first  forward  step  was  the  establishment  of  a  preliminary  requirement 
of  four  years'  work  in  a  reputable  high  school  for  admission  to  dental  schools 
with  regulations  governing  admission  of  students  applying  for  advanced  stand- 
ing. Next  was  the  lengthening  of  the  dental  course  to  four  years,  the  first 
year  to  include  600  hours  of  ancillary  subjects.  This  was  made  obligatory  in 
1916.  Obviously  the  next  requirement  was  further  to  extend  the  course ;  and 
the  Association  bent  its  efforts  in  this  direction.  The  exigencies  of  the  war, 
with  its  practical  demands  on  professional  schools,  retarded  progress  somewhat; 


but,  notwithstanding,  a  five-year  course  (four  years  of  dentistry  with  a  pre- 
dental  academic  year)  was  made  obligatory  in  1921.  All  schools  of  the  Associa- 
tion, wi'.h  one  exception,  established  this  course  as  then  agreed.  Contemporaneously 
a  medico-dental  course,  the  ultimate  goal,  was  under  consideration. 

Other  activities  of  the  Association  included  the  encouragement  of  scientific 
research  in  dentistry,  the  establishment  of  new  undergraduate  and  graduate 
courses,  and  the  standardization  of  dental  curricula. 

Following  a  suggestion  made  by  Dr.  William  J.  Gies,  head  of  the  Carnegie 
Survey  of  Dental  Education,  the  four  existent  dental  educational  associations — the 
National  Dental  Faculties'  Association,  The  American  Institute  of  Dental  Teachers, 
the  Canadian  Dental  Faculties'  Association,  and  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association 
of  American  Universities — recently  disbanded  to  merge  in  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Dental  Schools. 

It  is  suggested  that  anyone  sufficiently  interested  in  the  trend  of  various 
movements  in  dental  education  during  the  critical  fifteen  years  just  passed  to 
devote  the  necessary  time  to  a  reading  of  the  appended  minutes  of  the  Dental 
Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities,  will  find  himself  informed  on 
many  points  which  have  of  necessity  been  omitted  from,  or  at  best  only  touched 
on,  in  this  sketch. 

PRELIMINARY  CONFERENCE 

On  July  31,  1908,  in  Hotel  Somerset,  Boston,  Massachusetts,  a  conference 
of  the  representatives  of  the  dental  schools  of  the  universities  of  California, 
Harvard,  Iowa,  Michigan,  Minn('sota,  and  Pennsylvania  was  held  for  the  purpose 
of  considering  the  advisability  of  forming  a  faculties'  association  of  the  dental 
departments  of  American  universities. 

The  draft  of  a  proposed  constitution  and  by-laws  had  been  forwarded  by 
Dr.  James  Truman,  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  for  presentation  to  this 
meeting. 

After  a  careful  consideration  of  the  object  for  which  the  conference  had 
been  called,  it  was  decided  to  resolve  the  meeting  into  a  committee  of  the  whole 
for  the  further  consideration  of  a  plan  of  organization. 

Of  this  committee,  Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  representing  the  dental  department  of 
the  University  of  California,  was,  on  motion,  elected  temporary  chairman,  and 
the  committee  then  adjourned  to  meet  at  the  call  of  the  chairman. 

MEETING  FOR  PERMANENT  ORGANIZATION 

Pursuant  to  the  resolution  of  adjournment,  a  meeting  was  called  by  the 
chairman  at  the  Bellevue-Stratford  Hotel,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  at  9  a.m., 
June  5,  1909,  for  the  purpose  of  effecting  permanent  organization. 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  at  10  a.m.  by  the  temporary  chairman, 
Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp.  University  schools  were  represented  as  follows :  California, 
Dean  J.  G.  Sharp;  Harvard,  Dean  E.  W.  Smith;  Michigan,  Dean  N.  S.  Hoff ; 
Iowa,  Dean  G.  A'.  I.  Brown;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Pennsylvania, 
Dean  E.  C.  Kirk. 

Dr.  Edward  C.  Kirk  was  appointed  secretary  pro  tem. 

After  receiving  the  credentials  of  delegates  presented  by  Drs.  Hoff,  Sharp, 
and  Brown,  it  was  moved  by  Dr.  G.  V.  I.  Brown,  and  seconded  by  Dr.  E.  H.  Smith, 
that  the  meeting  proceed  to  form  a  permanent  organization.  The  motion  was 
carried. 


The  chairman,  Dr.  Sharp,  submitted  a  form  of  constitution  and  by-laws  em- 
bodying suggestions  of  the  various  members,  which  he  had  collated  and  arranged 
since  the  previous  meeting,  and  on  motion  of  Dr.  Eugene  H.  Smith,  duly  seconded, 
it  was  resolved  that  such  constitution  and  by-laws  be  read  and,  with  such  amend- 
ments as  were  necessary,  be  adopted  article  by  article.     The  motion  was  carried. 

After  a  revision  of  the  proposed  constitution  and  by-laws  and  the  adoption 
of  the  same  article  by  article,  it  was  adopted  as  a  whole.' 

The  meeting  then  proceeded  to  the  election  of  permanent  officers,  with  the 
following  result  : 

President — Dr.  J.  G.   Sharp 

1' ice-president — Dr.  Eugene  H.  Smith 

Secretary-treasurer — Dr.  Edward  C.  Kirk 

Executive  Committee — Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  ex  officio;  Dr.  N.  S.  Hoff,  for  one  j'ear,  and  Dr. 
G.  V.  I.  Brown,  for  two  years 

Educational  Committee — Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  ex  officio;  Dr.  Eugene  H.  Smith,  for  one  year. 
Dr.  Edward  C.  Kirk,  for  two  years,  Dr.  Alfred  Owre,  for  three  years 

Upon  motion  it  was  voted  that  the  sum  of  two  hundred  dollars  be  appropri- 
ated from  the  funds  of  the  Association  to  pay  for  clerical  service  in  connection 
with  the  duties  of  the  secretary-treasurer  for  the  ensuing  year. 

Upon  motion  the  secretar3'-treasurer  was  directed  to  send  to  each  of  the 
members  a  bill  for  annual  dues. 

The  secretary-treasurer  was  further  directed  to  send  a  report  of  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  to  the  Associ- 
ated Press,  to  foreign  and  domestic  dental  journals,  to  the  National  Commissioner 
of  Education,  to  the  Federation  Dentaire  Internationale,  to  the  secretaries  of  the 
several  state  universities,  to  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Examiners,  to 
the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties,  and  to  the  National  Dental 
Association. 

There  being  no  further  business,  the  meeting  adjourned. 

SECOND   ANNUAL   MEETING 

The  second  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  was  called  to  order  at  the  Brown  Palace  Hotel,  Denver,  Colorado, 
July  i8.  1910,  by  the  president,  Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp. 

Membership  universities  were  represented  as  follows  :  California,  Dean  J.  G. 
Sharp ;  Harvard.  Dr.  Waldo  E.  Boardman ;  Iowa,  Dr.  Richard  Summa ;  Michigan, 
Dean  N.  S.  Hoff;  Alinnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  E.  C.  Kirk. 

Visitors:  Drs.  R.  H.  A'olland,  R.  H.  D.  Swing.  W.  F.  Sharp.  G.  L.  Bean, 
L.  S.  Millberry. 

The  secretary  then  read  the  minutes  of  the  preliminary  conference  held  at 
Boston,  July  31,  1908,  and  of  the  meeting  at  Philadelphia,  June  5,  1909. 

On  motion  the  minutes  were  approved. 

The  secretary  asked  for  the  official  titles  of  each  of  the  schools  represented, 
with  the  following  result:  Harvard  University,  Dental  School;  University  of 
Alichigan  College  of  Dental  Surgery;  University  of  California,  College  of 
Dentistry;  University  of  Iowa,  College  of  Dentistry;  University  of  :Minnesota, 
College  of  Dentistry;  University  of  Pennsylvania,  School  of  Dentistrj'. 

The  president  read  his  annual  address,  as  follows : 

'  See  Appendix. 


Members  of  the  Dental  Facnties'  Association  of  American  Universities :  Organized  as 
we  are  to  promote  higher  standards  of  education  in  our  profession,  it  naturally  devolves  upon 
a  new  organization  to  begin  by  eliminating  the  infirmities  of  the  past  in  educational  methods, 
and  retaining  and  adding  to  those  that  are  wholesome.  In  the  effort,  however,  to  promote  the 
welfare  of  our  profession  along  these  lines,  we  must  guard  against  the  over-enthusiasm  and 
consequent  haste  that  so  often  land  us  in  the  pitfalls  of  our  progress.  We  are  organized  for 
a  noble  purpose,  and  it  is  quite  apparent,  after  a  perusal  of  the  voluminous  amount  of  literature 
put  forth  in  the  past  year  on  the  subject  which  we  have  to  consider,  that  there  is  need  for  such 
organization.  We  read  much  of  the  medical  training  for  the  dentist,  and  we  read  somewhat 
as  to  the  methods  pursued  in  many  high  grade  dental  schools  being  all  that  is  required; 
however,  whichever  method  prevails,  as  educators  and  as  organized  with  a  hope  that  our  acts 
will  bear  fruit  because  of  a  sincere  interest  in  our  profession  and  the  welfare  of  mankind,  we 
must  advance  unfalteringly,  slowly,  yet  apace  with  the  demands  made  on  us  by  humanity,  and 
without  losing  sight  of  the  fact  that  the  results  of  our  professional  work  at  present  are  largely 
dependent  upon  our  ability  as  mechanics,  which  factor  will  become  less  and  less  prominent 
as  science,  with  resulting  preventive  measures,  takes  precedence  over  it.  In  the  meantime, 
however,  I  think  the  present  system  will  have  to  suffice,  and  that  if  one  cares  to  become  a 
stomatologist  in  the  broadest  sense  of  the  word,  after  finishing  a  dental  course  he  should  further 
pursue  medical  studies.  I  here  suggest  two  steps  in  dentistry,  the  mechanical  first  and  the 
stomatological  second. 

Being  organized  for  the  purpose  of  offering  a  guaranteed  basis  of  standardization  for 
dental  schools  to  our  profession,  by  virtue  of  our  members  being  controlled  by  the  Association 
of  American  Universities,  I  believe  we  could  increase  the  scope  of  our  usefulness  by  extending 
the  privilege  .of  membership  to  such  schools  and  universities  as  are  on  the  accepted  list  of  the 
Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  and  to  me  it  would  seem  advisable  to 
so  amend  our  constitution.  It  would  be  well  at  this  point  to  quote  from  an  article  of  Com- 
missioner of  Education  Brown  on  the  Carnegie  Foundation.  He  says:  "Because  of  its  ability 
to  give  or  withhold  valuable  grants,  so  that  these  grants  will  be  made  only  to  institutions  of  a 
certain  academic  grade,  and  because  of  a  provision  in  the  office  of  the  foundation  for  the 
investigation  of  all  institutions  applying  for  such  grants,  this  establishment  has  become  one  of 
the  most  powerful  agencies  for  clearing  up  and  unifying  our  standards  in  higher  education." 
It  would  likewise  be  well  to  seek  the  assistance  of  this  institution  in  clarifying  the  dental 
educational  atmosphere,  as  it  is  now  doing  for  the  medical  profession.  Such  assistance  would 
further  tend  to  secure  foreign  recognition  of  our  dental  schools  and  their  graduates,  and  re- 
move the  stigma  of  dental  board  surveillance  over  them,  and  thus  pave  the  way  to  interstate 
and  foreign  recognition  of  them. 

The  next  step  of  importance  which  I  feel  should  be  brought  up  for  consideration  by  this 
body  is  the  addition  of  one  year  to  our  curriculum,  making  it  four  years.  Our  students  at 
present  are  overcrowded,  and  further  it  seems  desirable  to  broaden  the  field  of  scientific  work 
in  our  schools;  at  the  same  time  an  effort  should  be  made  to  produce  greater  uniformity  of  our 
curricula,  as  regards  subjects  to  be  taught  and  time  for  teaching  them.  This  factor  might  be 
beneficial  in  establishing  a  national  standard. 

Some  discussion  arose  at  our  last  meeting  as  to  the  time  and  place  of  our  meetings. 
To  me  it  seems  advisable  that  we  should  meet  in  conjunction  with  the  National  Dental  Asso- 
ciation. This  would  tend  to  enlarge  our  meetings,  and  likewise  augment  our  activity  in  the 
National  Association,  in  which  we  should  become  interested  members.  This  Association, 
through  a  committee,  should  interview  the  commissioner  of  education  in  reference  to  the 
establishment  of  a  professional  advisory  council  in  connection  with  the  Department  of  the 
Interior,  to  discuss  international  educational  problems  with  foreign  nations  through  the  Depart- 
ment of  State,  instead  of  as  individuals.  In  so  far  as  our  standards  suffer  by  comparison 
with  those  of  foreign  countries,  they  should  be  corrected,  and  vice  versa.  No  real  national 
standard  can  be  brought  about  until  such  harmony  exists.  We  would  thus  spread  our  influence 
in  the  cultured  nations  of  the  world,  and  wield  a  great  influence  in  bringing  about  the  establish- 
ment of  a  federal  commission  or  examining  board  of  proper  educational  attainments.  In  all 
these  dental  affairs  of  national  and  international  importance  this  Association  should  be  actively 
interested. 

In  reference  to  membership,  if  it  is  the  wish  of  the  members  to  include  schools  of  the 
Carnegie  accepted  list,  I  would  call  attention  to  the  University  of  Toronto  Dental  School,  but 
as  our  organization  is  purely  a  national  one,  some  special  provision  would  have  to  be  made  to 
include  schools  in  Canada. 

It  is  worthy  of  mention  that  the  Pennsylvania  Dental  College  has  become  allied  with  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania  and  ceased  to  exist  as  a  separate  school — a  commendable  effort  in 
promoting  a  good  cause. 

Further  to  increase  the  good  results  of  our  work,  I  believe  we  should  act  as  far  as  pos- 
sible in  harmony  with  other  educational  factors,   rather  than  appear  to   antagonize  them,   where 


it  can  be  done  without  in  any  sense  lowering  the  bars  of  membership  that  offer  protection  to 
our  profession.  With  this  thought  in  mind  it  might  seem  advisable,  where  schools  outside 
this  Association  are  willing  to  comply  with  the  regulations  of  this  Association,  that  we  indorse 
them  for  a  period  of  three  years,  thus  encouraging  them  to  a  desire  to  become  a  department 
of  some  universitj%  standardized  as  are  those  that  are  members  of  this  Association,  which  must 
be  done  within  the  three  years  or  such  indorsement  be  cancelled. 

As  the  development  of  professional  character  in  our  graduates  is  one  of  the  objects  sought 
by  dental  schools  of  proper  standing,  I  feel  that  we  should  lay  special  stress  in  the  future  on 
the  matter  of  preliminary  studies  with  the  object  of  developing  culture,  upon  which  professional 
character  greatly  depends.  This  should  be  a  prerequisite  for  matriculation  into  schools  of  such 
importance  as  those  of  the  dental  profession. 

In  conclusion,  I  wish  to  thank  the  members  of  the  Association  for  extending  to  me  the 
honor  of  being  your  first  presiding  officer,  and  as  I  give  way  to  my  successor  it  is  with  the 
wish  that,  with  your  assistance,  he  may  so  guide  the  affairs  of  the  Association  as  to  make  our 
hopes  a  reasonable  certainty-,  and  meet  the  expectations  of  the  dental  profession. 

It  was  moved  that  the  discussion  of  the  president's  address  be  postponed  until 
after  the  regular  routine  business  had  been  disposed  of. 

Alotion  carried. 

The  secretary-treasurer,  Dr.  Edward  C.  Kirk,  then  read  his  report.  He 
stated  that  a  record  of  the  preHminary  meeting  held  in  Boston,  July  31,  1908,  and 
of  the  meeting  for  organization  held  in  Philadelphia,  June  5,  1909,  together  with 
the  constitution  and  by-laws  adopted  at  the  Philadelphia  meeting,  was  prepared 
and  published  in  the  dental  journals;  also  several  hundred  copies  were  printed 
in  pamphlet  form  for  distribution  to  dental  educational  authorities  both  in  America 
and  Europe.  Copies  were  also  sent  to  the  national  commissioner  of  education  at 
Washington,  to  several  of  the  state  educational  authorities,  and  to  the  educational 
authorities  of  the  principal  countries  of  Europe.  Copies  were  furnished  to  inter- 
ested individuals  who  applied  for  them. 

Pursuant  to  his  instructions,  the  secretary  endeavored  to  secure  a  record  of 
all  matriculants  in  each  of  the  colleges  members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Associa- 
tion of  American  Universities.  Lists  of  matriculants  for  the  session  of  1909-10 
were  received  from  the  deans  of  the  dental  schools  of  the  University  of  Minnesota,. 
the  University  of  ^Michigan,  the  University  of  California,  and  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania. 

In  an  endeavor  to  secure  data  upon  which  to  base  the  conduct  of  a  bureau  of 
information  pertaining  to  dental  educational  matters  throughout  the  world,  as 
provided  in  the  constitution,  the  secretary,  through  correspondence  and  otherwise, 
endeavored  to  secure  reports  of  boards  of  dental  examiners,  announcements  of  all 
dental  colleges,  copies  of  state  laws,  copies  of  the  laws  of  foreign  countries 
governing  the  practice  of  dentistry,  and  data  relating  to  the  condition  and  char- 
acter of  dental  education  in  foreign  dental  colleges,  with  the  result  that  a  con- 
siderable mass  of  matter  was  already  collected  furnishing  much  valuable  in- 
formation. This  was  at  the  disposition  of  members  of  the  Association  desiring 
information  in  regard  to  the  matters  referred  to. 

The  secretary  reported  further  that  he  was  able,  on  a  recent  visit  to  Europe, 
to  present  personally  to  dental  educational  authorities  the  purposes  and  ideals  of 
the  Association.  He  recommended  that  the  Association  participate  as  actively  as 
possible  in  the  meetings  of  the  Federation  Dentaire  Internationale. 

The  financial  report  was  read. 

The  executive  committee  having  no  report,  the  next  order  of  business  was 
the  report  of  the  educational  committee. 

Dr.  Smith,  the  chairman,  being  absent,  Dr.  Boardman  presented  his  report, 
as  follows : 


As  chairman  of  the  Educational  Committee  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  Amer- 
ican Universities,  I  herewith  suggest  the  following  requirements  for  admission  to  the  dental 
schools  holding  membership  in  this  Association : 

All  candidates  for  admission  holding  a  degree  in  letters,  science,  or  medicine,  from  a 
recognized  college  or  scientific  school,  or  who  have  passed  an  examination  for  admission  to  any- 
reputable  college  of  letters,  or  who  present  diplomas  from  a  four-years  high  school  covering 
subjects  hereinafter  mentioned  are  to  me  admitted  without  an  examination.  Candidates  pre- 
senting diplomas  from  reputable  high  schools  must  have  passed  examination  in  the  following 
subjects: 

English,   physics,   Latin  or  French  or  German,   chemistry,   algebra,   and  geometry. 

All  other  candidates  must  have  passed  examinations  in  the  following  subjects  to  the  value 
of  sixteen  units: 

English,   four  units 

Physics,   including  the  laboratory  course,  two   units 

Latin,  four  units,  or  French  or  German  and  history,  four  units  ^ 

Chemistry,  two  units 

Algebra,  one  unit 

Geometry,  one  unit 

The  foregoing  subjects  to  be  required  in  each  case,  the  remaining  units  to  be  made  up 
from  the  following  electives: 

Manual    training,    one   unit  Anatomy,  physiology,  and  hygiene,  one  unit 

Solid  geometry,  one  unit  Woodworking,    one   unit 

Botany,  one  unit  Blacksmithing,  one  unit 

Zoology,  one  unit  Chipping,  filing,  and  fitting,  one  unit 

Machine  work,  one  unit 

I  would  further  suggest  that  our  committee  recommend  that  the  schools  holding  mem- 
bership in  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  shall  not  accept  the  work 
done  in  other  dental  schools  outside  of  the  Association,  nor  admit  the  students  from  these 
schools  to  advanced  standing,  unless  the  schools  have  a  course  of  nine  months,  in  which  case  we 
will  allow  the  time  only.  Each  student  must  present  a  certificate  of  having  had  the  preliminary 
training  equal  to  the  requirements  of  the  schools  of  our  Association,  and  be  required  to  pass 
all  of  the  examinations  in  the  regular  course. 

In  regard  to  the  number  of  conditions  allowed  for  matriculation,  I  would  suggest  that 
two  units  be  the  maximum  number  on  which  to  admit  a  student. 

In  regard  to  the  standing  of  foreign  dental  schools,  I  have  had  time  only  to  investigate 
the  status  of  the  Russian  schools,  and  find  as  follows: 

That  all  of  the  universities  in  Russia  are  governed  by  the  Ministry  of  Public  Instruction 
and  its  agents;  that  the  medical  faculties  of  the  Russian  universities  have  no  course  in  den- 
tistry, but  that  dentistry  is  taught  in  special  dental  schools.  After  finishing  the  course  at  the 
dental  schools,  the  students  are  obliged  to  pass  an  examination  at  one  of  the  four  universities 
in  Russia — that  is,  St.  Petersburg,  St.  Vladimir,  Kazan,  and  Kharkow. 

The  maximum  preliminary  training  for  a  student  in  dentistry  in  Russia  is  the  equivalent 
of  two  years  in  an  American  high  school;  that  is,  six  classes  in  a  Russian  gymnasium.  Eight 
classes  are  required  for  a  student  in  medicine.  The  maximum  -length  of  time  required  to 
obtain  a  certificate  from  a  dental  school  is  two  and  one-half  years,  or  five  semesters  of  four 
months  each. 

I  would  suggest  that  our  committee  recommend  that  the  schools  holding  membership  in 
the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  require  a  candidate  for  adm.ission 
who  has  been  trained  in  Russia  to  present  a  certificate  of  eight  classes  of  a  Russian  gymna- 
sium, or  make  up  the  equivalent  of  two  years  in  our  American  high  schools,  that  he  be 
allowed  but  one  year's  time,  and  be  required  to  pass  all  of  the  examinations  of  our  three  years 
before  becoming  a  candidate  for  our  degree. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Eugene  H.   Smith,   Chainnaii. 

On  motion,  the  report  of  the  educational  committee  was  received  and  placed 
on  the  minutes. 

The  president's  address  was  then  taken  up  for  discussion.  The  first  point 
of  the  address,  that  of  the  standard  of  admission  to  the  Association  based  on  the 
accepted  list  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  was 
discussed  at  length  by  Drs.  Hoff,  Kirk,  Sharp,  and  Owre,  after  which  Dr.  Kirk 
presented  the  following  resolution-: 


Whereas  The  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching  has  done  more 
than  any  other  organization  in  determining  and  maintaining  a  proper  standard  of  entrance 
requirement  for  admission  to   colleges  and  universities;    and 

Whereas,  The  investigation  that  has  been  and  is  being  conducted  m  medical  educational 
institutions,  with  regard  to  admission  requirements  and  facilities  for  giving  instruction,  has 
done  much  to   elevate  the  standards  of  medical  education;   therefore  be  it 

Resolved  That  schools  or  colleges  of  dentistry  that  are  an  integral  part  of  and  under 
the  direct  supervision  of  universities  accepted  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement 
of  Teaching  may  be  eligible  to  hold  membership  in  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities. 

Dr.  Owre  seconded  the  resolution  with  the  understanding  that  the  amend- 
ment to  the  by-laws  made  necessary  by  this  resolution  lie  over  for  final  action 
until  the  next  annual  meeting. 

The  resolution  was  adopted. 

Dr.  Kirk  presented  the  amendment  to  the  by-laws,  as  follows : 

To  amend  Article  III,    Section   i,  of  the  constitution  and  by-laws: 

After  the  ivord  "Universities,"  insert  the  words  "or  accepted  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation 
for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching." 

With  reference  to  the  suggestion  of  an  advisory  council  for  the  purpose  of 
harmonizing  the  educational  standards  of  America  and  of  foreign  countries, 
Dr.  Hoff  moved  that  this  question  be  left  in  the  hands  of  a  committee  consisting 
of  Drs.  Kirk  and  Smith,  with  Dr.  Sharp  ex  officio.  The  motion  was  duly  sec- 
onded and  carried. 

The  suggestion  in  the  president's  address  with  reference  to  a  four-year  cur- 
riculum was  discussed,  and  Dr.  Owre  presented  the  following  resolution : 

Resolved,  That  the  educational  committee  be  instructed  to  take  up  for  consideration  the 
question  of  the  addition  of  a  fourth  year  to  the  dental  curriculum,  as  suggested  in  the  address 
of  the  president,  and  submit  a  report  thereon  at  the  next  general  meeting  of  the  Association. 

The  motion  was  carried. 

It  was  voted  that  the  president's  address  be  accepted  and  placed  on  file,  with 
the  thanks  of  the  Association  for  its  very  admirable  character. 

The  report  of  the  secretary-treasurer  was  called  up  for  action,  and  Dr.  Owre 
moved  that  the  report  be  accepted,  and  that  the  thanks  of  the  Association  be 
extended  to  the  secretary-treasurer  for  the  very  efficient  service  rendered. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Kirk,  in  speaking  of  the  activities  of  the  Association,  thought  it  desirable 
that  the  Association  should  get  into  closer  touch  with  the  Federation  Dentaire 
Internationale,  as  the  Federation  had  for  its  aim  the  harmonizing  of  educational 
standards-  of  the  world,  and  also  the  raising  of  the  educational  standards  for 
dentistry. 

Dr.  Owre  moved  that  the  Association  apply  for  membership  as  a  body  in  the 
Federation  Dentaire  Internationale. 

Motion  carried. 

The  secretary  asked  for  suggestions  with  regard  to  making  public  the  ac- 
tivities of  the  Association,  and  Dr.  Owre  moved  that  that  be  left  to  the  discretion 
of  the  secretar3^-treasurer. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Kirk  spoke  of  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Dental  Surgery's  surrendering 
its  charter  because  of  its  inability  to  continue  as  an  educational  institution  under 
the  present  conditions  without  lowering  its  educational  requirements. 

Dr.  Owre  moved  that  Drs.  Kirk  and  Hoff  be  appointed  a  committee  to  draw 
up  resolutions  regarding  the  discontinuing  of  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Dental 


Surgery,  and  that  the  resohitions  be  spread  on  the  minutes  of  the  Association 
and  copies  of  the  resolution  be  sent  to  the  faculty  of  the  Pennsylvania  College. 

Alotion  carried. 

The  meeting  adjourned. 

At  the  afternoon  session  the  report  of  the  educational  committee  was  brought 
up  for  discussion. 

Drs.  Kirk,  Sharp,  Hoff,  Owre,  and  Summa  discussed  the  question  of  the 
prescribed  preliminary  educational  requirements  suggested  by  the  educational 
committee  for  entrance  into  the  schools  of  the  Association,  and  Dr.  Kirk  moved 
that  this  portion  of  the  report  be  referred  back  to  the  committee  for  further 
elaboration,  with  the  suggestion  that  the  committee  obtain  from  each  of  the  institu- 
tions the  different  educational  requirements,  the  preparatory  work  required,  the 
value  of  the  counts  from  each  institution,  etc.,  and  that  the  committee  at  the  next 
meeting  bring  in  recommendations  of  a  plan  by  which  the  unification  of  the 
several  standards  of  value  may  be  realized. 

Motion  carried. 

The  next  portion  of  the  report  taken  up  for  discussion  was  the  number  of 
conditions  that  the  matriculant  may  carry  on  entering  a  school. 

After  some  discussion,  Dr.  Kirk  moved  that  this  question  also  be  referred 
back  to  the  committee  and  included  in  the  original  motion. 

Motion  carried. 

The  next  portion  of  the  report  considered  was  the  recommendation  with 
regard  to  the  acceptance  of  Russian  students ;  it  was  moved  that  that  portion  of 
the  report  be  adopted. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Summa  then  moved  that  the  report  of  the  educational  committee  be 
accepted  as  a  whole. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Sharp  presented  a  number  of  reports  on  foreign  dental  schools,  and 
Dr.  Summa  moved  that  they  be  referred  to  the  Committee  on  Education  for  the 
information  of  said  committee. 

Motion  carried. 

Officers  for  the  ensuing  year  were  elected  as  follows : 

President — Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp 

Vice-president — Dr.  Eugene  H.   Smith 

Secretary-treasurer — Dr.   Edward   C.   Kirk 

Executive  Committee — Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  ex  oiificio.  Dr.  Richard  Summa,  for  one  year, 
and  Dr.   N.   S.   Hoff,   for  two  years 

Educational  Committee — Dr.  Edward  C.  Kirk,  for  one  year,  Dr.  Alfred  Owre,  for  two 
years.  Dr.  Eugene  H.  Smith,  for  three  years,  and  Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  ex  officio 

Advisory  Council — Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  ex  officio.  Dr.  Edward  C.  Kirk,  Dr.  Eugene  H.  Smith 

At  the  suggestion  of  the  president,  the  Association  then  listened  to  a  presenta- 
tion of  the  question  of  dental  legislation  in  California,  presented  by  Dr.  Millberry, 
but  no  official  action  was  taken  in  regard  to  this  question. 

The  meeting  adjourned. 

THIRD  ANNUAL  MEETING 

The  third  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  was  called  to  order,  March  8,  191 1,  by  the  president,  Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp, 
at  the  Burkley  Hotel,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

Membership  universities  were  represented  as  follows:  California,  Dean  J.  G. 
Sharp ;  Harvard,  Dean  Eugene  H.   Smith ;   Michigan,  Dean  N.   S.  Hoff ;   Iowa, 

13 


Dr.  W.  S.  Hosford;  }^Iinnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre ;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  E.  C. 
Kirk. 

Visitors :  Drs.  Henry  ^^lorrow,  H.  C.  Pelton,  E.  A.  Rogers,  Richard  Summa, 
R.  H.  Volland. 

The  minutes  of  the  last  meeting  were  read  and  approved.  The  president. 
Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  read  his  annual  address,  as  follows  : 

Air.  Chairman  and  Members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities: 
In  view  of  the  fact  that  our  actions  speak  more  forcibly  than  our  words,  my  report  will 
necessarily  be  verj'  brief.  We  are  now  firmly  organized,  and  what  is  more,  under  the  most 
favorable  conditions — having  established  a  definite  preliminary  standard  for  our  members,  to 
be  increased  as  future  requirements  shall  indicate.  We  have  likewise  adopted  the  strongest 
means  at  our  command  up  to  the  present  time  to  guarantee  those  standards.  We  should  now 
seek  further  to  strengthen  this  guarantee  and  to  harmonize  and  improve  the  curricula  in  the 
different  schools.  My  strongest  criticism  of  all  progressive  schools  at  the  present  time  would 
be  that  the  scientific  courses  have  so  increased  as  materially  to  infringe  upon  those  devoted 
to  technics,  whereas  both  scientific  and  technical  courses  should  be  increased.  This  condition 
can  and  must  be  adjusted  between  ourselves  before  we  can  enter  upon  the  final  step  in  our 
work — that  of  establishing  a  standard  which  will  meet  the  needs  of  the  public,  gain  the  approval 
of  the  profession,  and  ultimately  act  as  a  basis  upon  which  the  educational  authorities  at 
Washington  can  establish  a  national  standard,  which  possibly  may  lead  to  interstate  and  inter- 
national  reciprocity. 

Dr.  Kendrick  C.  Babcock,.  expert  on  higher  education  of  the  Bureau  of  Education,  was 
expected  to  be  with  us  today,  but  I  regret  having  just  received  a  letter  from  him  stating  that 
he  is  detained  at  Cambridge  and  cannot  be  present  at  our  meeting.  It  is  also  to  be  greatly 
regretted  that  up  to  the  present  moment  I  have  received  no  response  from  Dr.  Pritcheft,  of 
the  Carnegie  Foundation,  to  questions  regarding  the  relationship  of  dental  schools  to  their 
universities  in  cases  where  these  universities  are  on  the  accepted  list  of  that  institution.  I  am 
informed,  however,  by  our  own  recorder  of  faculties  that  such  universities  wei'e  accepted  with- 
out reference  to  the  standing  of  their  dental  schools.  If  our  own  educational  committee  is 
not  differently  informed  on  this  point,  it  would  seem  that  we  could  not  at  present  consider 
such  dental  schools  for  membership  in  this  Association,  nor  until  such  time  as  the  Carnegie 
Foundation  has  definitely  set  its  standard  for  such  schools,  which  in  response  to  a  previous 
letter  President  Pritchett  expressed  a  willingness  to  do,  provided  the  request  for  such  assist- 
ance is  sufficiently  urged  upon  him.  Since  the  work  in  which  we  are  engaged  is  one  based 
solely  upon  the  welfare  of  the  public,  I  strongly  urge  upon  the  members  of  our  Association 
that  we  take  steps  to  enlist  the  services  of  that  Foundation  in  this  work,  not  necessarily  as 
college  men,  but  as  individual  members  of  the  profession.  From  our  intimacj'  with  this  class 
of  educational  work  we  are  the  first,  or  should  be  the  first,  to  recognize  our  weaknesses,  and 
should  therefore  adopt  the  most  direct  means  for  correcting  them.  This  Foundation  is  such 
a  means;  its  independence  assures  its  safety  as  a  standardizing  agent  and  it  can  aid  us 
materially  in  our  progress.  By  thus  keeping  faith  with  the  public  and  our  profession,  we 
shall  receive  the  unqualified  support  of  both,  and  at  the  same  time  maintain  a  proper  standard 
of  self-respect — both  of  which  are  quite  important  in  carrying  on  our  work.  That  this  is  true 
is  evidenced  in  many  ways — first,  in  the  report  of  the  commiUee  of  the  Stomatological  Section 
of  the  American  Medical  Association  appointed  to  advance  the  standards  of  dental  schools,  in 
which  it  says,  "The  Dental  Faculties  Association  of  American  Universities  should  be  given 
all  possible  aid  in  the  work  in  which  it  is  engaged."  Such  an  expression  of  confidence  in  our 
organization  certainlj'^  leaves  no  doubt  in  our  minds,  if  any  ever  existed,  as  to  the  largeness 
of  our  responsibility.  Secondly,  the  need  for  strenuous  measures  to  improve  conditions  could 
not  be  more  forcibly  shown  than  in  the  report  of  the  committee  on  the  address  of  the  president 
of  the  National  Dental  Association  at  its  meeting  held  in  Denver  last  Julj'.  It  says,  "It  is 
manifestly  true  that  in  the  special  department  of  education  with  which  we  are  immediately 
concerned  there  is  cr3'ing  need  for  reform."  Further,  no  matter  in  which  direction  we  turn, 
we  hear  individual  expressions  condemnatorj^  of  dental  schools — man3'-  based  upon  ignorance, 
to  be  sure,  but  with  enough  truth  in  all  to  justify  some  radical  improvements. 

As  our  success  in  advancing  the  educational  standards  of  our  profession  is  largely  de- 
pendent upon  outside  support,  I  tiink  publicity  of  our  deliberations  and  actions  should  be 
encouraged,  and  hence  would  suggest  that  from  time  to  time,  or  at  each  meeting  of  this  body, 
we  invite  to  meet  with  us  in  an  advisory  capacitv',  as  individuals  or  as  members  of  some  state 
or  national  educational  department,  or  educational  committee,  men  who  have  no  college  affilia- 
tions but  who  are  nevertheless  closely  allied  with  this  work. 

In  my  last  report  to  this  Association,  I  expressed  some  words  of  caution  against  a 
too   hasty   action    on   matters   that   should   first   receive   the    fullest   consideration.      I    make   this 

14 


reference,  as  it  is  my  belief  that  this  Association  acted  too  hastily  in  the  matter  of  joining  the 
Federation  Dentaire  Internationale  as  a  body.  An  institution  as  young  as  this  one,  I  believe, 
should  be  absolutely  free  to  shape  its  own  course  without  being  hampered  by  attachment  to 
rules  governing  any  other  association.  I  therefore  recommend  a  reconsideration  of  our  former 
action  in  this  matter,  since  our  influence  in  international  affairs  will  be  vastly  greater  after 
we  have  laid  claim  to  a  national  standard  and  have  justified  it  by  our  actions. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  we  were  disappointed  in  not  having  had  a  representative  of 
the  commissioner  of  education  with  us  today,  I  feel  thaf  the  Advisory  Council  should  instruct 
him  as  to  our  organization,  its  aims,  and  the  deliberations  of  this  meeting,  or  that  said  council 
interview  him,  that  we  both  might  be  benefited  by  such  a  conference  and  the  gates  opened  for 
a  federal  consideration  of  our  professional  educational  standing. 

I  wish  to  congratulate  the  Association  upon  its  wise  decision  as  to  holding  its  meeting 
in  the  different  colleges.  In  studying  the  conditions  existing  in  Iowa  University  Dental 
School  during  the  two  days  we  have  already  been  here,  I  feel  that  we  have  all  been  greatly 
benefited,  and  that  such  intimacy  with  the  actual  workings  of  our  members  while  in  session 
will  bring  about'  an  earlier  adjustment  of  harmony  in  our  curricula,  and  be  equally  important 
from  the  standpoint  of  pedagogy.  Since  there  are  twenty-two  universities  in  the  Association 
of  American  Universities,  and  only  six  of  these  have  dental  schools,  it  might  be  well  for  our 
college  association  to  lay  the  educational  status  of  dentistry  before  that  association,  sho.wing  that 
it  is  quite  worthy  of  university  consideration.  It  would  thus  encourage  those  in  authority  in  these 
universities  favorably  to  consider  dental  education,  and  to  lend  a  favorable  ear  to  the  overtures 
made  to  them  by  dental  schools  now  in  existence,  for  becoming  part  of  such  universities.  All 
standardized  universities  should  be  so  informed. 

Believing  that  a  consideration  of,  and  favorable  action  on,  the  suggestions  that  are 
herein  set  forth  would  constitute  the  first  and  a  perfectly  consistent  step  of  this  Association 
following  its  organization  toward  reaching  the  goal  it  covets,  namely,  that  of  making  the 
dental  school  in  every  instance  a  public  benefactor  and  discouraging  the  possibility  of  any 
being  the  object  of  public  benefaction,  I  wish  in  closing  to  thank  you  all  for  the  energy  each 
member  has  devoted  to  the  cause  for  which  our  organization  stands.  Its  roots  have  taken  a 
firm  hold,  and  it  will  only  be  through  the  acts  of  its  own  indiscretion  that  its  progress  will 
be   retarded. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  reading  of  the  report  of  the  secretary- 
treasurer. 

The  secretary  reported  that,  pursuant  to  his  instructions  at  the  last  previous 
meeting,  he  had  forwarded  to  the  dean  of  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Dental 
Surgery  a  resolution  commending,  for  the  Association,  the  action  on  the  part  of 
that  institution  in  discontinuing  its  courses  of  instruction  rather  than  taking  the 
alternative  of  lowering  the  standards  of  instruction. 

A  communication  was  read  from  a  Japanese  dental  school  asking  admission 
for  its  graduates  to  the  third  year  of  the  course  of  dental  schools  in  the  Association. 

A  financial  statement  was  presented.  It  was  voted,  on  motion,  that  both 
reports  be  received. 

The  executive  committee  having  no  report,  the  next  order  of  business  was 
the  report  of  the  educational  committee.  The  chairman,  Dr.  Eugene  H.  Smith, 
presented  the  following  report : 

Mr.  President  and  Members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities : 
Your  committee  on  education  begs  to  submit  the  following  report  as  the  result  of  its  delibera- 
tions on  the   questions  referred  to  this  committee: 

Your  committee  has  carefully  considered  the  question  of  adopting  a  more  uniform  stand- 
ard of  preliminary  educational  requirements  and  one  to  which  the  various  count  systems  now 
in  use  can  be  readily  adjusted.  We  have  also  considered  it  advisable  to  add  to  the  present 
requirements  for  matriculation  a  kno^yledge  of  elementary  chemistry.  As  the  result  of  our 
deliberations    we    beg    leave    to    submit    the    following    recommendation    for    your    consideration: 

We  recommend  to  the  Association  that  the  minimum  standard  of  four  years'  high  school 
education  now  required  for  admission  to  the  schools  of  this  Association  shall  be  as  defined  by 
the  regents  of  the  University  of  the  State  of  New  York,  this  to  include  one  year  of  work  in 
chemistry;  the  requirement  in  chemistry  to  take  effect  in   1912-13. 

The  attention  of  the  committee  has  been  called  to  the  fact  that  the  regents  of  the  state 
of  New  York  issue  a  special  dental  certificate  on  examination,  but  the  committee  suggests 
that    the    scope    of    examination    for    the    special    certificate    be    further    investigated    before    the 

15 


schools    of    this    Association    accept    such    certificates    as    covering    the    preliminary    educational 
requirements. 

Four-year  curriculum. — Your  committee  has  carefully  considered  the  advisability  of 
adopting  a  four-}  ear  curriculum,  and  as  the  result  of  its  deliberations  vi^  deem  it  inexpedient 
at  the  present  time  to  adopt  an  obligatory  four-year  curriculum.  We,  however,  recommend 
the  adoption  of  an  elective  four-year  course,  the  Association  to  prescribe  what  subjects  are 
to  be  pursued  in  the  fourth  year. 

Standardisation  of  curricula. — With  reference  to  standardizing  the  curricula  of  the 
schools  of  this  Association,  we  have  been  unable  to  formulate  any  definite  plan  to  this  end, 
but  recommend  that  steps  be  taken  to  standardize  the  curricula  of  the  schools,  and  we  also 
recommend  that  this  question  be  referred  back  to  the  educational  committee,  or  a  special  com- 
mittee  appointed    for   the   purpose,    for   further   consideration. 

Conditions  of  matriculates. — As  to  the  number  of  conditions  which  a  matriculate  may 
be  allowed  to  carry  on  entrance  to  the  schools  of  this  Association,  we  recommend  that  this  be 
left  to   the  discretion   of  the   ditferent   schools. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Eugene   H.    Smith,    Chairman, 
Alfred  Owre, 
Edward  C.  Kirk, 

Committee. 

Motion  \yas  made  and  carried  that  the  report  be  received,  and  opened  for 
discussion  later. 

The  meeting  adjourned  until  2:30  p.m. 

At  the  afternoon  session  the  question  of  the  final  adoption  of  the  resolution 
presented  at  the  last  meeting  on  the  eligibility  of  schools  and  colleges  which  were 
integral  parts  of  universities  accepted  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Teaching,  for  membership  in  the  Association  was  taken  up  for 
final  action.  After  considerable  discussion  the  resolution  was  finally  adopted  in 
the  following  form : 

Article  III,  Section  i.  The  membership  of  this  Association  shall  be  limited  to  dental 
schools  which  are  an  integral  part  of  state  universities  or  of  chartered  universities  of  equal 
standing  of  the  United  States  of  America  holding  membership  in  the  Association  of  American 
Universities,  or  accepted  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  de- 
manding graduation  from  accredited  high  schools,  that  require  not  less  than  four  years  of 
high-school  work,  or  the  equivalent  amount  of  education,   for  matriculation. 

The  question  of  the  standardization  of  dental  schools  or  the  establishing  of 
a  standard  curriculum  for  dental  schools  was  taken  up  for  discussion.  It  was 
decided  that  this  was  the  work  of  the  educational  committee,  and  Dr.  Kirk  moved 
that  the  Advisory  Council  be  done  away  with  and  its  work  merged  with  that  of 
the  educational  committee.     The  motion  was  carried. 

It  was  moved  and  carried  that  the  president's  address  be  taken  up  for 
consideration. 

The  first  recommendation  in  the  president's  address  was  that  relating  to 
the  standardization  of  the  curricula  of  the  schools  of  the  Association  ;  it  was 
decided  that  that  question  be  referred  to  the  educational  committee. 

The  question  of  the  investigation  of  educational  institutions  by  the  Carnegie 
Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching  was  discussed  at  length  by  Drs. 
Owre,  Sharp,  Summa,  Hoff,  and  Kirk,  after  which  Dr.  Owre  moved,  and  Dr. 
Smith  seconded — 

That  the  Dental  Faculties  Association  of  American  Universities  invite  the  Carnegie 
Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching  to  make  an  investigation  of  dental  schools  holding 
membership  in  this  Association,  such  as  was  made  of  the  medical  schools  of  this  country. 

Motion  carried. 

The  question  of  the  action  of  the  Association  at  its  last  meeting  in  applying 
for  membership  in  the  Federation  Dentaire  Internationale  was  taken  up  for 
reconsideration.     The  subject  was  discussed  at  some  length  by  Drs.  Owre,  Smith, 

16 


Sharp,  Hof¥,  Summa,  and  Kirk,  after  which  it  was  moved  and  carried  that  the 
former  action  of  the  Association  in  applying  for  membership  in  the  Federation 
Dentaire  Internationale  be  rescinded,  and  that  the  application  for  membership 
be  withdrawn. 

The  secretary  was  instructed  to  inform  the  Federation  of  this  action,  and 
to  present  as  the  reason  therefor  the  feeling  of  the  Association  that  it  was  inad- 
visable at  this  time  for  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities 
to  affiliate  itself  with  any  other  body,  as  it  was  thought  that  the  Association 
could  better  perform  its  work  by  occupying  an  entirely  neutral  ground  in  relation 
to  other  organizations. 

The  next  question  considered  was  the  recommendation  by  the  president  that 
the  Association  of  American  Universities  be  asked  to  take  up  and  consider  the 
question  of  dental  education,  with  a  view  to  encouraging  the  dental  schools  of 
the  country  to  the  adoption  of  a  higher  standard  of  preliminary  educational  re- 
quirements. The  subject  was  discussed  by  Drs.  Sharp,  Owre,  and  Kirk,  after 
which  it  was  moved,  and  carried  that  the  president  be  requested  to  pursue  this 
matter  at  his  discretion  with  the  Association  of  American  Universities. 

Dr.  Sharp  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  there  were  two  universities,  mem- 
bers of  the  Association  of  American  Universities,  whose  dental  schools  were  not 
members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities,  and 
whose  educational  standards  were  such  as  to  make  them  ineligible  to  member- 
ship in  the  D.  F.  A.  of  A.  U.,  and  asked  if  the  Association  should  take  cognizance 
of  that  fact. 

it  was  moved  and  carried  that  similar  authority  be  given  to  the  president 
to  take  action  at  his  discretion  in  calling  the  attention  of  the  Association  of 
American  Universities  to  this  matter. 

The  president's  address  was  adopted  as  a  whole. 

The  report  of  the  secretary-treasurer  was  then  taken  up   for  consideration. 
The  question  of  the  recognition  of  the  Tokyo  Dental  College  by  the  Associa- 
tion was,  on  motion,  referred  to  the  educational  committee. 

It  was  moved  and  carried  that  the  report  of  the  secretary-treasurer  be  ac- 
cepted and  adopted  as  a  whole. 

The  report  of  the  educational  committee  was  next  taken  up  for  con- 
sideration and  action.  The  recommendation  of  the  committee  to  the  efifect  that 
"the  minimum  standard  of  four  years'  high-school  education  now  required  for 
admission  to  the  schools  of  this  association  shall  be  as  defined  by  the  regents 
of  the  University  of  the  State  of  New  York,  this  to  include  one  year  of  work  in 
chemistry,  the  requirement  in  chemistry  to  take  efifect  in  1912-13,"  was  discussed 
by  Drs.  Hofif,  Smith,  Kirk,  Summa,  and  Sharp,  after  which  it  was  moved  and 
carried  that  this  recommendation  be  adopted. 

The  recommendation  of  the  educational  committee  with  reference  to  the  ex- 
tension of  the  graduate  phase  of  instruction  in  lieu  of  adopting  a  four-year 
curriculum  at  the  present  time  was,  on  motion,  adopted. 

The  report  of  the  educational  committee  was  adopted  as  a  whole. 
Election  of  officers  for  the  ensuing  year  resulted  as  follows : 

President — Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp 

Vice-president — Dr.  E.  H.  Smith 

Secretary-treasurer — Dr.  E.  C.  Kirk 

Educational  Committee — Dr.  Alfred  Owre,  for  one  year,  Dr.  E.  H.  Smith,  for  two  years. 
Dr.  E.  C.  Kirk,  for  three  years,  and  Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  ex  officio 

Executive  Committee— Br.  N.  S.  Hoff,  for  one  year,  Dr.  W.  S.  Hosford,  for  two  j-ears, 
and  Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  ex  officio 

The  Association  adjourned  until  the  next  annual  meeting. 

17 


FOURTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 

The  fourth  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  was  called  to  order  January  22,  1912,  at  10  -.30  a.m.  by  the  vice-presi- 
dent, Dr.  Eugene  H.  Smith,  at  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.  Membership  universities 
were  represented  as  follows:  California,  Dr.  Fred  E.  Hart;  Harvard,  Dean 
Eugene  H.  Smith;  Iowa,  Dean  W.  S.  Hosford;  Michigan,  Dean  N.  S.  Hoff ; 
:Minnesota.  Dean  Alfred  Owre ;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  E.  C.  Kirk. 

A'isitors :  Drs.  R.  W.  Bunting,  E.  T.  Darby,  L.  P.  Hall,  E.  T.  Loeffler,  C.  J. 
Lyons.  Henry  :Morrow,  F.  H.  Orton,  and  M.  L.  Ward. 

Inasmuch  as  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  had  been  printed  and  dis- 
tributed among  the  members  it  was  voted  that  the  reading  of  the  minutes  be 
dispensed  with. 

The  annual  address  of  the  president.  Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  was  read  by  the  sec- 
retary as  follows : 

Members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities :  I  most  sin- 
cerely regret  that  circumstances  make  it  impossible  for  me  to  meet  personallj'  with  you  on  this, 
the  occasion  of  our  fourth  annual  meeting.  However,  Dr.  Fred  E.  Hart  has  been  appointed 
by  the  president  to  represent  the  University  of  California,  and  he  carries  with  him  the  good 
will  and  greetings  from  the  members  of  our  faculty  to  their  co-workers  in  our  Association. 
It  is  with  a  longing  interest  that  we  look  forward  to  his  return  to  California,  and  to  a  report  of 
great  strides  of  progress  contemplated  for  the  coming  3'ear,  together  with  one  of  a  clean  bill  of 
health  for  the  year  that  has  just  closed. 

I  must  remind  you  that  as  our  labors  in  the  matter  of  education  have  placed  us  in  the 
role  of  public  servants,  it  is  incumbent  up:n  us  to  proceed  cautiously,  and  always  with  a 
thorough  understanding  that  we  must  do  our  full  duty  and  render  a  complete  and  honorable 
report  to  the  profession  and  the  people  in  whose  interest  the  work  of  this  Association  is  being 
carried  forward.  Not  only  should  we  strive  to  submit  a  creditable  report  of  our  own  actions, 
but  it  should  be  the  object  of  our  Association  to  invoke  the  aid  of  all  other  possible  factors  to 
promote  the  same  cause,  to  discourage  stagnation,  and  to  condemn  retrogression. 

It  is  quite  apparent  from  onl}  a  casual  glance  at  the  literature  on  the  subject  of  dental 
education  that  has  appeared  during  the  past  year  that  the  entire  dental  profession  is  not  in 
accord  with  the  principles  of  high  standards  for  our  profession,  and  in  this  respect  this  Associa- 
tion may  even  be  said  to  have  some  bitter  enemies.  These  little  obstacles  to  an  upward  path, 
however,  are  easily  brushed  aside  by  a  clear  conscience  and  the  evidence  of  respect  and  confi- 
dence from  many  other  quarters,  which  latter  should  give  us  cheer  and  make  us  feel  that  high 
standards  are  not  altogether  a  forlorn  hope.  In  making  this  statement  I  wish  again  to  remind 
you  all  that  it  will  be  well  for  us  to  keep  in  mind  the  fact  that  there  is  one  centralized  educa- 
tional body  in  our  government  to  which  we  may  look  for  guidance  in  carrying  on  our  work, 
and  through  which  our  afore-mentioned  report  to  the  profession  and  the  people  should  be 
rendered. 

From  the  interesting  reading  we  have  had  in  the  last  jear  or  two  on  the  subject  of 
dental  education  one  good  and  wholesome  conclusion  that  we  may  reach  is,  that  this  topic  is 
wide  open,  and  if  our  Association  accomplishes  nothing  more  for  the  next  five  years,  it  should 
keep  it  so,  if  possible.  Let  us  refrain  from  going  into  executive  session  or  forming  committees 
of  the  whole,  to  discuss  problems  that  might  offend  the  delicate  senses  of  some,  and  let  us 
enlighten  the  minds  of  those  who  are  eager  for  knowledge  on  this  subject.  Let  us  refrain 
from  being  swayed  in  our  deliberations  because  we  fear  the  criticism  of  our  enemies,  and,  if 
perchance  this  Association  is  at  present,  or  ever  should  become,  the  highest  dental  organization 
in  this  coimtry,  let  us  individually  and  collectively  accept  its  glory  in  dignified  quietude,  as 
the  just  deserts  of  an  honest  effort,  without  a  pat  on  our  own  back  and  a  shake  of  the  left 
with  the  right.  In  a  recent  article,  published  in  the  Items  of  Interest,  entitled  "Dental  Educa- 
tional Prognathism,"  the  author  mentions  as  one  of  the  factors  responsible  for  low  professional 
standards  the  dental  college  body.  My  impression  is  that  this  statement  is  perfectly  correct, 
and  a  truth  that  is  generally  accepted  by  most  educators,  but  not  so  generally  admitted. 
Framed  in  different  language  and  based  upon  my  interpretation  of  it,  we  have  practically  the 
same  charge  brought  against  the  dental  schools  of  our  country  in  the  report  of  the  Dental 
Educational  Council  of  America, .  composed  chiefly  of  men  thoroughly  conversant  with  educa- 
tional affairs  in  this  country.  We  are  reminded  verj'  much,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  in  this  whole 
matter  of  dental  colleges,  of  a  diseased  patient  who  knows  his  symptoms  and  diseases,  but 
hesitates  to  tell  them  to  the  doctor  or  even  consult  one  for  fear  of  having  his  suspicions  verified, 


or  because  of  the  drastic  treatment  that  might  be  applied.  So  let  us  all  unite,  go  to  the  doctor, 
and  be  cured!  Even  if  he  lops  off  a  finger  or  two  that  cannot  be  cured  of  its  canker,  I  believe 
the  cleansed  body  educational  will  be  more  fit  to  carry  on  its  work  and  command  far  more 
respect  than  has  generally  been  accorded  it.  I  have  in  mind  two  good  doctors,  if  we  can  only 
make  up  our  minds  to  visit  them — the  Carnegie  Foundation  and  the  Department  of  Education 
at  Washington. 

As  to  the  organization  of  an  educational  council,  I  am  thoroughly  in  accord  with  the 
principle  and  ideals  which  call  for  its  establishment.  To  secure,  however,  ihe  greatest  amount 
of  good  from  such  a  body,  or  to  'give  it  any  standing  at  all  as  a  national  body,  it  should  work 
in  co-operation  with  the  Bureau  of  Education  at  Washington,  and  possibly  should  hi  appointed 
by  that  department,  and  not  by  any  self-constituted  organization  within  the  profession.  Since 
the  United  States  government  has  taken  the  initial  step  in  this  very  matter  of  professional 
education,  by  the  appointment  of  a  special  commission,  I  beieve  it  would  not  be  presumptuous 
on  our  part  to  request  this  commissioner  to  call  such  a  conference,  or  tender  him  our  services 
in  establishing  one,  that  he  might  participate  in  our  professional  educational  affairs.  From 
him,  the  council  would  receive  material  aid  in  exchange  for  what  assistance  it  might  render  him, 
but  such  a  council  should  be  thoroughly  representative  of  all  the  dental  educational  bodies  of 
the  country.     I   recommend   action    of   this   nature   by   this   body. 

Our  organization  has  already  recommended  that  the  Carnegie  Foundation  establish  a 
preliminary  standard  and  guarantee  of  such  standard  for  the  schools  of  this  Asscciation.  Since 
that  action  was  taken,  however,  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America  has  rendered  its 
report  to  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties,  in  which  it  sets  forth,  through  its 
president,  I  believe,  the  value  of  the  Carnegie  unit  system  and  the  standardizing  of  many 
educational  institutions.  With  this  additional  stimulus  for  uniformly  high  and  secured  stand- 
ards, this  Association  should  extend  the  scope  of  its  previous  action,  and  request  the  Foundation 
to  consider  the  question  of  standardizing  all  dental  schools,  regardless  of  the  organization  with 
which  they  may  be  affiliated.  By  such  an  alliance,  as  it  were,  with  the  Bureau  of  Education 
and  the  Carnegie  Foundation,  the  question  of  the  demise  of  weak  dental  schools  would  not 
enter  into  the  establishment  of  proper  standards,  but  such  schools  would  be  given  the  opportu- 
nity of  improving,  until  they  would  soon  become  standardized  and  accepted  into  the  fold  on 
an  equal  educational  footing  with  accepted  schools.  By  such  a  method  of  standardization  of 
our  schools,  there  will  be  no  need  of  such  college  organizations  as  this,  except  merely  as  a 
conference  body,  such  as  the  Institute  of  Dental  Pedagogics,  and  a  positive  minimum  standard 
would  be  established,  sanctioned  by  the  highest  disinterested  educational  bodies  in  our  country. 
Having  just  received  a  letter  from  the  Tokyo  Dental  College,  I  refer  it  to  this  body, 
that  its  contents  may  be  considered.  As  set  forth  in  this  letter,  the  standard  of  the  school  in 
question  is  equivalent  to  that  of  our  own  schools,  and  apparently  is  approved  or  controlled  by 
the  Japanese  imperial  government.  I  should  recommend  that  we  refer  this  matter  for  veri- 
fication to  the  Educational  Department  at  Washington,  and,  if  it  is  approved,  that  the  graduates 
of  the  Tokyo  Dental  School  be  given  proper  credit.  I  wish  to  state  in  this  connection  that  at 
present  a  graduate  of  that  college  is  in  attendance  in  our  school  as  a  special  student,  and  is 
doing  most  excellent  work.     The  Japanese  with  us  have  generally  made  good  students. 

Another  question  for  consideration  by  this  body  is  the  preliminary  requirements  as  applied 
to  the  University  of  Iowa,  which  requests  that  physics  be  accepted  as  a  substitute  for  chemistry. 
If,  by  such  a  substitution,  the  standards  of  our  organization  are  not  in  any  wise  lowered,  I 
cannot  see  why  such  a  change  cannot  be  allowed,  provided  the  course  in  physics  be  fully  the 
equivalent  of  the  present  requirements  in  chemistry.  In  connection  with  this  matter,  I  wish 
to  add  that  with  us  in  California  the'  condition  is  very  similar,  it  oftentimes  being  necessary 
for  applicants  holding  a  high  school  diploma  from  our  schools  to  make  up  this  subject,  or  to 
carry  it  as  a  condition. 

I  believe  students  entering  our  schools  should  do  so  through  precisely  the  same  channels 
as  those  by  which  they  enter  any  other  college  or  university.  I  speak  of  this  matter  and  make 
such  recommendation  because,  regardless  of  how  fairly  examinations  are  conducted  by  a  specially 
appointed  examiner,  such  a  college  is  still  exposed  to  much  criticism,  which  reflects  in  turn 
upon  any  organization  of  which  such  a  college  is  a  member.  This  question  should  be  fully 
discussed  and  recommendations  made  at  this  meeting. 

In  the  transferring  of  students  from  one  college  to  another  listed  in  our  Association,  I 
see  another  topic  for  consideration,  for  in  my  opinion  such  a  transference  is  generally  occasioned 
by  a  student's  failure  to  have  attained  a  satisfactory  grade  in  the  college  from  which  he  is 
transferred,  although  having  reached  a  passing  mark.  In  such  cases,  I  am  sure  the  best 
interests  of  the  student  and  all  concerned  are  accomplished  by  compelling  him  to  continue  his 
work  in  a  place  where  his  faults  are  best  known.  Pursuing  such  a  belief,  I  should  recommend 
that,  in  being  transferred,  a  student  should  be  specially  recommended,  unless  in  the  opinion 
of  the  school  which  he  is  leaving  the  transference  is  necessitated  by  some  other  very  important 
and   unavoidalile  cause.     That  a   school   should  admit  to  advanced   standing  students   who   barely 

19 


wriggle  through  a  lower  class  in  another  school  is  unjust  to  the  students,  the  college  profession, 
and  the  public. 

Since  the  members  of  this  Association  are  essentially  concerned  in  building  up  the  pro- 
fession of  dentistry  by  properly  equipping  men  to  enter  it,  we  should  take  full  cognizance  of 
the  excellent  work  that  is  being  done  in  the  educational  line  through  other  sources.  I  refer 
particularly  to  that  of  the  National  Hygiene  Association.  While  we  as  an  association  may  not 
be  in  a  position  to  offer  any  material  assistance  along  this  line,  yet  we  should  use  our  indi- 
vidual efforts  in  carrying  it  to  a  successful  issue.  To  me  this  task,  more  than  almost  anything 
else,  commends  our  own  work  to  the  greatest  possible  consideration,  for  it  shows  the  necessity 
for  graduating  men  from  our  schools  of  such  mental  attainments  that  they  in  turn  will  be  able 
to  carry  on  this  great  work  of  public  health. 

In  closing  my  report,  I  wish  to  remind  you  that  no  matter  what  effort's  you  put  forth 
or  what  sacrifices  you  may  make,  you  will  hear  the  voice  of  criticism  and  denunciation  shouting 
at  your  back  and  exerting  every  influence  to  divert  you  from  your  course,  and  stay  the  power 
for  advancement  held  in  your  hands.  Tf  the  criticisms  which  have  been  made  have  struck 
the  mark,  and  cannot  be  removed  by  means  of  the  agencies  I  have  suggested  in  this  report, 
then  we  may  rightfully  be  considered  as  being  misplaced  in  educational  work.  I  retire  from 
the  presidency  of  this  Association  today  with  a  feeling  of  deepest  gratitude  to  all  its  members 
for  the  staunch  support  which  each  has  given  in  its  work.  I  cherish  the  friendships  it  has 
made,  and  as  I  have  heard  it  said  many  times  that  one  never  accomplishes  anything  that  is 
worth  while  without  making  enemies,  I  even  appreciate  the  enemies. 

Being  deeply  appreciative  of  the  trust  you  have  reposed  in  me  by  making  me  your  presi- 
dent,  I  cannot  help  but  feel,  with  the  advancement  of  our  profession  at  heart,  that  the  goal 
toward  which  we  are  struggling  will  be  far  sooner  reached  in  the  hands  of  my  successor,  whose 
broader  and  deeper  knowledge  of  educational  matters  will  be  more  far-reaching  in  its  influence 
in  bringing  about  the  much  desired  standard  for  our  profession. 

The  request  for  recognition  from  the  Tokyo  Dental  School  was  next 
taken  up  for  consideration,  and  a  letter  from  the  dean,  Dr.  Chiwaki,  was  read. 

Dr.  Kirk  moved,  and  Dr.  Owre  seconded,  that  this  matter  be  referred  to 
the  educational  committee,  with  instructions  to  take  up  the  consideration  of  the 
subject  with  the  Department  of  Professional  Education  at  Washington,  and  if  the 
representations  made  in  the  letter  of  the  dean  of  the  Tokyo  Dental  School  are 
found  to  be  substantially  correct  and  in  accordance  with  the  facts,  that  this 
Association  accord  to  the  graduates  of  the  Tokyo  Dental  School  advanced  stand- 
ing in  the  senior  year  in  the  schools  of  this  Association. 

The  motion  was  discussed  and  carried. 

With  regard  to  the  transfer  of  students  from  one  school  of  the  Association 
to  another,  as  considered  in  the  president's  address,  after  some  discussion  of 
the  matter,  it  was  voted  that  this  body  recommend,  in  all  such  cases,  that  the 
dean  of  the  school  transferring  the  student  shall  send  with  the  transfer  a  letter 
giving  full  particulars  as  to  the  general  character  and  value  of  the  man  and  his 
work,  and  shall  also  state  whether  the  student  has  been  honorably  dismissed. 

The  meeting  adjourned  until  the  afternoon  session. 

At  the  afternoon  session  the  question  of  the  work  of  the  National  Mouth 
Hygiene  Association  was  taken  up  and  discussed,  but  no  action  was  taken  thereon. 
It  was  the  sense  of  the  Association,  however,  that  the  question  of  educating  the 
public,  and  especially  high  school  students,  in  the  necessity  and  advantages  of 
dentistry,  and  the  opportunities  presented  to  young  men  in  entering  dentistry 
as  a  profession,  could  best  be  promoted  in  an  individual  way  by  the  members  of 
the  Association,  rather  than  by  the  Association's  taking  an  active  part  in  the 
work  of  the  National  Hygiene  Association. 

On  motion  the  address  of  the  president  was  adopted  as  read,  with  the  recom- 
mendations made  therein. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  report  of  the  secretary-treasurer. 

The  secretary  reported  that  in  accordance  with  the  action  taken  by  the 
Association   in   igio  he  had   withdrawn   the  application   of   the   Association    for 


membership  in  the  Federation  Dentaire  Internationale.  This  he  had  had  an  op- 
portunity to  do  verbally  at  the  London  meeting. 

The  secretary  urged  a  revision  of  the  question  of  certification  to  advanced 
standing  in  schools  of  the  Association,  with  a  view  to  securing  a  certificate  suffi- 
ciently detailed  to  be  acceptable  to  all  schools  in  the  Association. 

He  further  rsquested  a  revision  of  the  provision  in  the  constitution  (section 
4,  Article  V)  which  required  the  secretary  to  keep  a  detailed  list  of  all  matricu- 
lants in  membership  schools,  and  to  furnish  such  lists  to  deans  of  the  member- 
ship colleges  within  sixty  days  after  the  opening  of  the  college.  Practical 
difficulties  in  the  way  of  securing  such  a  record,  and  its  questionable  utility, 
made  a  revision  desirable. 

The  financial  report  was  then  submitted. 

The  question  of  exchange  of  certificates  of  schools  within  the  Association 
was  discussed  again,  and  the  matter  considered  settled  as  agreed  upon  in  the 
consideration  of  the  president's  address. 

With  regard,  to  section  4,  Article  V,  of  the  constitution  and  by-laws,  as 
referred  to  in  the  secretary's  report  it  was  voted  that  this  be  stricken  from  the 
constitution  and  by-laws. 

It  was  voted  that  the  report  be  adopted. 

Dr.  Smith,  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Education,  reported  as   follows: 

The  committee  was  to  report  upon  the  Tokyo  school,  but  as  that  matter  has 
been  considered  before  the  body  as  a  whole,  and  has  been  referred  back  to  the 
educational  committee,  we  have  no  further  report  to  make. 

The  report  of  the  educational  committee  was  approved. 

Dr.  Hosford  called  attention  to  the  resolution  passed  at  the  last  meeting 
inviting  the  investigation  of  the  teaching  methods  of  the  schools  of  the  Asso- 
ciation by  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  and  asking 
if  any  action  had  been  taken  on  the  resolution. 

The  secretary  reported  that,  through  an  oversight,  the  substance  of  this 
resolution  had  not  been  transmitted  to  the  Carnegie  Foundation,  but  that  he 
would  proceed  to  send  the  resolution  to  the  Foundation  at  the  earliest  possible 
date. 

Dr.  Hosford  asked  if  any  action  had  ever  been  taken  by  the  Association  in 
regard  to  accepting  students  from  schools  which  were  not  members  of  the 
Association. 

The  records  of  the  Association  did  not  show  that  any  specific  action  had 
been  taken  on  this  question,  and  after  some  discussion,  Dr.  Hosford,  seconded 
by  Dr.  Owre,  presented  the  following  motion : 

Resolved,  That  students  from  American  schools  not  holding  membership  in  this  Associa- 
tion may  be  admitted  to  schools  holding  membership  in  this  Association,  providing  their  pre- 
liminary training  is  equal  to  the  training  required  of  students  seeking  admission  to  our 
university  schools,  and  that  they  be  given  credit  for  the  time  they  have  spent  in  dental  study, 
but  that  no  credit  be  given  for  any  professional  subject  they  may  have  taken  in  that  school; 
also  that  they  must  pass  examination  in  all  subjects  of  the  required  course. 

The  motion  was  carried. 

The  question  of  uniformity  of  curriculum  was  discussed,  and  in  this  con- 
nection Dr.  Hoi¥  announced  that  he  had  prepared  a  statement  of  what  was 
taught  at  Michigan  and  how  it  was  taught,  and  hoped  to. have  an  opportunity 
to  present  this  to  the  Association. 

On  motion  Dr.  HoflF's  communication  was  made  the  special  order  of  business 
for  the  evening  session. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  election  of  officers  for  the  ensuing  year, 
which  resulted  as  follows: 


President — Dr.  Eugene  H.   Smith 

Vice-president — Dr.  X.  S.  Hofif 

Secretary-treasurer — Dr.  Edward  C.  Kirk 

Executive  Committee — Dr.  W.  S.  Hosford,  for  one  year.  Dr.  X.  S.  Hoff.  for  two  years, 
and  Dr.  E.  H.  Smith,  ex  officio 

Educational  Committee — Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  for  one  year,  Dr.  E.  C.  Kirk,  for  two  years, 
Dr.  Alfred  Owre,  for  three  years,  and  Dr.   E.   H.   Smith,  ex  officio 

The  meeting  adjourned. 

The  evening  session  was  devoted  to  the  reading  of  a  paper  b}-  Dr.  N.  S. 
Hoff,  entitled  "The  Curriculum  of  the  College  of  Dental  Surgery  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,"  as  follows  : 

To  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities-:  With  jour  permission 
I  desire  to  present  in  this  formal  way  a  brief  statement  of  the  curriculum  that  we  are  endeavor- 
ing to  teach  in  Michigan  University,  with  the  hope  that  it  may  draw  your  criticisms  and  provoke 
a  beneficial  discussion  of  this  vital  subject.  Our  curriculum,  j'ou  will  observe,  is  to  some 
extent  dependent  on  our  circumstances,  but  in  the  main  it  is  the  result  of  the  gradual  de- 
velopment of  years  of  experience  and  much  thoughtful  consideration,  and  also  of  free  inter- 
change of  views  and  experiences  with  other  men  and  institutions.  While  we  realize  that  at 
the  present  time  it  may  not  be  practicable  or  wise  to  undertake  to  establish  a  universal 
curriculum  that  is  identical  in  all  our  institutions  in  every  detail,  there  may  be  advantages 
worth  while  for  the  six  schools  represented  in  this  body  in  erecting  a  standard  of  education 
that  shall  have  national,  if  not  international,  recognition  as  being  typical  of  the  best  that  our 
country  maintains.  We  do  not  think  this  an  unworthy  or  impracticable  ambition;  in  fact,  1 
doubt  not  that  many  of  you  have  been  many  times  reminded  by  members  of  the  profession 
that  something  worthy  and  desirable  in  the  establishment  of  higher  professional  training  is 
expected  from  this  organization,  and  where  would  the  foreigner  expect  to  find  the  highest 
standards  except  in  universit}-  schools? 

It  would  seem,  then,  highl3^  desirable  that  we  should  begin  by  making  a  thorough  in- 
vestigation of  our  v,-ork,  as  to  what  sort  of  training  w-e  are  individually  and  collectively  offering. 
I  trust,  therefore,  that  I  shall  not  tire  you  by  rehearsing,  as  briefly  as  maj'  be  consistent  with 
adequate  statement,  the  actual  work  done  in  this  school.  I  have  prepared  a  statement  giving 
in  tabular  form  the  hours  scheduled  in  the  several  subjects,  which  you  will  kindly  consult 
in  connection  with  this  reading.  I  will  take  up  each  subject  in  this  chronological  order,  that 
you  may  follow  our  idea  of  the  sequential  grouping  of  subjects  and  some  of  the  reasons 
therefor. 

FIRST   YEAR 
General  Principles  of   Arrangement   of   Curriculum 

Without  discussing  at  length  all  the  reasons  for  the  form  as  well  as  the  substance  of 
our  curriculum,  we  shall  present  it  bj-  subjects  in  the  order  followed  in  the  course.  Because 
we  have  found  it  difficult  for  high  school  students  who  have  been  trained  to  follow  closely 
textbook  instruction  to  grasp  the  didactic  or  lecture  form  of  instruction,  and  because  a  large 
majority  of  students  entering  our  school  have  never  had  any  other  kind  of  instruction  than 
textbook  work,  we  have  thought  it  wiser  to  lead  them  gradually  into  the  more  difficult  scientific 
subjects,  after  thej-  have  learned  university  teachers'  methods  to  some  extent.  We  have  there- 
fore adopted  the  plan  of  occupying  the  major  portion  of  the  time  of  the  first  year  student  in 
the  development  of  technical  skill,  and  of  limiting  his  scientific  studies  to  not  more  than  two 
general  subjects.  At  present  we  teach  the  following  subjects  in  our  first  or  freshman  year. 
[See  Tables  I  and  II.]  You  will  observe  that  our  students  take  lecture  and  laboratory  work 
in  inorganic  chemistry  during  the  first  semester  as  their  only  class  studies;  the  remainder  of 
the  time  is  devoted  to  technic  work  in  the  prosthetic  laboratory.  In  the  second  semester,  the 
chemistrj-  course  is  continued  as  a  lecture  course  in  organic  chemistry,  and  a  laboratory  course 
in  qualitative  chemistry.  Histology  is  also  given  in  the  second  semester,  and  the  balance  of 
the  time  is  used  to  complete  the  course  in  prosthetic  technics. 

Inorganic  chemistry. — The  course  in  inorganic  chemistry  is  given  in  four  lectures  or  reci- 
tations of  an  hour  each,  and  two  afternoons  of  laboratory  work  each  week.  The  lectures  are 
all  illustrated  by  demonstrations,  and  the  textbook  used  is  Smith's  College  Chemistry.  The 
aim  is  to  present  as  thoroughly  as  possible  the  general  principles  of  the  chemistry  of  the  essen- 
tial elements  and  their  principal  compounds,  especially  showing  their  combining  and  other 
chemical  and  ph;  sical  properties.  In  the  laboratory  course,  students  make  such  experiments  as 
thej-  can  to  impress  upon  them  the  principles  of  general  chemistry  in  the  preparation  and  study 
of  the  peculiarities  of  the  important  elements  in  compounds  and  isolation.  No  attempt  is  made 
to  teach  technical  application,  but  thorough  grounding  in  general  chemical  principles  only  is 
taught.     The  course  is  g!v;n  by  Professor  Lichty. 

22 


TABLE  I 
SHOWING  ALLOTMENT  OF  TIME 

Freshmen 
Subject  Lectures 

Inorganic  chemistry    4X17=   6S 

Qualitative  chemistry    2X17=   34 

Organic    chemistry    4X17=   68 

Histology     4X10=   40 

Prosthetic   technics    3X34=102 


)oratory 

Per  Cent 

132 

13 

132 

II 

5 

160 

13 

660 

51 

312 


1084 


(34   weeks  X  44  hours  riL  1496   working  hours  per  year.     8   hours  per  day,   53   days  =  44  hours 

per  week) 

Available    hours    1496  or  100  per  cent 

Scheduled   hours    1396  or     93   per  cent 


Lost 


psr  cent 


Subject 


Juniors 
Lectures 


Prosthodontia     4X17=^   68 

Dental  anatomy   2X17^=   34 

Operative    technics    iSX  13^    59 

Bacteriology    25 X   8=  40 

Orthodontia    technics    20 X    4^    12 

Physiology     SX 17=   §5 

Crown   and  bridge  work 3X17=   51 

Materia  medica    2X17^   34 

Anatomy      25X10^250 

Operative  clinic    30X  10  =  300 

Pathology    3X17=    5 1 


Laboratorj' 


193 

160 


Total 

68 

34 
234 
200 

80 

85 

51 

34 
250 
300 

51 


Per  Cent 


44 


15J 
I3i 

si 
5* 
3* 
2i 
i6!f 


Available    hours 
Scheduled  hours 


1496  or  100     per  cent 
1387  or     921  per  cent 


Lost 


109  or       7 J  per  cent 


Seniors 
Subject  Lectures 

Surgery  and  hospital 3  X  34=  68 

Operative  principles    2X34=   68 

Therapeutics     2X34=   68 

Pathology  and  laboratory 3X17=    Si 

Orthodontia 2X17^   34 

Porcelain      2X34=   68 

Crown  and  bridge  and  clinic i  X34=   34 

Prosthodontia     

History  and   ethics 2X17=   34 

Operative  clinic    i8X34  =  6i2 


Laboratory 
34 


60 


iSo 
180 


Total 
102 

68 

68 
I II 

34 

6S 
214 
180 

34 
612 


Per  Cent 

6J 
4-i 
4* 
7^ 

2j 

4* 
I4i 
12 

2\ 
41 


I49I 


99* 


Available    hours 
Scheduled   hours 


Lost 


1496  or  103     per  cent 
I 49 I   or     99*  per  cent 

5  or         i  per  cent 


23 


TABLE  II 


First  Year — First  Semester,  October  3,  1911,  to  February  9,  1912 


Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

8 

General 

chemistry 

General 
chemistry 

Technic 
demonstration 

General 
chemistry 

General 

chemistry 

Technic 
demonstration 

9 
10 
1 1 

Prosthetic   technics,    each    forenoon   from    9   to    u 

I  to  5 

General 

chemistry 

Technics 

Technics 

Technics 

General 
chemistry 

First  Year — Second  Semester,  February   12  to  June   15,    1912 


Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

8 

Organic 
chemistry 

Organic 

chemistry 

Technic 
demonstration 

Organic 
chemistry 

Organic 

chemistry 

Qualitative 
chemistry 

9 

10 
n 

Prosthetic  technics,  each  day,  except  Saturday,  from  9  to   12 

I  to  5 

Histology 

Histology 

Qualitative 
chemistry 

Histology 

Histology 

Qualitative  chemistry. — This  is  taken  after  the  student  has  completed  his  general  inorganic 
chemistry,  the  idea  being,  by  teaching  chemical  analysis,  to  impress  the  principles  of  chemical 
combinations  and  reactions.  Two  lectures  or  quizzes  of  one  hour  each  are  given  each  week, 
and  two  half-days  each  week  during  the  second  semester  are  spent  by  the  student  in  laboratory 
experimentation.     The  following  outline  will  indicate  the  scope  of  work  done: 

1.  Writing  and  naming  of  salts,  acids,  and  bases. 

2.  A  study  of  valences,  colors,  solubilities. 

3.  A  study  of  characteristic  reactions  of  common  metals  and  acids. 

4.  Application  of  principles  relating  to  solubilities. 

5.  Balancing  of  equations  in  analysis  of  bases  and  acids. 

6.  Study  of  oxidation  and  reduction  with  equations. 

7.  Elementary  work  on  theory  of   ionization,    law   of   mass   action,    and    simple   problems. 

8.  Analysis  of  "known"  solutions. 

9.  Analysis  of  40  "unknown"  solutions. 

"  Prescott  and  Johnson's  textbook  is  used.  The  course  is  given  by  Instructor  Cole. 
Organic  chemistry. — This  is  given  in  the  second  semester,  immediately  following  the  in- 
organic course  and  running  concurrently  with  the  course  in  qualitative  chemistry.  The  work 
extends  through  the  semester  with  lectures  and  recitations,  four  times  a  week  in  all.  An 
attempt  is  made  to  cover  the  general  principles  of  classification,  reactions,  and  preparation  of 
various  organic  compounds.  While  more  or  less  attention  is  being  paid  to  such  subjects  as  are 
of  importance  in  physiology  or  pharmacology,  the  principal  stress  is  laid  upon  the  scientific 
principles    of  the    subject   of    organic   chemistrj'    as    such.      The    work    covered    is   equivalent   to 


24 


what  is  presented  in  Remsen's  well-known  short  Text-book  of  Organic  Chemistry.  The  course 
is  given  by  Professor  Gomberg. 

Histology. — This  is  a  combined  lecture  and  laboratory  course  in  general  embryology  and 
histology,  and  is  given  every  afternoon  from  i  to  6  o'clock  for  twelve  weeks  in  the  second 
semester.  The  textbook  used  is  Ruber's  Histology.  The  first  hour  is  used  as  a  lecture,  and 
the  last  hour  as  a  quiz.  Students  stain,  mount,  and  study  with  the  microscope  sections  of  all 
the  important  tissues  in  the  body,  and  make  drawings  in  their  notebooks,  and  these  are  care- 
fully inspected  and  marked.  Sections  showing  carefully  prepared  tooth  tissues  in  development 
and  complete  calcification  are  projected  with  the  micro-lantern  and  are  demonstrated.  Students 
make  a  tooth  section  for  themselves.  This  course  is  given  by  Professor  Huber  in  the  histo- 
logical laboratory  of  the  medical  department. 

Prosthetic  technics. — This  course  occupies  most  of  the  time  of  the  first  year  students, 
as  will  be  seen  by  consulting  the  tables.  The  course  is  given  by  Instructor  Whitman.  The 
usual  t'echnic  work  is  covered  by  taking  impressions  with  three  materials,  carving  teeth  in 
plaster,  vulcanite  plate  work,  cast  metal  plates,  swaged  plates,  obturators  and  splints,  and 
includes  the  usual  forms  of  crown  and  bridge  work.  An  exhibit  of  the  extent  and  character 
of  this  work  can  be  seen  in  the  exhibit  case  in  the  technic  exhibit  room.  The  method  of 
instruction  consists  in  demonstrating  each  piece  of  work  before  the  class  and  explaining  its 
construction,  and  the  student  then  executes  for  himself  the  work  demonstrated.  The  demon- 
strations are  materially  augmented  by  projections  of  pictures,  models,  etc.,  with  the  epidiascope, 
which  is  a  most  useful  teaching  adjunct.  This  course  is  used  by  us  not  only  to  impart 
knowledge  and  cultivate  skill  in  handicraft,  but  to  test  the  capacity  of  students  in  technical 
dentistry,  and,  by  concentrating  the  work  in  the  first  3  ear,  we  are  able  to  determine  whether 
it  is  wise  for  all  freshmen  to  continue  the  study  of  dentistry,  and  to  advise  them  accordingly. 

Are  we  concentrating  instruction  unwisely  on  a  few  science  subjects  and  giving  un- 
necessary time  to  instruction  in  technics  in  our  first  year? 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

In  the  junior  \ear  we  introduce  more  science  subjects,  and  a  wider  variety  of  technical 
subjects.     [See  Tables  I  and  III.] 

Prosthodontia. — This  is  a  course  of  lectures  continuing  the  instruction  begun  in  the 
freshman  year  as  a  technical  course.  It  consists  of  four  lectures  each  week  during  the  first 
semester.  The  course  follows  substantially  the  course  given  in  technics,  except  that  no  lectures 
are  given  in  crown  and  bridge  work.  The  principles  of  constructing  and  adapting  various  kinds 
of  prosthetic  dentures  are  rehearsed  and  amplified,  special  attention  being  given  to  the  materials 
involved  and  their  adaptation  from  the  technical,  sanitary,  and  professional  considerations. 
The  textbook  used  is  Wilson's  Mannal.     This  course  is  given  by  Dr.  Hoff. 

Dental  anatomy. — The  course  in  human  dental  anatomy  is  given  twice  a  week,  during  the 
first  semester  by  Dr.  Howell.  The  work  in  the  first  half  of  the  semester  consists  of  quizzes, 
interspersed  with  lectures,  embracing  the  work  as  found  in  the  first  eleven  chapters  of  Broomell 
and  Fischelis'  Dental  Anatomy. 

In  the  second  half  of  the  semester,  the  students  are  quizzed  on  the  anatomy  of  the  teeth, 
using  the  above  book  and  Black's  Dental  Anatomy  as  textbooks. 

In  addition  to  this,  sections  of  all  the  teeth  are  ground  for  the  purpose  of  technical  study. 

Comparative  odontology. — The  course  of  comparative  odontology  consists  of  lectures,  two 
hours  a  week,  in  which  all  animals  are  considered  from  the  following  standpoint:  (i)  the 
animal;  (2)  its  environment;  (3)  its  masticatory  apparatus,  embracing  the  muscles  of  mastica. 
tion,  temporo-mandibular  articulation,  glands,  etc.;  (4)  its  dental  formula;  (5)  form  of  teeth; 
(6)  structure  of  teeth;  (7)  attachment  of  teeth;  (8)  functions  of  teeth.  These  facts  are 
considered  and  compared  with  the  human  teeth,  the  evolution  and  adaptation  of  the  teeth  to 
suit  the  animal's  environment  being  made  clear.  This  work  is  greatly  enhanced  by  the 
presence  of  the  Ford-Mitchell  Museum,  which  contains  examples  of  all  classes  of  animals. 
This  course  is  given  by  Dr.  Howell.  • 

Operative  technics. — This  course  is  given  as  a  laboratory  exercise  in  the  forenoons, 
three  hours  each  day  for  twelve  weeks.  It  embraces  demonstration  by  the  instructor  and 
laboratory  exercises  in  studying  tooth  forms,  sectioning  human  teeth,  cavity  preparation  for 
root  canal  work,  and  cavity  preparation  in  bone  teeth  set  in  articulated  full-dentured  typodonts; 
study  of,  and  the  introduction  of,  various  cavity  and  canal-filling  materials;  making  of  instru- 
ments from  bar  steel,  and  the  use  of  hand  instruments  in  cavity  preparation.  The  cavity 
preparation  is  studied  in  large  models  for  fillings  and  inlays.  This  course  is  given  by  Instructor 
Whitman.     No  textbook  is  used. 

Orthodontia  technics. — This  is  a  course  of  model-makng,  soldering,  and  adapting  the 
Angle  regulating  appliances.  Impressions  are  taken  with  plaster,  and  orthodontists'  models  are 
made  from  them.  The  arches,  band,  and  screws  are  bought  from  the  manufacturers,  and  the 
students  make  bands  of  various  kinds,  and  adjust  the  arches  to  the  typodonts.     From  four  to 

25 


five  weeks  are  devoted  to  this  virork.  Students  are  advised  to  read  Angle's  textbook,  and  the 
principles  of  orthodontia  required  in  appliance  construction  are  made  known  in  the  demonstra- 
tion lectures. 

Bacteriology. — This  course  is  given  by  Professor  Novy  in  the  bacteriological  laboratory. 
The  course  in  bacteriology  as  given  to  the  dental  students  covers  a  period  of  eight  weeks.  The 
entire  afternoon  from  one  to  six  o'clock  is  devoted  to  instruction  in  this  subject.  The  first 
hour  is  usually  taken  up  with  a  lecture  in  which  the  work  of  the  day  is  outlined,  and,  in 
addition,  special  topics  are  discussed.  The  effort  is  made  in  the  forty  hours  devoted  to  lecture 
work  to  present  the  fundamental  principles  of  bacteriology  and  immunity.  To  some  extent 
the  recent  work  on  pathogenic  protozoa  is  included  in  the  subjects  discussed. 

The  last  hour  of  the  afternoon  is  devoted  to  recitation  on  the  work  of  the  laboratory 
and  the  subject  of  the  lecture,  and  on  special  chapters  which  have  been  previously  assigned  for 
study. 

TABLE  III 

Second  Year— First  Semester^  October  3,  191 1,  to  February  9,  1912. 


Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday  • 

Friday 

Saturday 

8 

Prostho- 
dontia 

Dental 
anatomy 

Prostho- 
dontia 

Dental 
anatomy 

Prostho- 
dontia 

Prostho- 
dontia 

9 

Operative 
technics 

Operative 
technics 

10 
II 

Operative  technic  laboratory — October  3   to   February  9,    1912 

I  to  5 

Orthopedic 
to  f 

technics — daily, 
November  25,   i 

October  5 
911 

Bacteriology 
ber 

laboratory — daily,  Decem- 
4  to   February  9 

Second  Year — Second  Semester,  February  12  to  June  15,  1912 


Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

8 

Physiology 

Physiology 

Physiology 

Physiology 

Physiology 

9 

Pathology 

Crown   and 
bridge 

Pathology 

Crown  and 
bridge 

Pathology 

Crown  and 
bridge 

ro 

Materia 
medica 

Materia 
medica 

II 

Prophylaxis   and   therapeutic   clinic — February    14   to   June   8 

I  to  s 

Dissection — daily,  February  12  to                  Operative   clinic — daily,    April    15    to 
April    13                                                                     June  8 

The  laboratory  work  proper  requires  three  hours  daily,  six  times  a  week.  In  this  work 
the  student  is  taught  to  prepare  his  own  cultural  media,  to  make  cultures  of  bacteria,  molds, 
and  yeasts  from  various  sources,  and  he  is  especially  given  a  number  of  non-pathogenic 
organisms  which  not  only  serve  to  acquaint  him  with  the  properties  of  this  group  of  organisms 
the  methods  of  staining  and  examination,  but  also  fix  the  principles  of  sterilization  and 
disinfection.  This  work  on  non-pathogenic  forms  is  preliminary  to  the  study  of  pathogenic 
bacteria  proper.     The  work  on  the  pathogenic  bacteria  covers  the  most  important  of  the  disease- 


26 


producing  organisms,  such  as  the  pus-producing  bacteria,  the  germs  of  anthrax,  cholera, 
pneumonia,  tuberculosis,  typhoid   fever,  etc. 

The  student  who  has  thus  covered  the  non-pathogenic  and  pathogenic  organisms  is  in  a 
position  to  undertake  in  an  intelligent  way  a  study  of  the  organisms  which  are  met  with  in 
the  mouth  and  in  other  conditions,  and  at  the  same  time  is  grounded  in  the  important  principles 
underlying  the  prevention  of  disease. 

Physiology. — The  dental  students  are  taught  physiology  by  lectures,  accompanied  by 
demonstrations,  and  by  recitations.     The  lectures  are  given  five  times  a  week  for  one  semester. 

The  course  includes  a  brief  review  of  the  chemical  constituents  of  living  matter,  the 
general  characteristics  of  protoplasm,  the  composition  of  blood  and  its  physiological  functions, 
the  method  of  action  of  glandular,  muscular,  and  nervous  tissues.  After  this  general  introduc. 
tion  into  physiology,  a  more  detailed  study  of  the  great  systems  of  the  body  is  taken  up  in 
the   following   order; 

1.  The  movements  of  the  alimentary  canal,  digestion,  absorption,  assimilation,  diet, 
and  nutrition. 

2.  The  glands  of  internal  secretion,  the  method  of  action  of  the  excretory  organs — the 
liver,  kidney,   and  skin. 

3.  The  mechanics  of  respiration  and  of  gaseous  exchange  between  the  lungs  and  the 
tissues. 

4.  A  study  of  the  circulation,  including  the  action  of  the  heart  and  its  valves,  the 
normal  heart  sounds,  the  blood  pressure  and  the  pulse,  and  the  nervous  regulation  of  the 
heart  and  blood  vessels. 

5.  Finally,  the  character  and  physiological  activities  of  the  central  nervous  system, 
embracing  the  method  of  transmission  of  impulses,  reflex  processes,  and  the  functions  of  the 
cerebrum,  cerebellum,  and  spinal  cord. 

The  student  is  expected  not  only  to  see  the  experiments  which  are  given  in  the  course, 
but  to  take  notes,  and  from  time  to  time  to  hand  in  written  reports  of  the  results  of  the 
experiment's. 

About  one  hundred  tests  and  exp;riments  are  performed  during  the  lectures;  these  are 
made  before  the  class  in  an  amphitheater  so  constructed  that  all  can  readily  see  the  work,  or 
in  case  of  certain  experiments,  of  a  type  not  to  be  seen  from  a  distance,  the  preparations  are 
demonstrated  to  the  individual  members  of  the  class.  These  tests  and  experiments  illustrate 
the  following: 

The  reactions  of  carbohydrates,  fats,  and  proteins;  the  structure  and  chemical  reactions 
of  the  blood;  muscular  contractions,  reflexes;  movements  of  the  alimentary  canal;  the  action 
of  saliva,  gastric,  and  pancreatic  juice;  the  chemistry  of  the  urine;  the  physical  processes  of 
respiration,   of  heart  action,   the  pulse,   and  the  conditions  governing  blood   pressure. 

Frequent  reviews  of  the  ground  covered  are  secured  by  oral  and  written  quizzes,  and  the 
students  are  encouraged  to  read  textbooks  more  advanced  than  Wiggers'  Brief  Text-hook  of 
Physiology,  which  is  the  textbook  employed  in  connection  with  the  daily  work  of  the  course. 
This  course  is  given  by  Instructor  Cole  of  the  physiological  laboratory. 

Dental  pathology. — The  course  in  pathology  is  taught  by  means  of  two  lecture  and  one 
laboratory  course.  One  lecture  course  is  given  to  the  jtmiors  in  the  second  semester  of  the 
junior  year,  and  another  course  to  the  seniors  during  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year. 
The  time  occupied  is  three  hours  per  week  in  each  course  for  a  semester. 

The  ground  covered  in  these  courses  is  the  consideration  of  the  various  pathological 
processes  in  the  mouth,  and  their  connection  with  the  general  bodily  processes.  A  short 
resume  of  the  general  pathology  is  made,  a  review  of  the  development  and  structure  of  the 
tissues  of  the  mouth,  and  then  the  various  dental  diseases  are  considered  in  detail  from  a 
pathological  standpoint.  The  lectures  in  the  junior  year  are  given  for  the  purpose  of  presenting 
a  general  view  of  these  subjects  to  the  student  before  he  enters  upon  active  practice  in  the 
clinic,  he  being  required  to  prepare  an  accurate  notebook  from  these  lectures,  covering  the 
subjects  treated.  In  the  senior  year  the  same  ground  is  covered  more  carefully  in  the  form 
of  a  quiz,  using  Burchard  and  Inglis'  Pathology  as  a  textbook. 

The  laboratory  course  consists  of  from  eight  to  ten  demonstrations  before  small  sections 
of  students,  using  the  stereopticon  and  requiring  that  the  student  make  forty  ink-drawings  of 
various  pathological  sections.  This  course  is  given  in  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year  by 
Professor  Bunting. 

Crown  and  bridge  work. — Two  lecture  courses  are  given,  one  being  a  course  of  three 
lectures  a  week  for  one  semester  to  the  junior  students,  embracing  the  principles  involved  in 
the  construction  and  adaptation  of  various  forms  of  crowns  and  bridges.  Goslee's  textbook  is 
used.  The  other  comprises  one  lecture  a  week  of  a  clinical  character  throughout  the  senior 
year.  Demonstrations  or  clinical  illustrations  are  utilized  in  the  discussion  of  peculiar  or 
variant  methods  in  special  cases  which  appear  in  the  clinic.  The  clinic  is  held  four  days  each 
week  from  ten  to  twelve  o'clock,  when  practical  cases  are  treated  by  the  student. 

27 


Materia  medica. — This  is  a  course  of  two  lectures  each  week  during  the  second  semester 
of  the  junior  year.  All  drugs  which  are  used  in  dental  practice  are  exhibited,  and  described 
with  particular  reference  to  their  pharmacology  and  dental  applications.  Instructor  Harper,  a 
dentist,  gives  this  course. 

General  anatomy. — This  course  is  given  as  a  combined  lecture  and  laboratory  course  in 
the  junior  year.  The  time  devoted  to  it  is  twelve  weeks  each  afternoon  from  one  to  six  o'clock. 
Students  make  dissections  of  the  head  and  thoracic  and  abdominal  viscera.  As  each  region 
is  dissected,  the  osteology  is  studied  from  the  bones  involved,  which  are  loaned  to  students 
for  use  in  their  rooms.  Daily  conferences  and  quizzes  explain  and  enforce  the  technical  work. 
A  brief  guide  to  the  parts  involved  is  furnished  the  student,  and  he  is  required  to  do  reading 
in  anatomical  textbooks.  The  lectures  are  given  at  the  beginning  of  each  day's  work.  Professor 
Streetor  and  his  demonstrators  give  this  course  in  the  anatomical  laboratory. 

Junior  clinical  work. — During  two  hours  of  the  forenoon  in  the  second  semester,  and  the 
afternoons  from  April  15  to  the  close  of  the  session,  the  junior  students  begin  operative  work 
in  the  clinic.  They  serve  as  assistants  to  the  seniors,  and  begin  clinical  work  with  oral 
prophylaxis  of  the  simpler  cases.  They  also  make  fillings  in  easy  cavities.  Enough  work  is 
done  to  insure  that  at  the  beginning  of  their  senior  year  the  students  shall  already  have  be- 
come familiar  with  operative  procedures  and  the  handling  of  patients. 

SENIOR  YEAR 

The  senior  year  is  devoted  almost  entirely  to  instruction  in  clinical  work,  and  consists 
of  lectures  on  clinical   subjects  and   clinical  practice  in  all   subjects.      [See   Table   I  and   IV.] 

Oral  surgery. — This  subject  is  taught  by  lectures,  quizzes,  clinical  lectures,  and  clinics. 
The  lecture  course  comprises  two  lectures  and  one  clinic  a  week  throughout  the  year,  and 
embraces  the  following  subjects: 

1.  The  action  and  use  of  general  anesthetics. 

2.  Inflammation  and  general   infectious  diseases. 

3.  Tumors  in  the  oral  region. 

4.  Syphilis  in  its  relation  to  dentistry. 

5.  Special  diseases  of  the  mouth  and  throat. 

Arrangements  have  been  made  at  the  University  General  Hospital  whereby  all  cases  of 
interest  to  the  dental  students  can  be  presented  in  the  clinic,  and  dental  students  have  free 
admission  to  all  clinics.  A  state  law  provides  for  the  treatment  of  congenital  deformities  at 
the  university  hospital,  and  a  large  number  of  cases  of  cleft  palate  and  harelip  are  sent  here 
for  operations.  These,  together  with  many  cases  of  tumors  and  dentigerous  cysts  and  opera- 
tions upon  the  teeth,  make  this  clinic  one  of  exceptional  value  to  dental  students.  All  patients 
of  the  hospital  are  accessible  for  examination  and  study  in  research  problems  concerning  the 
mouth  and  teeth,  and  many  cases  of  great  interest  to  dentists  present  every  year.  Professor 
Darling  and  Dr.   Lyons  have  charge  of  this  course. 

Operative  principles. — This  is  a  course  of  two  lectures  each  week  given  by  Professor 
Ward.  It  consists  of  a  discussion  of  the  nomenclature,  the  operative  field,  forces  and  forms 
of  energy,  stress,  strain,  and  resistance  with  reference  to  forces  applied  to  teeth  in  varying 
conditions;  structure  and  composition  of  teeth  with  respect  to  forces  applied,  etc.;  nature  of 
filling  materials,  and  the  establishment  of  a  standard  for  judging  materials.  A  discussion  of 
the  several  individual  filling  materials  is  then  given.  A  full  study  is  made  of  the  value  of 
gold  as  a  filling  material,  and  as  a  standard  of  judging  other  materials.  The  other  filling 
materials,  such  as  tin,  porcelain,  amalgam,  cements,  gutta-percha,  etc.,  are  fully  considered  as 
to  their  physical  properties  and  adaptability  as  practical  filling  materials. 

Porcelain  course. — The  course  in  porcelain  consists  of  one  lecture  each  week,  and  one 
demonstration  in  technical  work  each  week,  during  the  first  semester.  In  the  lecture  course, 
the  history  of  porcelain  in  general,  and  the  history  of  dental  porcelain  is  taken  up,  followed 
by  a  study  of  the  composition,  characteristics,  etc.,  of  the  different  porcelain  bodies.  The  dif- 
ferent furnaces  are  studied,  and  methods  of  ascertaining  the  fusing  point  of  porcelain  are 
discussed.  The  color  problems  are  studied  by  showing  the  relation  of  light  to  color,  and.  in 
this  connection,  the  properties  of  light  that  affect  the  color  of  porcelain  are  illustrated.  Practical 
lectures  in  porcelain  crown  and  bridge  work  are  given,  and  two  or  three  lectures  are  offered 
on  cavity  preparation,  showing  how  cavities  prepared  for  porcelain  differ  from  those  prepared 
for  other  filling  materials.  The  technical  course  follows  along  with  the  lecture  course.  The 
students  have  an  opportunity  in  this  course  to  learn  the  manipulation  and  practical  application 
of  porcelain  in  the  construction  of  crowns  and  inlays  on  models.  Two  hours  a  week  throughout 
the  second  semester  are  devoted  to  practical  work  upon  patients,  each  student  being  required  to 
make  at  least  one  satisfactory  inlay  before  passing  the  course. 


28 


TABLE  IV 


THIRD  YEAR — ^First  Semester,  October  3,  191 1  to  February  9,  191 2 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

i'Viday 

Saturday 

8 

Surgery 

Surgery 

Operative 
principles 

Therapeutics 

Operative 
principles 

Therapeutics 

9 

Pathology 

Orthodontia 

Porcelain 

Crown  and 
bridge 

Pathology 

Pathology 

Plate,  crown  and  bridge, 
and  orthodontic  clinic 
daily 


Hospital 

clinic 


I  to  5 


Operative  clinic — daily  except  Saturday 


THIRD  YEAR — Second  Semester,  February  12  to  June  15,   1912. 


Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday 

Saturday 

8 

Surgery 

Surgery 

Operative 
principles 

Therapeutics 

Operative 

principles 

Therapeutics 

9 

History  and 
ethics 

Porcelain 

Crown  and 
bridge 

History  and 
ethics 

10 

Plate,  crown  and  bridge, 
and    orthodontic   clinic 
daily 

11 

Hospital 
clinic 

I  to  s 


Operative  clinic — daily  except  Saturday 


Dental  therapeutics. — The  lecture  part  of  the  course  is  given  as  a  two-hour  lecture  and 
quiz  course  during  the  entire  senior  year.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  classification,  the 
action,  and  the  uses  of  drugs  and  agents  that  are  important.  The  action  and  practical  applica- 
tion of  agents  in  classes  is  emphasized  rather  than  the  agent  itself. 

At  regular  intervals  demonstrations  are  given  illustrating  the  practical  application  or 
administration  of  agents  by  different  methods  and  for  specific  purposes.  Special  attention  is 
also  given  to  prescription-writing  and  the  practical  application  of  the  metric  and  English  systems 
of  weights  and  measures  with  laboratory  demonstrations.  A  few  demonstrations  are  given  in 
urinary  analysis  and  the  detection  of  unknown  drugs;  fifty  of  the  most  common  drugs,  un- 
labeled, are  at  all  times  on  exhibition  in  the  therapeutic  laboratory. 

Clinical  demonstrations  at  the  chair  are  held  from  1:30  to  5  o'clock,  five  times  a  week 
during  the  entire  year.  Quizzes  on  the  practical  application  of  drugs  or  agents  or  methods  are 
given  each  student  as  occasion  arises.  Aseptic  and  antiseptic  methods  of  treatment  are  rigidly 
enforced,  and  credits  given  for  same.  Quality  rather  than  quantity  as  to  the  character  of 
work  is  thoroughly  impressed  upon  the  student. 

From  October  until  the  Christmas  vacation  practical  demonstrations  on  patients  are 
executed  before  the  entire  class.  These  are  given  in  the  lecture  room,  twice  a  week,  before 
beginning  the  afternoon's  work  and  are  as   follows: 


29 


A  practical  demonstration  in  the  technique  of  oral  prophylaxis;  pulp  removal  by  different 
methods;  root-canal-filling;  treating  putrescent  pulps,  pulpitis,  etc.;  treating  abscesses  of 
various  kinds;  treating  pj-orrhea  alveolaris;  the  extracting  of  teeth;  bleaching  of  teeth  by  dif- 
ferent methods;  treating  hj-persens:tive  dentin;  the  administration  of  anesthetics. 

Daily  demonstrations  are  held  in  the  use  of  the  X-ray-  apparatus  for  diagnosing  obscure 
pathological  conditions,  root-canal  fillings,  etc.,  also  several  demonstrations  with  X-ray  apparatus 
before  the  entire  class,  illustrating  both  the  theoretical  and  the  practical  features  involved, 
Long's  and  Buckley's  textbooks  being  used.     This  course  is  given  by  Professor  Loeffler. 

Prosthodontia  clinic. — In  this  course  the  students  do  plate  work  and  treat  orthodontia 
clinical  cases.  The  plate  cases  are  assigned  to  a  section  of  twelve  seniors  for  periods  varying 
according  to  the  number  of  students  in  the  senior  class,  and  also  as  the  plate  work  comes  in. 
We  plan  to  have  each  senior  make  a  full  upper  and  lower  plate  with  vulcanitq  or  metal  bases, 
and  such  partial  dentures  and  repair  cases  as  may  develop  in  the  clinic  during  each  period. 
The  orthodontia  cases  are  assigned  to  such  students  as  express  a  preference  for  them,  but 
an  effort  is  made  to  have  a  case  in  each  section  of  the  clinic  room,  so  that  each  student  may 
have  a  chance  to  obser\-e  and  follow  the  treatment  of  the  case  if  he  desires.  We  have  found 
that  it  is  impracticable  to  undertake  the  treatment  of  more  than  thirty  cases,  as  almost  every 
treatment  requires  the  advice  of  the  instructor.  An  effort  is  made  to  take  as  far  as  is  prac- 
ticable such  cases  as  may  be  carried  through  the  treatment  during  one  year,  or  as  can  be 
retained    through    the    summer   vacation.     This    clinic    is    imder    the    supervision    of    Dr.    Hoff. 

Orthodontia  lectures. — The  lecture  course  in  orthodontia  is  given  b}-  Dr.  M.  T.  Watson, 
of  Detroit,  and  consists  of  one  lecture  hour  and  one  hour  for  inspection  of  patients  and  direc- 
tions for  treatment  each  week.  The  directions  for  treatment  are  recorded  by  a  stenographer, 
and  three  copies  of  the  dictation  are  transcribed,  one  for  the  students,  one  for  the  clinical 
instructor,  and  one  for  record. 

An  endeavor  is  made  in  this  lecture  course  to  convey  to  the  students  a  clear  conception 
of  normal  occlusion,  and  of  the  normal  development  of  all  the  adjacent  structures  both  of  the 
internal  and  external  face;  at  the  same  time  to  outline  briefly  the  possibilities  and  value  of 
normal  function  for  all  these  parts,  and  the  importance  and  far-reaching  effect  of  normal 
breathing,  which  is  onlj^  possible  when  these  structures  are  at  least  moderatel3^  well  developed. 

We  then  sho%v  by  pictures  and  descriptions  the  evil  influences  of  malocclusion,  which  is 
not  a  separate  and  distinct  condition  in  itself  but  is  merely  an  evidence  or  symptom  of  a 
deeper  and  a  more  far-reaching  evil  influence — ^namely,  a  developmental  disturbance  of  the 
structures  of  the  internal  face.  In  this  connection  the  baneful  influences  of  a  restricted  breath- 
ing capacity  and  also  the  associated  nervous  influences  are  dwelt  upon  to   some  extent. 

We  also  dwell  at  considerable  length  upon  and  show  by  a  large  number  of  pictures  the 
dire  consequences  of  the  premature  loss  of  deciduous  teeth.  The  loss  of  permanent  teeth  may 
be  considered  premature  up  to  seventy-five  years  of  age,  though  of  course  the  evil  influences  are 
much  more  pronotmced  during  childhood.  In  addition  we  are  studying  the  classification  of 
malocclusion  and  the  general  principles  involved  in  the  correction  of  the  various  classes,  all 
these  lectures  being  illustrated  with  the   stereopticon  lantern. 

Owing  to  the  exceedingly  exacting  nature  of  this  work,  the  writer  believes  that  out  of 
consideration  for  the  patient,  it  is  highly  important  that  a  trained  man,  with  ample  time  at 
his  command,  shoidd  be  put  in  constant  charge  of  a  clinic  of  this  sort,  and  that  even  the 
simplest  adjustments  should  not  be  made  except  under  his  personal  supervision  and  direction. 
If  it  is  not  possible  to  do  the  work  this  waj',  then  I  believe  it  should  be  conducted  as  a  surgical 
clinic  is — -inz.,  the  operator  in  charge  of  the  work  making  absolutely  all  the  adjustments — for 
in  no  other  way  does  it  seem  possible  to  accomplish  ideal  results,  and  at  the  same  time  save 
the  patient  from  a  vast  amount  of  needless  discomfort. 

By  this  course  as  outlined  it  is  intended  that  students  shall  be  taught  only  the  more 
important  and  conspicuous  features  of  the  pathology  involved,  no  attempt  being  made  to  go 
into  the  details  of  the  work  to  the  degree  which  is  necessary  in  order  to  develop  trained 
specialists.  The  subject  is  taught  rather  with  the  idea  of  impressing  in  the  most  forceful 
manner  possible  the  value  and  importance  of  a  normally  developed  internal  face,  involving, 
•of  course,  normally  developed  jaws  and  teeth,  and  of  emphasizing  the  profound  effects  of  early 
attention  in  the  waj'  of  the  correction  of  these  conditions,  incidentally  showing  the  students  in 
the  clearest  possible  way  the  evils  following  extraction  and  lack  of  proper  contour  in  fillings, 
crowns,  etc. 

Clinical  operatize  dentistry. — Clinical  operative  dentistry  is  taught  in  the  operating  room 
at  the  chair,  and  by  a  course  of  lectures  on  clinical  procedures  covering  about  twenty  hotirs, 
all  of  which  are  given  at  the  beginning  of  the  session.  In  these  lectures  the  instruments  used 
are  described;  the  methods  of  handling  patients  discussed;  examinations  for  caries,  placing 
of  rubber  dams,  and  the  various  methods  of  isolating  the  teeth  and  reasons  for  so  doing;  the 
opening  of  cavities  and  their  formation  for  filling  materials;  the  introduction  of  various 
filling  materials,  and  the  finishing   of  fillings;   the  technique   of  root-canal   work;    the  treatment 

30 


of  the  teeth  and  peridental  structures;  extracting;  the  X-ray  in  diagnosis;  prophylaxis;  gold 
and  porcelain  inlay  filling — these  and  other  similar  and  customary  procedures  are  discussed. 
About  six  hundred  hours  are  devoted  to  this  work  in  the  senior  year.  Professors  Hall, 
Loeffler  and  Ward,  and  four  demonstrators,  are  in  charge  of  the  clinic  every  afternoon  except 
Saturday  from  1:30  to  S  o'clock.  Each  student  is  assigned  a  chair  at  the  beginning  of  the 
year,  and  he  is  taught  to  handle  his  patients  in  such  a  way  as  to  give  him  experience  and 
training  for  private  practice.  Complete  records  are  kept  of  each  student's  work,  and  these 
enter  largely  into  the  required  attainments  he  must  make  for  graduation.  After  the  Christ- 
mas holidays  every  filling  made  by  the  student  is  graded  and  marked.  The  roll  is  taken  every 
day,  and  any  student  who  is  absent  more  than  three  days  must  make  satisfactory  excuse  to 
the  attendance  committee;  this  also  applies  to  all  the  lecture  courses. 

History  and  ethics. — A  course  of  lectures  is  given  in  the  senior  year  by  Dr.  HofE  on 
general  subjects  which  cannot  well  be  incorporated  in  any  course  of  the  curriculum;  also  a 
course  on  dental  history,  taken  largely  from  Professor  Guerini's  History,  and  Koch's  and 
Thorpe's  histories  supplemented  by  the  instructor's  personal  acquaintance  with  dental  prac- 
titioners whom  he  has  known,  and  who  have  stood  for  substantial  principles  in  the  upbuilding 
of  the  profession.  This  gives  opportunity  to  introduce  instruction  on  professional  conduct  and 
to  give  concrete  illustrations,  as  it  were.  This  is  followed  by  several  lectures  on  the  literature 
of  the  profession,  giving  here  also  opportunities  for  calling  attention  to  the  value  of  participa- 
tion in  literary  work,  and  how  to  cultivate  a  taste  and  capacity  for  such  work.  Here  is  also 
discussed  the  dental  society,  its  work  and  value  to  the  profession  and  the  individual.  Two 
or  three  lectures  on  professional  ethics  and  jurisprudence  are  also  given.  Four  or  five  lectures 
on  practice  building  and  business  details  and  methods  of  conducting  a  practice  complete  the 
course.  This  course  takes  up  from  twenty-five  to  thirty  hours.  It  has  proved  a  very  inter- 
esting study  for  the  instructor,  and  has  been  received  by  the  students  with  keen  interest  and, 
-ve  hope,  to  their  advantage. 

This  constitutes  our  course  of  instruction,  and  we  trust  the  detail  has  not  been  so  tire- 
some that  you  may  not  feel  disposed  to  discuss  and  criticize  any  feature  of  it  that  does  not 
meet  your  approval,  as  we  are  aware  that  it  is  not  perfect.  As  you  will  observe,  we  are 
occupying  all  our  available  time,  and  feel  that  any  further  additions  to  the  curriculum  cannot 
be  made  except  additional  time  be  provided  in  some  way.  Shall  we  increase  our  entrance 
requirements,  and  so  get  better  prepared  students  who  will  have  had  some  of  the  fundamental 
sciences  in  their  academic  courses  and  be  prepared  to  do  the  work  in  a  shorter  time,  or  shall 
we  add  another  year  to  our  course  and  more  studies  to  the  curriculum?  You  will  note  that 
we  repeat  none  of  our  courses,  and  we  have  concentrated  our  efforts  wherever  it  seems 
practicable.  With  the  science  subjects  broadening  every  year  and  with  the  tremendous  ad- 
vancement of  the  last  fifteen  or  twenty  years  in  technical  knowledge,  it  does  seem  that  the  time 
is  not  far  distant  when  we  shall  be  compelled  to  condense  or  crystallize  our  work  into  the 
"active  principle"   form,  or  extend  materially  the  time  for  its   presentation. 

After  the  reading  of  Dr.  Hoff's  paper  the  methods  of  teaching  the  different 
branches  were  discussed  by  the  members  present. 

It  was  voted  that  the  next  meeting  of  the  Association  be  held  in  Boston, 
the  time  to  be  agreed  upon  later  by  the  executive  committee. 

There  being  no  further  business  before  the  Association,  the  Association  ad- 
journed until  the  next  annual  meeting. 

FIFTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 

The  fifth  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  was  called  to  order  April  22,  1913,  at  10:30  a.m.,  by  the  president, 
Dr.  Eugene  H.  Smith,  in  the  faculty  room  of  the  Harvard  Dental  School,  Boston, 
Massachusetts. 

Membership  universities  were  represented  as  follows :  California,  Dean  W.  E. 
Sharp ;  Harvard,  Dean  Eugene  H.  Smith ;  Iowa,  Dean  W.  T.  Hosford ;  Michigan, 
Dean  N.  S.  Hoff ;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  E.  C.  Kirk. 

Visitors :  Drs.  W.  E.  Boardman,  L.  P.  Hall. 

Minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  accepted. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  address  of  the  president,  Dr.  Eugene 
H.  Smith. 


31 


Gentlemen,  Honored  Members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Univer- 
sities: It  is  a  great  privilege,  permeated  with  much  pleasure,  to  welcome  you  in  the  name  of 
Harvard  to  our  tmiversitj'. 

The  dental  department  has  courageously  striven  to  keep  abreast  of  the  time,  to  increase 
dental  education,  and  to  advance  the  standard  of  the  profession. 

Since  the  memorable  meeting  of  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties  at  Asheville, 
when  Harvard  felt  it  necessary  to  withdraw  its  membership,  followed  shortly  after  by  the 
several  dental  departments  of  universities  here  represented,  our  united  efforts  have  made  this 
advance  steady  and  safe.  This  step,  however,  indicates  only  a  beginning — a  good  beginning, 
to  be  sure- — and  also  a  danger  of  contentedly  hovering  around  our  beginnings  rather  than  the 
investigating  of  the  newer  problems  in  education,  with  a  determination  to  adopt  whatever  may 
seem  to  be  in  the  line  of  progress. 

Let  us,  then,  consider  in  the  first  place  what  we  have  accomplished,  and  in  the  second 
place,  what  our  progressive  problems  are  and  how  we  are  to  solve  them. 

We  have  accomplished  a  sodality  of  six  university  departments  whose  aims  are  identical, 
and  whose  purpose  is  to  bring  about  a  higher  standard  in  the  profession. 

To  that  end  we  are  united  in  a  predental  requirement  of  four  years'  training  in  an 
accredited  high  school. 

This  uniformity  of  requirements  means,  I  hope,  that  for  the  moment  only  we  may  rest 
while  considering  further  advancement  in  predental  training.  I  find,  however,  that  while 
in  the  main  our  entrance  requirements  are  the  same,  we  differ  somewhat  in  details.  For 
instance,  the  Harvard  Dental  School  definitely  states  the  courses  that  a  student  must  take 
during  his  four  years  in  high  school. 

Those  courses  must  include  English,  algebra,  physics,  chemistry,  the  studj'  of  a  foreigfn 
language  for  at  least  two  years,  and  history,  if  the  student  has  not  taken  Latin.  He  may 
elect  geometrj',  botany,  zoology,  anatomy,  wood-working,  blacksmithing,  chipping,  filing,  fitting, 
or  machine  tool  work.  If  one  or  two  of  the  required  subjects  have  not  been  taken  by  the 
applicant  during  his  high  school  course,  he  may  be  admitted  with  a  condition  in  these  two 
subjects,    but   must   remove    the    conditions    previous    to    being    admitted    to    the    senior    class. 

Other  schools,  however,  in  our  Association  make  a  different  statement  in  the  interpretation 
of  a  four-year  high  school  course,  namely — 

The  Universit3'  of  Minnesota  makes  obligatory  English,  algebra,  geometry,  chemistry, 
and  manual  training;  the  University  of  Iowa  does  not  seem  to  make  it  clear  what  obligatory 
subjects  are  required;  the  University  of  California,  after  August  1913,  requires  four  years 
of  high  school  plus  two  years  of  college  work;  the  University  of  Michigan  makes  obligatory 
English,  algebra,  geometry,  physics,  Latin,  and  chemistrj';  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania^ 
chemistry   seems   to    be   the   only    obligatory   subject,    coupled    with   a    large    field    of    electives. 

Such  a  wide  latitude  of  obligatory  subjects  among  us  is  not,   I  think,  desirable. 

As  above  stated,  the  College  of  Dentistry  of  the  University  of  California  has  already 
committed  itself  to  a  requirement  of  two  years  of  college  training  and  the  College  of  Dentistry 
of  the  Universit}'  of  Iowa  is  contemplating  a  similar  change.  It  therefore  seems  to  me  to 
be  expedient  and  wise  to  have  more  tmiformity  in  this  matter,  especially  in  regard  to  the 
obligatory  subjects. 

Further  steps  along  these  lines  must,  I  think,  be  taken  with  great  care,  not  so  much 
owing  to  the  fear  of  lessening  the  number  of  our  students,  as  to  the  fear  that  men  may  be 
unwisely  trained  for  the  duties  required  of  the  dentist. 

It  therefore  becomes  one  of  our  most  important  problems  to  decide  how  much  of  college 
or  academic  training  shall  be  required  of  men  entering  upon  the  study  of  our  profession. 
Shall  it  be  one,  two,  three,  or  four  years  of  academic  work,  and  what  subjects  shall  be  required 
from  the  elective  field  now  offered  in  academic  work? 

While  the  predental  training  required  by  our  several  schools,  as  I  have  pointed  out,  is 
not  quite  the  same  we  are  much  more  at  variance  in  the  sequence  of  our  curriculum.  It  would 
help  to  standardize  the  professional  training  which  we  give  to  our  students,  and  make  easier 
the  transfer  of  students  from  school  to  school  if  we  could  bring  about  a  uniformity  in  the 
sequence   of   subjects   taught,    and   I    recommend   that   we   take   this    matter    into    consideration. 

I  think  we  all  realize  that  the  professional  education  necessary  for  a  dentist  today  cannot 
well  be  met  in  a  three  years'  course,  and  that  a  fourth  year  is  most  desirable. 

I  do  not  feel  that  the  time  is  ripe  for  an  obligatory  fourth  year,  but  I  do  think  and 
recommend  that  we  offer  at  once  a  fourth  year  elective  course.  Such  a  course,  if  well  planned, 
would  prove  attractive  not  only  to  our  students,  but  to  practitioners,  who  would  be  glad  to 
avail  themselves  of  the  opportunity  such  a  course  would  offer. 

Certificates  of  various  grades  might  be  granted  for  attendance  upon  such  a  course,  de- 
pending upon  the  courses  taken,  the  time  spent  in  such  courses,  etc. 


32 


Our  profession  has  not  done,  nor  is  it  now  doing  what  it  should  in  the  way  of  scientific 
research  and  preventive  dentistry,  and  steps  should  at  once  be  taken  to  bring  about  interschool 
action  to  foster  a  spirit  of  research  among  our  student  body. 

Such  steps  have  already  been  taken  in  the  Harvard  School,  where  some  two  years  ago 
a  students'  society  for  dental  research  was  formed,  and  named  after  Mrs.  Harriet  N.  Lowell, 
whose  generous  gift  to  the  school  made  the  formation  of  the  society  possible.  This  society  is 
under  the  management  of  a  research  committee  appointed  by  the  administrative  board,  and  is 
made  up  of  men  who  are  giving  a  portion  of  their  time  to  research  work,  and  who  are  also 
interesting   young  students   in   scientific  work. 

It  would  be  highly  advantageous  if  similar  societies  could  be  formed  in  our  several 
schools,  thus  bringing  about  an  interschool  society  of  dental  research,  and,  through  such 
co-operation,  an  exchange  of  scientific  endeavor. 

We  are  still  lacking  the  knowledge  necessary  properly  to  rate  students  coming  from 
foreign  schools,  and  in  order  that  there  be  a  clear  understanding  in  regard  to  these  schools,  I 
recommend  that  a  special  committee  be  appointed  to  investigate  the  matter  thoroughly  and 
report  at  our  next  meeting. 

There  has  always  been,  and  there  appears  still  to  be,  somewhat  of  a  reciprocal  alliance 
between  the  National  Board  of  Examiners  and  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties, 
and,  if  in  the  judgment  of  the  society  such  co-operation  is  to  the  benefit  of  higher  dental 
education,  steps  should  be  taken  to  bring  about  a  similar  arrangement  between  our  Association 
and  the   National   Board   of  Dental   Examiners. 

In  the  last  report  of  the  president  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  mention  is  made  of  the 
intention  of  the  Foundation  to  investigate  the  standards  of  the  dental  schools. 

This  is  a  hopeful  sign  and  if  carried  out  will  prove,  I  believe,  to  be  as  great  a  service 
to  dental  education  as  the  Foundation's  investigation  of  the  medical  schools  has  been  to 
m.edical   education. 

In  this  connection  I  would  recommend  that  we  send  to  the  Carnegie  Foundation  our 
appreciation  of  its  intention  to  investigate  dental  education  in  America,  and  to  express  our 
hope  that  the  investigation  will  be  made  at  an  early  date. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  report  of  the  secretary. 

The  secretary  reported  the  receipt  of  a  letter  from  the  dean  of  the  Tokyo 
Dental  College  with  regard  to  admission  of  students  from  that  college  to  advanced 
standing  in  membership  schools  of  the  Association ;  and  of  similar  inquiries  from 
Nippon  Dental  College,  the  dental  school  in  Odessa,  Russia,  and  from  Dr.  Owre 
on   relation  to  graduates   of   American   schools    settling  in   the    British   colonies. 

The  secretary  reported  the  application  of  Washington  University  for  member- 
ship; and  he  submitted  a  letter  from  Dean  Hosford,  of  Iowa,  reporting  the  con- 
dition of  the  dental  departments  of  Drake  University  and  the  University  of  Iowa. 

He  further  submitted  a  letter  from  Dr.  Newell  Gill  Jenkins,  of  Dresden, 
Germany,  suggesting  an  interchange  of  professors  between  German  university 
dental  schools  and  the  schools  of  the  Association. 

The  secretary  further  reported  that,  following  his  instructions,  he  had  trans- 
mitted to  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching  the  text  of 
the  resolution  of  the  Association  suggesting  that  the  Foundation  investigate  and 
report  upon  educational  conditions  in  dental  schools  holding  membership  in  the 
Association.  He  submitted  the  text  of  his  letter  and  the  reply  from  the  Founda- 
tion. He  also  submitted  an  invitation  to  the  Association  from  the  Panama-Pacific 
Exposition  Company  to  hold  its  annual  meeting  for  1913  in  San  Francisco;  and 
he  suggested  the  possible  desirability  of  informally  participating  in  the  Sixth 
International  Dental  Congress  to  be  held  in  London,  August,  1914. 

A  financial  report  was  submitted. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  report  of  the  executive  committee. 
Dr.  Hofif,  chairman,  reported  that  nothing  had  been  referred  to  the  executive 
committee  during  the  year  to  be  acted  upon,  and  therefore  there  was  no  report 
to  make. 

Dr.  Kirk  suggested  that  the  application  of  the  Washington  University  Dental 
School  be  referred  to  the  executive  committee. 


33 


Dr.  Smith  suggested  that  it  would  probably  be  best  to  refer  this  application 
to  the  educational  committee. 

After  discussion  it  was  voted  to  refer  the  application  of  Washington  Univer- 
sity Dental  School  to  the  executive  committee. 

With  regard  to  applications  from  Japanese  colleges  for  admission  to  advanced 
standing,  it  was  voted  that  the  standing  resolution  governing  the  admission  of 
students  of  schools  not  members  of  this  Association  to  advanced  standing  in 
schools  of  this  Association  be  applied  to  the  case  of  the  students  from  Japanese 
schools  as  it  applies  to  students  from  other  schools. 

Dr.  Kirk  then  presented  the  following  resolution  relating  to  the  proposal 
from  Dr.  Jenkins  regarding  exchange  of  professors : 

Resolved,  That  it  is  the  sense  of  this  meeting  that  the  faculties  represented  in  the  Dental 
Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  view  with  sympathetic  favor  the  suggestion 
for  an  interchange  of  teachers  with  the  German  university  dental  schools. 

The  resolution  carried. 

The  meeting  adjourned  until  the  afternoon  session. 

At  the  afternoon  session  the  consideration  of  the  dental  schools  of  Drake 
University  and  the  University  of  Iowa  were,  at  Dean  Hosford's  request,  ratified 
by  the  Association. 

An  application  from  a  student  from  the  dental  school  of  Odessa,  Russia,  for 
advanced  standing  was  submitted  for  consideration.  It  was  voted  that  the  Associa- 
tion accept  credentials  from  dental  schools  in  Russia,  granting  advanced  standing, 
in  time  only,  of  not  to  exceed  one  year,  and  this  only  when  the  applicant  has 
shown  by  such  credentials  or  examination  that  he  is  entitled  to  this  amount  of 
credit. 

The  motion  carried. 

On  motion  the  in\'itation  of  the  University  of  California  and  of  the  Panama- 
Pacific  Exposition  Company  to  meet  in  San  Francisco  in  1915  was  accepted. 

Dr.  Kirk's  invitation  to  meet  in  Philadelphia  in  1914,  at  a  time  convenient 
to  the  Association,  was  accepted. 

The  report  of  the  treasurer  was  accepted. 

Dr.  Sharp  moved  that  one  member  of  the  executive  committee  be  delegated 
as  a  committee  of  one  to  inspect  the  Washington  University  Dental  School,  in 
order  that  the  executive  committee  could  more  intelligently  pass  upon  the  applica- 
tion   for   membership   in   the   Association. 

The  motion  was  passed. 

It  was  voted  that  the  executive  committee  select  one  member  of  the  com- 
mittee to  do  this  at  the  expense  of  the  Association. 

The  executive  committee  announced  Dr.  Hosford  as  its  selection  for  this 
work,  and  Dr.  Smith  suggested  that  Dr.  Hosford  be  equipped  with  proper  creden- 
tials by  the  secretarj^. 

Dr.  Sharp  spoke  of  an  effort  being  made  to  establish  a  dental  department 
in  connection  with  the  University  of  Illinois,  and  after  some  discussion  of  the 
question,  oflfered  the  following  resolution : 

Whereas,  The  members  of  this  Association  have  learned  that  it  is  the  intention  to  estab- 
lish a  dental  school   in  connection  with  the   University  of  Illinois;   therefore  be  it 

Resolved,  That  this  body  views  with  great  satisfaction  this  movement  toward  the  placing 
of  dental  education  in  the  state  of  Illinois  upon  a  university  basis,  it  being  the  belief  of  the 
Association  that  the  interests  of  dental  education  will  be  best  conserved  by  such  a  relationship, 
and  that  the  final  outcome  of  dental  educational  progress  must  be  determined  through  the 
fostering  care  of  the  universities  constituting  the  higher  institutions  of  learning  of  this  country; 
and  be  it  further 


34 


Resolved,  That  a  copy  of  this  resolution  be  forwarded  to  the  president  of  the  University 
of  Illinois  as  an  official  expression  of  the  interest  of  this  Association  in  the  proposed  plan  of 
creating  a  dental  school  as  an  integral  part  of  the  educational  system  of  the  University  of 
Illinois. 

The  resolution  was  adopted. 

Dr.  Sharp  asked  advice  with  regard  to  what  to  do  with  an  application  from 
a  student  from  the  University  of  Texas,  stating  that  he  had  the  B.S.  degree  and 
had  taken  two  years  in  dentistry,  and  asked  if  he  could  be  allowed  credit  for 
two  years. 

It  was  the  sense  of  the  meeting  that  this  applicant  could  be  allowed  one  year 
time  credit,  but  should  be  required  to  take  two  years  in  dentistry. 

Dr.  Kirk  raised  the  question  as  to  giving  undergraduates  in  medicine  any 
allowance  for  time  in  the  dental  course. 

Dr.  Hoff  suggested  that  it  would  be  fair  to  give  such  men  credit  for  one  year 
in  dentistry  when  they  have  taken  two  years  in  medicine.  After  further  discussion 
of  the  subject,  it  was  voted  that  Dr.  Hofif  be  appointed  a  special  committee  to 
bring  in  a  report  at  the  next  meeting  of  the  Association  on  the  question  of  grant- 
ing advanced  standing  to  undergraduate  medical  students  in  the  dental  course — 
that  is,  undergraduates  from  medical  departments  of  universities. 

It  was  suggested  that  consideration  of  the  president's  address  be  made  the 
first  order  of  business  for  the  morning  session. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned  until  Wednesday  morning. 

At  the  Wednesday  morning  meeting  Dr.  Sharp  brought  up  the  question  of 
a  course  in  oral  hygiene  and  dental  economics;  he  asked  the  consensus  of  opinion 
as  to  the  advisability  of  giving  this  as  a  regular  course,  and  giving  specified  time 
to  the  subject. 

The  question  was  discussed  by  Drs.  Smith,  Kirk,  Owre,  and  Sharp,  but  no 
action  was  taken  on  the  matter. 

Dr.  Smith  submitted  the  application  for  advanced  standing  of  a  student  from 
the  North  Pacific  Dental  College  who  had  matriculated  at  the  Harvard  School,  but 
whose  credentials  were  not  up  to  the  standard.  Dr.  Smith  said  this  student  had 
not  been  allowed  to  continue  his  second  year  because  of  his  not  satisfying  the 
educational  requirements,  which  were  difficult  to  establish. 

The  sense  of  the  meeting  was  that  this  man  be  not  allowed  to  continue  his 
course  until  he  meets  the  preliminary  educational  requirements. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  consideration  of  the  recommendations  in 
the  president's  address. 

The  first  question  to  be  considered  was  that  of  differences  among  schools  of 
the  Association  with  regard  to  obligatory  subjects  in  the  curriculum.  Consider- 
able discussion  of  the  subject  was  entered  into  by  Drs.  Smith,  Owre,  Kirk,  and 
Hoff,  after  which  Dr.  Kirk  moved  that  each  member  of  the  society  be  requested 
to  express  his  views  on  the  subject  and  forward  them  to  the  chairman  of  the 
educational  committee,  and  let  him,  from  that,  systematize  a  report  that  will  give 
a  definite  record  as  to  how  near  the  different  college  curricula  are  together,  and 
formulate  from  that  a  plan  that  would  tend  to  unification ;  this  to  be  discussed 
at  the  next  meeting  of  the  Association. 

The  motion  was  carried. 

The  next  recommendation  in  the  president's  address  was  that  in  regard  to 
the  standardizing  of  the  curriculum. 

Dr.  Hosford  suggested  that  a  minimum  requirement  of  hours  for  each  subject 
be  made  standard  in  the  schools. 


35 


Dr.  Owre  suggested  that  each  member  of  the  Association  send  each  year  a 
member  of  the  clinical  staff  of  the  institution,  that  they  might  become  conversant 
with  the  views  of  the  Association  in  regard  to  educational  matters,  clinical 
work,  etc. 

It  was  voted  that  this  question  be  referred  to  the  educational  committee,  to 
make  a  report  and  recommendation. 

The  next  question  considered  was  that  of  a  fourth  year  elective  dental  course. 

Dr.  Owre  moved  that,  that  question  be  referred  to  the  educational  committee. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Owre  moved  that  the  recommendation  in  the  president's  address,  to  the 
effect  that  the'  secretary  be  instructed  to  write  to  the  Carnegie  Foundation  and 
express  the  appreciation  of  this  Association  of  their  intention  to  investigate  dental 
education  in  America,  and  to  voice  the  hope  that  the  investigation  be  made  at  an 
early  date,  be  adopted. 

Motion  carried. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  election  of  officers  for  the  ensuing  year. 

Dr.  Sharp  moved  that  the  present  officers  be  re-elected  to  their  present 
positions. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Hoff  moved  that  Dr.  Hosford  be  re-elected  to  the  executive  committee 
for  two  years. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Hoff  moved  that  Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp  be  re-elected  to  the  educational  com- 
mittee for  three  years. 

Motion  carried. 

The  meeting  adjourned  subject  to  the  call  of  the  president. 

SIXTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 

The  sixth  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  was  called  to  order  March  20,  191-4,  by  Dr.  Alfred  Owre,  in  the 
Hotel  Radisson,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota. 

Dr.  Owre  moved  that  Dr.  Kirk  act  as  temporary  chairman  in  the  absence  of 
the  president  and  vice-president. 

The  motion  was  carried,  and  Dr.  Kirk  took  the  chair. 

It  was  voted  that  Dr.  Breene  act  as  secretary  pro  tem.    • 

Membership  universities  were  represented  as  follows :  California,  Dean  J.  G. 
Sharp;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T.  Breene;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Pennsylvania, 
Dean  E.  C.  Kirk. 

Visitors :  Drs.  E.  T.  Darby,  O.  A.  Weiss. 

The  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting  were  read  and  accepted. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  reading  of  the  president's  address,  by 
Dr.  Eugene  H.  Smith,  in  whose  absence  it  was  read  by  Dr.  Alfred  Owre. 

Members  of  the  Dent  ad  Facilities'  Association  of  American  Universities:  My  message  to 
you  at  this  meeting  will  necessarily  be  brief,  since  the  more  important  matters  governing  our 
organization  were  considered  and  recommended  to   you  in  my  message  of  last  year. 

These  several  recommendations  have  been  under  consideration  by  the  various  committees 
during  the  past  year,  and  will,  I  presume,  be  reported  upon  in  full  during  our  present  session. 

I  would  again  call  your  attention  to  the  need  of  a  reciprocal  system  of  research  in  our 
schools.     I  touched  upon  this  matter  in  my  last  message,  but  made  no  special  recommendations. 

I  feel  that  organized  research  work  should  be  done  within  the  schools  themselves,  acting 
in  a  reciprocal  way,  rather  than  through  the  medium  of  our  dental  societies.  I  therefore 
recommend  that  this  matter  in  its  various  phases  be  considered  at  this  meeting. 

The  action  taken  by  the  National  Dental  Association  in  investigating  and  rating  the 
dental    schools   of  the    United    States   is,    I   think,   to    be    commended,    and    while    it    is    to   be 

36 


regretted  that  in  the  appointment  of  the  committee  to  do  this  important  work  the  university 
dental  departments  are  not  represented,  I  feel  that  we  should  be  as  helpful  as  possible,  and  at 
the  same  time  still  urge  upon  the  Carnegie  Foundation  an  investigation  and  rating  of  its  own. 

I  beg  to  call  attention  to  the  following  standing  resolution  in  regard  to  admittance  of 
students  from  other  schools  not  holding   membership  in   our  Association.     It   reads  as   follows: 

"Resolved,  That  students  from  American  schools  not  holding  membership  in  this  Associa- 
tion may  be  admitted  to  schools  holding  membership  in  this  Association,  provided  their  pre- 
liminary training  is  equal  to  the  training  required  of  students  seeking  admission  to  our 
university  schools,  and  that  they  be  given  credit  for  the  time  spent  in  dental  study,  but  that 
no  credit  be  given  for  any  professional  subject,  and  therefore  that  they  must  pass  examinations 
in  all  subjects  of  the  required  course." 

You  will,  I  think,  agree  with  me  that  undergraduates  from  the  majority  of  these  schools 
have  not  had  the  kind  or  extent  of  training  that  students  in  our  schools  receive,  and  therefore 
are  unable,  without  further  training,  to  pass  the  required  examinations  of  the  years  that 
they  omit. 

I  would  therefore  recommend  that  the  resolution  be  so  changed  that  undergraduates  may 
be  permitted  only  to  enter  our  second  year,  to  take  all  of  the  courses  of  our  first  year  during 
the  first  year  of  their  attendance,  and  the  courses  of  our  second  and  third  years  during  the 
second  year  of  their  attendance. 

I  would  also  call  your  attention  to  the  lack  of  provision  made  for  graduates  of  the 
schools  outside  of  our  Association  who  may  wish  to  enter  one  of  our  schools  and  become  a 
candidate  for  our  degree.  I  would  therefore  recommend  that  a  resolution  be  passed  at  this 
meeting  embracing  the  clause  that  refers  to  preliminary  requirements  that  is  contained  in  the 
resolution  referring  to  undergraduates  of  other  schools,  and  to  which  I  have  before  called 
your  attention;  and  further  to  provide  that  graduates  from  these  schools  be  allowed  to  enter 
cur  senior  year  and  become  candidates  for  our  degree  by  spending  one  year  in  our  schools, 
and  passing  the  examinations  of  our  three  years. 

Meeting  as  we  do  each  year  at  the  home  of  one  of  our  schools,  it  is  most  desirable  that  we 
spend  as  much  of  our  time  as  may  be  consistent  in  the  study  and  comparison  of  our  methods 
of  teaching.     Such  study  cannot  be  otherwise  than  mutually  beneficial. 

Consideration  of  the  president's  address  was  set  for  the  next  morning. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  report  of  the  secretary-treasurer. 

The  secretary  reported  inquiries  from  three  university  dental  schools  with 
regard  to  conditions  of  membership  in  the  Association.  He  further  reported  the 
fulfillment  of  all  instructions  given  him  at  the  previous  meeting,  and  submitted  a 
financial  report. 

The  report  was  received  and  consideration  deferred  to  a  later  session. 

Dr.  Owre  read  a  letter  from  Dr.  Grant,  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council 
of  America,  advocating  an  increase  of  fees  in  dental  schools.  No  action  was 
taken. 

The  meeting  adjourned  till  the  evening  session. 

The  evening  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  Dr.  Hoff,  vice-president,  at 
8  o'clock,  in  the  University  Club  of  St.  Paul. 

Those  present  at  the  meeting  were  Drs.  Hoff,  Breene,  Owre,  Sharp,  the 
entire  faculty  of  the  University  of  Minnesota,  presidents  of  the  two  local  societies, 
Dr.  Eck,  vice-president  of  the  Norwegian  Society,  and  two  members  of  the  State 
Board  of  Minnesota. 

Dr.  Hoff  then  introduced  Dr.  Alfred  Owre,  who  read  the  paper  of  the  eve- 
ning, the  "Report  of  the  Committee  on  Education,"  as  follows : 

The  chairman  of  this  committee  begs  to  submit  the  following  report: 

This  Association  has  already  acknowledged  the  necessity  for  a  better  product  in  dental 
education,  recognizing  that  if  there  is  to  be  any  advance  educationally,  the  universities  must 
take  the  lead.  The  virulent  criticisms  of  American  dentistry  recently  aired  in  European 
journals  are  but  one  symptom  of  our  status.  Another  of  equal  significance  is  legislation 
against  American  dental  graduates.  We  are  forced  to  look  the  situation  in  the  face.  Is  the 
quality  of  American  dental  education  such  as  to  be  really  worthy  of  the  high  sounding'  appella- 
tion? Impartial  observation  and  analysis  of  the  situation  reveal  much  rottenness  steadily 
increasing.  Though  the  new  plant  is  slow  in  sprouting,  and  the  powerful  commercial  ideals 
which  are  responsible  for  the  present  status  of  dentistry  are  well  entrenched,  a  new  order  of 
things  can  be  inaugurated  if  the  psychological  moment  is  grasped.     To  state  that  improvement 

37 


is  necessary  is  not  sufficient.  Whatever  is  done  must  be  through  strong  and  sincere  effort. 
Advancement  in  dentistry  will  require  the  strongest  co-operation;  it  will  require  all  the  support 
the  university  schools  and  other  forward-looking  institutions  can  give.  A  half-hearted  attitude 
will  be  ruinous. 

In  relation  to  our  program  for  the  enlargement  of  the  curriculum^  I  wish  to  emphasize 
that  it  is  not  so  much  the  content  of  a  given  year  which  concerns  us  as  it  is  a  genuine  belief 
that  we  need  more  time  for  better  work  in  much  that  is  now  being  taught.  Neither  can  we 
ignore  the  fact  that  it  is  pedagogical  economy  to  bring  to  this  work  students  who  have  had 
better  preparation.  It  seems  desirable  to  have  a  curriculum  with  a  certain  amount  of  elasticity 
in  it  so  as  to  meet  individual  idiosyncrasies  and  also  to  allow  for  certain  inherent  local 
differences  in  educational  systems.  When  a  large  and  varied  clinic  is  not  available,  the  number 
of  electives  can  be  increased.  The  faculties  may  also  recommend  certain  electives  suited 
to  the  needs  of  their  respective  localities  or  make  certain  substitutes.  For  instance:  it  may 
be  necessary  to  substitute  botany  for  animal  biology  if  the  latter  cannot  be  obtained  in  the 
preparatory  course.  A  further  illustration  would  be  to  recommend  elementary  political  economy 
in  the  second  semester  of  the  freshman  year,  elementary;  psychology  in  the  sophomore  or  junior 
years,  and  ethics  in  the  senior  year.  The  value  of  the  electives  cannot  be  overestimated,  view- 
ing the  product  of  colleges  where  it  has  been  practiced.  A  generous  use  of  the  elective  usually 
produces  men  of  greater  power  than  a  rigidly  prescribed  curriculum  produces. 

If  we  made  better  dentists  twenty-five  or  thirty  years  ago  it  was  not  only  due  to  the 
fact  that  there  was  less  to  learn  and  a  lesser  degi'ee  of  commercialization,  but  also  due  to  the 
fact  that  we  had  more  time  in  which  to  do  it.  In  our  readjustment  to  the  ever  increasing 
demands  we  have  increased  the  number  of  hours  of  work  until  the  whole  curriculum  is 
pedagogically  unsound.  The  academic  student  has  a  maximum  of  about  600  hours  of  assigned 
work  per  year;  engineers  not  over  700  hours;  medical  students  about  iioo  hours.  There  are 
about  1400  hours  available  if  we  assign  eight  hours  every  day,  excepting  Saturday  afternoon. 
Many  dental  schools  assign  1200  hours  of  this  amount.  Pedagogically  this  is  more  than  the 
student  can  carry  profitably  and  the  quality  of  his  work  suffers.  Slipshod  methods  are  resorted 
to;  and  our  average  dental  graduate  is  not  the  carefully  trained  man  he  should  be. 

It  has  been  the  aim  of  the  committee  to  keep  down  the  number  of  assigned  hours,  especially 
in  the  first  two  years  where  theory  predominates.  This  is  not  quite  so  important  in  the  third 
year  and  less  so  in  the  senior  year  where  practice  fills  up  nearly  all  the  hours. 

In  the  present  course  we  average  about  1200  hours  per  year,  the  first  year  being  the 
lowest,  about  iioo  hours.  In  the  proposed  four-year  course,  the  average  is  about  1000  hours, 
with  fewer  assigned  hours  in  the  first  two  years;  832  and  960  hours,  in  the  freshman  and 
sophomore  years  respectively,  as  against  1184  and  1232  in  the  junior  and  senior  years.  In 
the  course  having  one  year  of  academic  work  as  a  prerequisite,  there  are  about  100  hours 
fewer  of  assigned  work  in  this  year.  This  is  largely  due  to  the  fact  that  the  academic  year 
must  conform  to  academic  usages.  The  assigned  hours  for  the  freshman  year  of  dentistry 
are  944  as  against  832  of  the  four-year  course;  otherwise  the  hours  are  about  the  same. 
Further  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  the  two  schemes  are  as  follows: 
The  four-year  course  is  definite  and  is  also  more  directly  under  the  control  of  the 
dental  faculty.  By  emphasizing  prosthetic  technique  in  the  first  semester  of  the  freshman  year 
we  can  discover  the  many  students  who  are  not  adapted  for  dentistry.  They  can  then  make 
a  change  without  very  much  loss  of  time.  The  course  has  also  a  better  sequential  arrangement 
of  subjects.  It  may  be  criticized  because  it  requires  attendance  in  the  dental  school  for  a  total 
period  of  four  years. 

In  regard  to  the  course  where  one  year  of  academic  work  is  a  prerequisite,  a  special 
advantage  is  that  this  is  specifically  an  academic  year  and  can  be  taken  in  any  accredited  college. 
It  allows  students  a  longer  period  for  consideration  of  life  work.  It  has  a  wider  range  in 
electives.  Otherwise  there  is  not  so  much  difference.  It  cannot  be  claimed  altogether  as  a 
preparatory  year  for  dentistry  and  is  not  under  the  direct  control  of  the  dental  faculty. 

From  the  foregoing  it  seems  possible  to  adopt  the  four-year  course  practically  as  outlined, 
or  with  some  readjustment  in  individual  cases  to  make  use  of  the  other.  For  instance:  students 
who  have  had  one  year  of  academic  work  would  be  able  by  summer  school  work  and  perhaps 
some  special  work  here  and  there  to  go  on  with  the  sophomore  class.  The  details  of  this  must  be 
worked  out  by  each  institution. 

The  question  of  fees  can  be  adjusted  at  a  future  conference,  but  uniformity  is  recom- 
mended as  far  as  possible. 

Respectfully   submitted 

J.  G.  Sharp 

E.  C.  Kirk 

E.  H.  Smith,    ex   officio 

Alfred   Owre,    Chairman 


See  detailed  report  of  hours,   pages  39-41. 

38 


FOUR-YEAR  COURSE 


Freshman  Year 

Anatomy,   General    Descriptive    

Anatomy,  Dental,   Lectures     

Anatomy,   Dental,   Laboratory     

Animal  Biology  No.   i    General  Zoology 

Chemistry,  Advanced  General  and   Qualitative. 

Prosthetic  Technique    

Rhetoric     

Sophomore  Year 

Anatomy,   Dissection     

Anatomy,   Histology   and   Embryology 

Anatomy,   Dental,   Lectures     

Anatomy,  Dental,   Laboratory     

Bacteriology      

Chemistry,    Organic    

Crown    and    Bridge    Technique 

Operative    Technique    

Physiology   and    Physiological    Chemistry 

Prosthetic  Dentistry  Technique    

Junior  Year 

Crown  and  Bridge  Technique      

Crown  and  Bridge  Lectures     

Crown  and   Bridge  Practice    

Dental    Metallurgy    

Materia    Medica    

Operative  Dentistry   Lectures      

Operative  Dentistry  Technique    

Operative  Dentistry  Practice    

Orthodontia  Lectures    

Orthodontia    Technique    

Pathology,    General    

Pathology,     Special     

Prosthetic    Lectures    

Prosthetic   Practice    

Therapeutics      

Clinics      

*Electives     , 

Senior  Year 

Crown  and   Bridge    Lectures    

Crown  and   Bridge  Practice    

Operative  Dentistry    Lectures     

Operative  Dentistry    Practice     

Oral   Surgery    Lectures    

Oral   Surgery    Practice     

Orthodontia    Lectures     

Orthodontia     Practice     

Prosthetic   Practice    

Theory  and  Practice  Conference 

fElectives    


First 
Semester 

Hours 


35^ 

144 
96 
16 


96 


Second 

Semester 

Hours 


16 

96 

96 

96 

64 

80 

:44 

48 

480 


832 


96 
96 

48 

144 
96 

448 

512 

960 

96 
16 

96 
16 

16 

96 

16 

32 
16 

72  . 

7- 

144 
16 

144 
80 

16 

16 

16 
96 
16 

528 

48 

48 

656 

1 184 

16 

16 

144 
16 

144 
16 

19a 
32 
48 
16 

192 
16 
48 
16 

7- 

72 

72 

72 
32 

608 

624 

1232 

4208 

*  Ps  chology.    Elementary    Economics,    Radiography,    Odontology,    etc. 

t  Students   who   are   advanced   in   practice   should   be  allowed   to    specialize   in   any  part   of 
the  curriculum,   especially  in  the  second   semester. 


?9 


ONE-YEAR  ACADEMIC   PREREQUISITE 


fRESHMAN  Academic  Year 

Animal  Biology  No.   i    General   Zoology 

Chemistry,   Advanced,   General,   and   Qualitative... 

Electives      

Military  Drill    (required   University  of  Minnesota). 
Rhetoric   No.    i 

Freshman  Year  Dentistry 

Anatomy,  General    Descriptive    

Anatomy,  Dissection     , 

Anatomy,  Histology   and    Embryology 

Anatomy,  Dental,    Lectures    

Anatomy,  Dental,    Laboratory    

Chemistry,    Organic    

Physiology  and  Physiological   Chemistry 

Prosthetic   Technique    

Junior  Year 

Bacteriology,    General    

Crown   and    Bridge   Lectures 

Crown   an\   Bridge   Technique 

Dental    Metallurgy    

Materia    Medica    

Operative  Dentistry,     Lectures     

Operative  Dentistry,    Technique    

Operative  Dentistry,    Practice    

Orthodontia  Lectures     

Orthodontia  Technique     

Pathology,  General    

Pathology,  Special     

Prosthetic  Lectures     -. 

Prosthetic  Technique     

Prosthetic  Practice 

Senior  Year 

Crown  and  Bridge   Lectures    ,  . 

Crown  and  Bridge  Practice 

Operative  Dentistry    Lectures    

Operative  Dentistry    Practice   

Oral  Surgery   Lectures    

Oral  Surgery   Practice   

Orthodontia  Lectures     

Orthodontia  Practice    

Prosthetic  Practice    

Theory   and   Practice,    conference 

Therapeutics     

Electives  


First 

Second 

Semester 

Semester 

Hours 

Hours 

96 

96 

64 

80 

48 

96 

4S 

48 

48 

48 

304 

■368 

96 


96 

16 

16 

48 

96 

96 

144 

96 

96 

448 


576 


496 


So 

16 

144 

144 

16 

3^ 

16 

16 

144 

144 

16 

,  144 

80 

16 

16 

16 

144 

16 

16 

44 

144 

16 

16 

92 

192 

33 

16 

48 

48 

16 

16 

72 

72 

72 

72 

32 

672 


1280 


624 


624 


1248 

4144 


40 


SUMMARY  OF  HOURS 

Four-     Academic 
Present  Year     Prerequi- 

19 14-15           Course  site 

Subjects                                                                                                        Hours             Hours  Hours 

Anatomy,    General    Descriptive 128                    96  96 

Anatomy,    Dissection    192                   144  144 

Anatomy,   Histology   and   Embryology 128                    96  96 

Anatomy,  Dental,    Lectures    32                   32  32 

Anatomy,  Dental    Laboratory    96                  144  144 

Animal  Biology  No.    i    (General  Zoology) 192  192 

Bacteriology    32                   80  80 

Chemistry,   Advanced,    General,    and    Qualitative 144                   144  144 

Chemistry,  Organic     96                   96  96 

Clinics     48 

Crown  and  Bridge    Lectures    32                     64  48 

Crown  and  Bridge   Technique    288                  288  288 

Crown  and  Bridge  Practice    288                 384  288 

Dental    Metallurgy    16                     16  16 

Electives    48                   48  144 

Materia    Medica    32                    32  32 

Military  Drill   (required  University-  of  Minnesota) 96 

Operative  Dentistry    Lectures    64                   64  64 

Opertive  Dentistry  Technique    144                  168  144 

Operative  Dentistr}-  Practice    528                 600  528 

Oral  Surgery   Lectures    48                   48  48 

Oral   Surgery  Practice    96                     96  96 

Orthodontia    Lectures     48                    48  48 

Orthodontia  Technique 144                   144  144 

Orthodontia   Practice    144                   144  144 

Pathology,    General     32                   80  80 

Pathology,  Special     16                    16  16 

Physiology  and   Physiological  Chemistry 144                   144  144 

Prosthetic  Lectures     32                     32  32 

Prosthetic  Technique     336                  33u  336 

Prosthetic  Practice     240                  240  240 

Rhetoric     96  96 

Theory   and    Practice,    conference    32                    32  32 

Therapeutics     16                    16  16 

Total      3584                4208  4144 

1  day — 8  hours 

1 1  half  days — i  week — 44  hours 
16  weeks — i  semester — 704  hours 

2  semesters — i   year — 1408  hours  , 

Dr.  Owre's  report  was  discussed  by  Dr.  Hoff,  Dr.  Sharp,  Dr.  Orr,  secretary 
of  the  state  examining  board,  Dr.  Andrews,  member  of  the  state  board,  Drs. 
Kennerly,  Hartzell,  Breene,  and  Weiss. 

Dr.  Hoff  announced  that  the  report  would  be  presented  before  a  business 
session  of  the  Association  on  Saturday  for  action  by  the  Association. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned  until  the  next  morning. 

At  the  next  session,  called  to  order  Saturday  morning,  March  21,  by  Dr. 
Hoff,  vice-president,  in  the  University  of  Minnesota,  the  first  order  of  business 
was  the  consideration  of  the  president's  address. 

The  first  item  in  the  president's  address  for  consideration  was  the  recom- 
mendation that  "organized  research  work  should  be  done  within  the  schools 
themselves,  acting  in  a  reciprocal  way,  rather  than  through  the  medium  of  our 
dental  societies." 

The   question    was    discussed   by    Drs.    Owre,    Kirk,    Hartzell,    Hoff,  Sharp, 

after  which  Dr.  Sharp  moved  that  a  committee  on  research  be  appointed  for  the 
purpose  of  formulating  plans  and  bringing  about  a  coalition  of  the  work  of 
this  character  in  the  schools. 

41 


Dr.  Kirk  offered  as  an  amendment  to  the  motion  that  Dr.  Smith  be  made  a 
committee  of  one  to  bring  in  a  report  on  that  matter.  The  amendment  was 
voted  upon  and  carried,  after  which  the  original  motion  was  put  and  carried. 

The  next  item  for  consideration  was  the  action  of  the  National  Dental 
Association  in  investigating  and  rating  the  dental  schools  of  the  United  States, 
and  the  question  of  urging  the  Carnegie  Foundation  to  make  an  investigation 
and  rating  of  its  own. 

Dr.  Kirk  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  Carnegie  Foundation  had  sig- 
nified its  intention  of  making  such  an  examination  and  rating  at  some  future 
date. 

Dr.  Owre  moved  that  the  secretary  be  instructed  to  correspond  with  the 
Carnegie  Foundation  and  expressed  the  appreciation  of  the  Association  of  its 
interest  in  the  matter. 

The  motion  was  carried. 

After  discussion  of  the  lack  of  provision  in  the  standing  resolution  for 
graduates  from  other  schools  who  wish  to  enter  schools  of  the  Asscvciation  and 
become  candidates  for  the  degree,  the  following  resolution  was  presented  and 
adopted : 

Resolved,  That  graduates  of  dental  schools  not  holding  membership  in  this  Association 
may  be  admitted  to  the  senior  year  in  schools  holding  membership  in  this  Association,  pro- 
vided that  their  preliminarj'  training  is  equal  to  the  training  required  for  the  admission  of 
students  to  our  university  schools;  and  they  may  become  candidates  for  graduation  after 
fulfilling  the  requirements  of  the  senior  year,  provided  that  they  pass  examination  on  all  the 
subjects  that  are  final  in  the  first  and  second  years  of  the  course  before  coming  up  for  final 
examination   for  the   degree. 

After  a  hearing  of  Dr.  Hoff's  report  for  the  executive  committee  on  the 
dental  school  of  Washington  University  it  was  voted  to  admit  the  school  to 
membership.     Dr.  Kennerly,  dean  of  the  school,  was  presented  to  the  Association. 

The  question  raised  by  Dr.  Sharp  with  regard  jointly  to  establishing  special 
lecture  courses  on  different  subjects  was  then  discussed. 

It  was  finally  voted  that  in  any  instance,  where  any  member  of  the  Dental 
Faculties'  Association  is  contemplating  such  an  arrangement,  it  make  the  prep- 
aration and  plan  known  to  the  secretary,  so  that  the  secretary  may  send  to  each 
constituent  member  announcement  of  the  fact,  with  a  view  to  making  an  organized 
reciprocal  arrangement  under  that  plan. 

Dr.  Hoff  presented  the  report  of  the  executive  committee  as  follows  : 

To  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities:  At  the  last  session  of 
this  body,  I  was  asked  to  formulate  a  suggestion  that  would,  more  equitably  adjust  the  matter 
of  advanced  standing  for  students  having  had  partial  courses  in  medicine  who  were  desirous 
of  transferring  to   the  dental  course. 

In  accordance  with  past  practices  and  present  rulings,  we  have  not  credited  work  done 
in  a  medical  school  unless  the  student  has  completed  the  medical  course  and  has  the  medical 
diploma,  except  that  we  allow  such  undergraduate  medical  students  to  take  advanced  standing 
on  individual  subjects,  if  the  medical  work  has  been  taken  in  the  university  with  which  the 
school  in  dentistry  is  associated.  It  ordinarily  develops  that  medical  students  with  junior 
standing  have  completed  all  the  medical  science  subjects  required  in  the  dental  curriculum, 
and  it  does  not  seem  equitable  that  such  students  should  be  held  to  the  same  time  limits  as 
entering  freshmen  who  have  never  had  the  medical  science  training.  Such  subjects  as  chem- 
istry, anatomy,  histology,  physiology^  and  bacteriology  are  as  thoroughly  taught  in  medical  as 
in  dental  schools,  and  together  they  should  constitute  more  than  a  year  of  time  in  the  dental 
curriculum.  There  is  no  reason  why  a  student  having  credit  for  such  subjects  would  not  be 
capable  of  completing  in  the  remaining  two  years  of  the  dental  course  all  the  applied  scientific 
subjects,  as  well  as  the  technical  and  clinical  subjects  of  the  curriculum. 

I   therefore  suggest  for  your  consideration,   the  following  resolution: 

'•Resolved,  That  undergraduate  students  of  reputable  medical  schools,  who  have  completed 
at  least  two  years'  work,  and  who  have  credits  for  the  full  requirements  in  chemistry,  anatomy, 
histology,  physiology,  and  bacteriolog>\  may  be  given  credit  on  examination  for  these  studies, 
and  be  advanced  to  the  second  year  in  the  dental  curriculum." 

Respectfully  submitted, 

N.    S.-  Hoff. 
42 


Discussion  of  the  report  of  the  executive  committee  was  deferred  until  the 
afternoon  session. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned  until  the  afternoon  session. 

At  the  afternoon  session  the  first  order  of  business  was  the  consideration 
of  the  resolution  presented  in  the  report  of  the  executive  committee. 

Dr.  Kirk  suggested  that  because  of  the  fact  that  such  a  resolution  would 
involve  conflicts  with  statutory  legislation  in  many  states,  final  action  should  be 
postponed  until  this  question  has  been  referred  to  a  committee,  to  report  on  later. 

It  was  voted  that  this  question  be  referred  to  the  executive  committee. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  consideration  of  the  report  of  the 
educational  committee  by  Dr.  Owre. 

Dr.  Owre  re-read  his  report,  as  the  full  membership  of  the  Association  was 
not  present  when  it  was  first  presented. 

Dr.  Sharp  suggested  that  a  resolution  be  presented  lengthening  the  curriculum 
to  four  years. 

Dr.  Kennerly  suggested  that  if  the  report  and  recommendation  be  adopted, 
it  be  at  not  too  early  a  date,  as  it  would  be  necessary  for  him  to  have  time  to 
think  over  plans  for  the  future. 

Dr.  Owre  did  not  think  that  the  Association  could  take  any  positive  action 
at  the  present  time,  as  whatever  the  Association  did  would  have  to  be  referred 
back  to  the  governing  bodies  of  the  institutions  represented  for  approval. 

Dr.  Hoff  discussed  the  feature  of  the  report  which  presented  the  alternative 
of  one  year  of  academic  training  as  a  prerequisite  to  dental  study,  and  was  inclined 
to  favor  this  in  preference  to  the  lengthening  of  the  curriculum  to   four  years. 

Dr.  Kirk  thought  that  the  object  of  the  four-year  course  was  to  teach  more 
dentistry  and  establish  a  better  standard,  and  in  order  to  do  that  it  was  necessary 
to  have  more  time  in  the  dental  course. 

Dr.  Owre  said  what  the  committee  wished  to  recommend  was  the  four-year 
dental  curriculum  rather  than  the  addition  of  one  year  of  academic  training  to 
the  preliminary  educational  requirements. 

The  subject  was  further  discussed  by  Drs.  Weiss,  Walls,  and  Orton,  of  the 
University  of  Minnesota. 

.Dr.  Kirk  moved,  and  Dr.  Sharp  seconded,  that  "We  accept  the  report  of  the 
educational  committee,  and  that  we  recommend  the  four  years'  curriculum  as  set 
forth  in  the  report  for  adoption  by  the  schools  of  this  Association." 

After  discussion  of  the  motion  by  Drs.  Breene,  Kirk,  Weiss,  and  Walls,  it 
was  carried. 

Dr.  Kirk  thought  one  of  the  best  means  of  putting  into  force  the  four-year 
curriculum  would  be  to  secure  the  co-operation  of  the  legislative  authorities, 
with  a  view  to  having  legislation  that  would  require  the  four-year  course  as  a 
requirement  for  license  to  practice  dentistry,  and  asked  for  some  suggestions  from 
the  members  with  a  view  to  securing  this  co-operation. 

Dr.  Owre  thought  it  would  be  well  to  acquaint  the  National  Dental  Associa- 
tion and  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Examiners  with  the  action  taken, 
and  possibly  suggest  that  this  question  be  made  a  matter  of  consideration  at  their 
next  session. 

Dr.  Owre  moved,  and  Dr.  Kennerly  seconded,  that  the  secretary  be  instructed 
to  communicate  with  the  officers  of  the  National  Dental  Association  and  the 
National  Association  of  Dental  Examiners,  to  inform  them  of  the  action  taken 
and  to  send  them  a  copy  of  the  report  with  the  proposed  program. 

Motion  carried. 


43 


The  next  order  of  business  was  the  election  of  officers  for  the  ensuing  year, 
which  resulted  as  follows  : 

President — Dr.  N.  S.  Hoff,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

Vice-president — Dr.  F.  T.  Breene,  Iowa  Citj',  Iowa. 

Secretary-treasurer — Dr.    Edward   C.    Kirk,   Philadelphia. 

Exectitive  Committee — Dr.  J.  G.  Sharp,  chairman,  one  year.  Dr.  J.  H.  Kennerly,  two 
years.  Dr.  F.  T.   Breene,   three  years. 

Educational  Committee— Tir.  E.  H.  Smith,  one  year,  Dr.  E.  C.  Kirk,  two  years.  Dr. 
Alfred   Owre,   chairman,  three  years. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  selection  of  the  time  and  place  of  the 
next  annual  meeting.  The  place  of  the  next  meeting  having  been  decided  upon, 
namely,  San  Francisco,*  the  time  of  the  meeting  was  left  to  the  decision  of  the 
executive  committee. 

The  meeting  adjourned. 

SEVENTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 

The  seventh  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  was  called  to  order  February  24,  1915,  by  the  president,  Dr.  Hoff,  in 
the  Evans  Institute,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania.* 

Dr.  Breene  was  on  motion  made  secretary  pro  tem,  in  the  temporary  absence 
of  Dr.  Kirk. 

Membership  universities  were  represented  as  follows :  Harvard,  Dean  Eugene 
H.  Smith;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T.  Breene;  Michigan,  Dean  N.  S.  Hoff;  Minnesota, 
Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  E.  C.  Kirk;  Washington  University, 
Dean  J,  H.  Kennerly. 

Visitors:  Drs.  W.  P.  Cooke,  L.  M.  S.  Miner,  Harvard;  Dr.  C.  R.  E.  Koch, 
Northwestern;  Dr.  H.  M.  Seamans,  Ohio;  Dr.  Herman  P'rinz,  Pennsylvania;  Dr. 
Eugene  S.  Talbot,  Chicago. 

The  president.  Dr.  N.  S.  Hoff,  then  read  his  address  as  follows : 

Members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  meeting  in  Special 
Session:  We  are  convened  today  in  response  to  the  call  of  our  executive  committee,  further  to 
consider  the  resolution  adopted  at  our  last  annual  meeting  in  Minneapolis,  March  zi,  1914,  in 
the  matter  of  extending  the  college  curriculum  to  four  years;  and  also  to  consider  such  other 
pertinent  matters  as  may  properly  come  before  us  at  this  time. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  our  dental  announcements  are  usually  printed  in  June,  there 
can  be  no  sufficient  notification  to  prospective  students  until  June,  19 16,  too  late  to  enable  them 
to  prepare  for  the  course.  For  this  reason  your  executive  committee  thought  it  necessary  to 
call  this  meeting  at  this  time  and  place.  I  trust  every  college  holding  membership  in  this 
Association  is  represented  by  a  duly  authorized  delegate  who  has  come  prepared  to  act  definitely 
on  this  important  question  now  before  us  for  final  decision.  This  is  necessary  before  we  can 
intelligently  discuss  the  details  of  administration. 

At  the  last  annual  meeting  a  suggestion  was  made  that  the  action  taken  by  this  body  and 
the  advisability  of  similar  action  by  all  dental  colleges  should  be  brought  to  the  attention  of 
the  National  Dental  Association  and  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Examiners.  This  I 
believe  our  secretary  did  in  a  formal  communication,  and  j-our  president  had  a  personal 
interview  with  the  president  of  each  of  these  organizations,  in  which  he  urged  them  to  make 
such  recommendations  as  they  deemed  the  cause  justified,  in  their  respective  addresses  to  these 
bodies.  As  you  are  all  doubtless  aware,  the  matter  received  much  favorable  comment  in  both 
of  these  organizations  at  their  annual  meetings.  We  have  also  done  what  was  possible  by 
personal  interviews  and  correspondence  with  various  executive  officers  of  colleges  and  other 
dental  organizations  that  are  especially  interested  in  this  subject,  and  there  seems  to  be  no 
difference  of  opinion  in  the  minds  of  the  majority  of  thoughtful  teachers  and  professional  men 
as  to  the  necessity  for  more  time  for  the  administration  of  a  proper  and  adequate  course  of 
instruction  that  shall  qualify  for  the  practice  of  modern  dentistry. 

The  National  Dental  Faculties  Association,  at  its  annual  meeting  recently  held,  decided, 
after  a  careful  and  rather  strenuous  debate,  with  final  and  practical  unanimity,  to  inaugurate 
a  four-year  course  of  instruction,  beginning  with  the  college  year  of  1 917-18. 


*  Owing  to  the  distance  involved,  San  Francisco  proved  impracticable  for  most  members. 

44 


Two  of  our  dental  editors  have  editorially  commented  on  this  proposition  adversely. 
We  have  not  seen  or  heard  any  other  adverse  comment.  It  would  seem  from  these  facts  that 
our  action  last  year  was  timely,  and  that  we  should  complete  the'  initial  move  by  adopting 
such  further  measures  at  this  time  as  may  be  needed  to  carry  our  resolution  into  effect. 
It  has  been  suggested  that  it  might  be  diplomatic,  and  that  we  should  serve  our  cause 
more  effectively,  should  we  postpone  the  inauguration  of  the  four-year  course  another  year 
until  all  the  schools  were  ready  to  join  in  the  movement.  This  would  undoubtedly  give  us 
more  time  to  perfect  our  plans,  and  would  also  give  time  for  the  necessary  amendment  of 
our  registration  laws  to  conform  with  the  new  course.  This  would  also  make  it  easier  for 
some  colleges  to  prepare  for  the  change,  and  give  the  prospective  student  a  chance  to  make 
his  preparations. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  seven  schools  of  this  Association  have,  tentatively  at  least,  com- 
mitted themselves  to  the  course  for  the  session  of  1916-17,  and  two  of  them  have  actually 
announced  it.  Also  the  Northwestern  University  Dental  School  has  decided  to  start  a  four-year 
curse,  beginning  with  the  session  of  1916-17.  In  view  of  these  facts  and  our  published  action, 
would  it  be  wise  for  us  to  hesitate?  Can  we  afford  to  lose  the  time  and  risk  the  possibility 
of  a  reversal  of  the  action  taken  by  the  other  schools?  Have  we  any  assurance  of  favorable 
legislation  unless  we  first  demonstrate  to  the  profession  the  value  of  more  time  for  instruction^ 
and  its  practicability? 

No  doubt  we  have  all  been  looking  forward  to  this  four-year  course  as  a  means  of  making 
our  teaching  work  more  efficient,  and  I  am  aware  that  much  time  and  thought  has  been  spent 
in  formulating  a  more  efficient  course  of  study  by  several  of  our  executive  officers,  with  the 
hope  of  definite  action  at  this  meeting. 

Our  educational  committee  presented  a  suggestion  for  an  ideal  curriculum  at  our  meeting 
last  year,  which  with  new  suggestions  may  serve  at  this  time  as  a  basis  for  our  discussion. 
We  should  all  have  well-conceived  ideas  that  may  be  helpful  in  arriving  at  the  best  conclusion, 
and  it  is  only  by  the  exchange  of  ideas  and  their  critical  examination  that  we  shall  be  satisfied 
with  the  action  we  may  take  in  regard  to  this  most  important  movement.  In  other  words, 
we  should  have  a  full  and  free  discussion  of  this  matter  from  every  standpoint-^the  pedagogic, 
the  practicable,  and  most  of  all,  from  the  ideal.  If  it  should  become  possible  for  us  to  devise 
a  practicable  and  ideal  curriculum  we  shall  have  accomplished,  it  seems  to  me,  all  that  this 
time  and  occasion  demands. 

It  is  the  tradition  of  this  body,  based  upon  an  article  of  our  constitution,  that  the 
largest  possible  freedom  of  internal  management  shall  always  rest  with  the  individual  member- 
ship. Therefore  we  can  and  should  discuss  this  problem  unhampered  by  any  possible  legisla- 
tion that  may  lead  to  personal  embarrassment  to  any  of  our  members. 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  a  full  representation  of  the  membership  of  this  Association  may 
not  be  possible  at  the  regular  annual  meeting  this  year,*  because  of  the  great  distance,  it  may 
seem  desirable  for  us  to  consider  at  this  meeting  some  items  of  business  that  should  more 
appropriately  be  deferred  to  the  annual  meeting.  By  the  unanimous  consent  of  those  present 
it  seems  to  me  that  it  would  be  proper,  and  we  should  feel  competent  to  take  any  action  that 
may  be  necessary  at  this  meeting  effectively  to  forward  the  interest's  of  the  Association.  Any 
or  all  such  actions  may  and  properly  should  be  submitted  to  the  annual  meeting  for  ratification, 
or  for  reconsideration  if  occasion  demands. 

Your  president  has  taken  the  liberty  of  inviting  to  this  meeting  representatives  from 
the  dental  colleges  connected  with  Ohio  State  University,  Illinois  University,  and  Northwestern 
University.  As  these  schools  are  qualified  for  membership  in  this  Association,  and  are  not 
connected  with  any  other  similar  body,  and  as  each  has  expressed  a  desire  to  extend  its  cur- 
riculum to  four  years,  I  felt  that  we  should  have  the  benefit  of  their  counsel  on  this  occasion. 
I  trust  it  may  be  the  pleasure  of  this  body  to  extend  a  cordial  invitation  to  the  representatives 
of  these,  and  any  other  such  representatives  as  may  be  present,  to  join  us  in  our  deliberations 
as  to  ways  and  means  for  putting  into  effect,  in  the  best  possible  manner,  whatever  advance 
in  the  dental  curriculum  we  shall  see  fit  to  adopt. 

On  motion  the  address  of  the  president  was  accepted  and  approved. 
The  action  of  the  president  in  extending  invitations  to  the  dental  schools  of 
the  University  of  Illinois,  the  University  of  Ohio,  and  Northwestern  University 
to  send  representatives  to  the  meeting  was  indorsed  by  the  Association. 

On  motion  the  gentlemen  representing  these  schools  invited  were  given  the 
privileges  of  the  floor. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  reading  of  the  report  of  the  secretary- 
treasurer. 

*  It  had  been  decided  to  hold  the  regular  annual  meeting  later  in  the  year,  at  San  Fran- 
cisco. This  plan  not  having  been  carried  out,  however,  the  meeting  here  reported  automatically 
becomes  the  regular  meeting  for  1915. 

45 


He  reported  that  the  subject  which  formed  the  principal  topic  of  discussion 
at  the  previous  meeting  of  the  Association,  namely,  the  desirability  of  lengthening 
the  dental  curriculum  to  four  years,  had  been  the  subject  of  correspondence, 
indicating  an  increasing  interest  in  the  problem  and  a  wholesome  degree  of  activity 
favorable  to  the  addition  of  another  year  to  the  time  of  the  present  curriculum. 

Pursuant  to  the  instructions  of  this  Association,  expressed  in  a  resolution 
at  the  Minneapolis  meeting,  directing  the  secretary  to  communicate  the  views  of 
the  Association  favoring  the  plan  of  lengthening  the  course,  to  the  president  oiF 
the  National  Dental  Association,  the  president  of  the  National  Association  of 
Dental  Examiners,  and  the  president  of  the  Pennsylvania  State  Dental  Society, 
communications  had  been  sent  by  the  secretary  to  each  of  the  officers  designated, 
setting  forth  the  principal  reasons  why  the  Association,  generally  speaking,  was 
favorable  to  the  adoption  of  an  additional  year,  and  asking  that  the  subject  be 
brought  before  the  respective  associations  for  consideration.  The  president  of 
the  National  Dental  Association,  Dr.  Homer  C.  Brown,  embodied  the  main 
features  of  the  argument  as  presented  by  your  secretary,  in  his  annual  address, 
and  after  discussion  by  the  National  Dental  Association  the  question  brought 
forth  an  expression  of  opinion  favorable  to  the  plan  suggested,  which  was  em- 
bodied in  a  resolution  by  our  national  body  expressive  of  its  approval  of  the  sug- 
gestion to  make  the  standard  dental  curriculum  of  dental  study  four  academic 
years  in  length. 

The  president  of  the  Pennsylvania  Dental  Society,  Dr.  Howard  S.  Seip,  in 
his  annual  address  strongly  recommended  favorable  action  by  the  Pennsylvania 
State  Society,  and  a  similar  vote  of  approval  was  passed  by  that  body. 

No  acknowledgment  of  the  receipt  of  the  secretary's  letter  had  been  received 
from  the  president  of  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Examiners. 

The  secretary  reported  further  that  from  the  University  of  Minnesota,  College 
of  Dentistry,  through  its  dean.  Dr.  Owre,  he  had  received  notification  under  date 
of  August  21  that  at  its  meeting  on  June  lO,  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  ^Minnesota  adopted  the  following  resolution  : 

Voted,  That  it  is  the  sense  of  the  board  that  if  the  majority  of  the  dental  colleges  in 
the  Association  of  University  Dental  Faculties  decide  to  adopt  a  four-year  course,  the 
University  of  ^Minnesota  will  be  favorably  disposed  toward  such  an  extension  of  the  dental 
course. 

Dean  Owre  had  forwarded  to  the  secretary  several  communications  having 
an  interesting  bearing  upon  the  question  of  the  four  years'  curriculum.  Dean  Owre 
had  sent  to  the  secretary  a  detailed  exhibit  of  a  proposed  distribution  of  work 
over  the  several  years  of  the  four  years'  curriculum,  copies  of  which  had  doubtless 
been  received  by  all  of  the  members.  The  secretary  recommended  consideration 
of  the  plan  proposed  by  Dr.  Owre  at  the  present  meeting. 

The  University  of  California  Department  of  Dentistry  through  its  dean, 
Dr.  Millberry,  had  forwarded  to  the  secretary  under  date  of  November  i8  the 
report  of  the  Council  of  the  University  of  California,  embodying  a  statement  of 
advanced  requirements  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Dentistry  of  the  University 
•of  California,  to  become  effective  at  the  beginning  of  August,  1917.  The  report 
was  not  sufficiently  clear  in  itself,  requiring  for  its  interpretation  reference  to 
the  official  announcement  of  courses  of  the  university  for  1914-15.  The  secretary 
had  a  detailed  exhibit  of  the  character  and  extent  of  the  advanced  entrance 
requirements  authorized  for  admission  to  the  Dental  School  of  the  University  of 
California  for  consideration. 

The  secretary  reported  also  that  he  had  received  communications  from  the 
registrar  of  the  University  of  Alberta,  Canada,  also  from  the  secretary  of  the 

46 


Manitoba  Dental  Association,  making  inquiry  into  the  status  of  x\merican  dental 
colleges,  with  a  view  to  the  preparation  of  a  selected  list  of  schools  in  the  United 
States  the  educational  work  of  which  may  entitle  them  to  recognition  by  the 
licensing  bodies  of  the  Canadian  provinces  named.  Information  concerning  the 
schools  in  the  membership  of  our  Association  was  furnished  an  answer  to  these 
inquiries,  and  for  information  regarding  those  outside  our  membership  the  corre- 
spondents were  referred  to  the  secretary  of  the  National  Association  of  Dental 
Faculties. 

Through  correspondence  with  Dr.  Hoff,  invitations  had  been  sent  to  authorities 
of  the  universities  of  Ohio  and  Illinois  to  send  representatives  to  this  meeting. 

The  secretary  directed  attention  to  certain  matters  which  by  resolution  at  the 
Minneapolis  meeting  were  laid  over  for  final  action  at  the  present  meeting:  first, 
the  following  resolution : 

Resolved,  That  undergraduate  students  of  reputable  medical  schools,  who  have  completed 
at  least  two  years'  work  and  who  have  credits  for  the  full  requirements  in  chemistry,  anatomy, 
histology,  physiology,  and  bacteriology,  may  be  given  credit  en  examination  for  these  studies, 
and  be  advanced  to  the  second  year  in  the  dental  curriculum. 

Also  a  report  by  Dean  Eugene  H.  Smith,  of  Harvard,  as  a  committee  of  one 
upon  his  suggestion  made  in  writing  at  the  Minneapolis  meeting  with  reference  to- 
the  promotion  of  research  work  within  the  colleges  of  our  Association  membership.. 

A  financial  report  was  submitted. 

Motion  was  made  and  carried  that  the  report  be  accepted. 

Dr.  Eugene  H.  Smith,  appointed  by  the  Association  as  a  committee  of  one  to- 
report  upon  the  question  of  "organized  research  work  with  the  schools  of  the 
Association,  acting  in  a  reciprocal  way,  rather  than  through  the  medium  of  dental 
societies,"  reported  as  follows : 

Some  five  years  ago,  Miss  Harriet  N.  Lowell  bequeathed  to  the  Harvard  Dental  School 
the  sum  of  twenty-five  thousand  dollars,  the  interest  of  which  was  to  be  devoted  to  research 
work  along  dental  lines.  To  carry  out  the  provisions  of  this  bequest  we  appointed  men  of 
research  ability  as  a  Committee  on  Research,  and  that  committee  has  formed  among  the  student 
body  what  is  known  as  the  Harriet  N.  Lowell  Society  for  Dental  Research.  The  object  of  this 
society  is  to  interest  students  in  research  problems.  We  have  at  present  two  students  doing 
research  work  along  the  line  of  pyorrhea.  We  are  taking  in  as  honorary  fellows  of  the  society 
and  honorary  members  of  the  Research  Committee  men  not  affiliated  with  the  school,  but  who 
have  shown  by  their  work  their  interest  in  the  question'  of  research.  It  seems  to  me  that  this 
can  be  made  an  important  feature  in  our  schools,  and  what  I  hoped  to  bring  about  was  similar 
organization  among  dental  students  for  research  work  in  other  schools,  to  the  end  that  reciprocal 
arrangements  might  be  made  for  the  interchange  of  ideas,  and  by  that  means  bring  about  better 
results  than   we   could   if   this  work   was   done  under   the   direction   of   various   dental    societies. 

On  motion  the  report  was  accepted. 

Dr.  Hoff  read  the  following  telegram  from  Dean  Millberry,  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  California  College  of  Dentistry: 

Dr.  N.  S.  Hoff:  Faculty  in  accord  with  any  action  leading  to  fourth  year  as  preliminary 
or  in  dental  curriculum.  Impossible  for  us  with  present  facilities  to  provide  fourth  year  of 
dental  instruction.  Can  do  nothing  without  regents'  action.  Matter  now  pending  in  regents' 
committee. — Guy  S.  Millberry. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  report  of  the  committee  on  education  by 
Dr.  Owre,  chairman,  as  follows : 

The  committee  has  found  hearty  support  of  the  action  of  this  Association  last  year  in 
extending  the  course  to  four  years.  Since  then  the  criticisms  and  suggestions  received  as  to 
the  contents  of  the  curriculum  have  led  us  to  recommend  some  modifications  in  it. 

It  has  been  the  aim  of  the  committee  to  economize  the  student's  time  and  energy,  hence 
it  has  often  been  found  wise  to  introduce  studies  which  prepare  him  for  a  fuller  appreciation 
of  a  subject  rather  than  to  lengthen   the   present  hours   devoted  to  it,    although  this  has   also 


47 


been  done  in   several   instances.     The  committee   has   in   all   cases   guarded   against    a   superficial 
acquaintance  with  important  subjects. 

We  have  also  felt  that  it  would  be  advantageous  to  have  a  program  which  would  allow 
credits  to  be  gained  to  some  extent  in  accredited  colleges.  The  studies  should  be  granted 
enough  electives  to  develop  men  of  power;  this  also  allows  the  latitude  necessary  in  a  country 
where  preliminary  education,  as  well  as  environment,  varies  appreciably. 

The  committee  has  agreed  upon  dental  faculty  control  of  the  curriculum,  although  the 
teaching  of  some  subjects  must  of  necessitj'  be  done  as  at  present  b}'  the  other  units  of  the 
universities. 

The  total  number  of  hours  are  increased  as  compared  with  last  year's  proposal,  but  there 
is  a  more  even  distribution  of  subjects  requiring  home  study. 

The  committee  has  conferred  widely  with  educational  experts  in  allied  callings,  and  the 
freshman-year  program  is  essentially  the  result  of  such  conference.  While  this  year  might 
easily  be  made  more  specifically  dental  in  character,  the  committee  feels  that  final  action  in 
this  matter  should  come  only  after  wider  discussion  among  dental  teachers  and  dental  societies. 
For  instance,  descriptive  anatomy  might  be  given  in  the  second  semester  of  the  freshman  year, 
leaving  out  either  rhetoric  or  history,  economics,  or  language  group.  This  should  be 
followed  by  offering  histologj^  and  embryology  in  the  first  semester  of  the  sophomore  year, 
which  in  turn  would  allow  operative  technique  to  be  taught  in  the  second  semester  of  the 
same  year.  This  would,  of  course,  also  increase  the  available  hours  for  practice.  On  the 
other  hand,  our  anatomists  prefer  that  the  course  in  general  zoology  should  be  completed  before 
beginning  the  study  of  the  human  body;  technical  drawing  should  also  be  completed  before 
much  dental  work  is  started,  since  it  economizes  time  and  energy  so  effectively.  Therefore  if 
any  shift  is  made  in  anatomy,  it  might  be  well  to  have  this  subject  completed  in  the  first 
semester.  It  will  be  noticed  that  substitutes  are  allowed  in  animal  biologj-  and  technical 
■drawing — we  recommend  in  the  former  instance  botany,  and  in  the  latter  case,  physics.  It 
may  be  advisable  to  substitute  physics  for  technical  drawing,  or  one  of  the  cultural  subjects. 
Furthermore,  in  regard  to  substitutes,  some  latitude  must  be  given  to  the  matriculation  com- 
mittee in  each  school,  in  order  to  meet  the  educational  variations  in  different  localities. 

It  is  the  hope  of  the  committee,  however,  that  the  universities  will  make  an  extraordinary 
effort  to  agree  on  a  general  plan;  deviation  from  it  should  only  take  place  as  a  result  of  local 
conditions  which  cannot  be  immediately  adjusted. 

In  connection  with  the  freshman-year  program,  we  wish  to  emphasize  that  it  allows  the 
student  to  change  from  dentistry  to  other  courses  almost  without  waste  of  any  kind. 

The  committee  also  recommends  that  the  four-year  course  be  started  in  191 6,  which  was 
the  time  tentatively  agreed  upon  at  our  last  meeting. 

Dr.  Kirk,  as  a  member  of  the  committee,  said  he  was  in  agreement  with 
Dr.  Owre's  idea  of  preparatory  training  with  a  view  to  developing  the  highest 
intellectual  efficiency,  or  what  he  had  called  "spiritual  development,"  but  he 
thought  that  this  should  not  be  incorporated  in  the  dental  curriculum.  He  was  in 
full  accord  with  the  plan  of  adopting  a  four-year  curriculum,  but  he  felt  that  the 
additional  year  should  provide  for  strictly  technical  and  professional  instruction 
in  dentistry. 

Dr.  Smith,  as  the  third  member  of  the  committee,  agreed  with  the  plan  of 
making  the  dental  course  four  years,  and  also  suggested  that  a  plan  be  devised  by 
which  a  man  might  be  able  to  take  both  the  medical  and  dental  courses  in,  say, 
five  years.  He  thought  in  this  way  many  medical  men  might  be  attracted  to 
dentistry,  and  that  altogether  it  would  make  for  a  better  educated  class  of  men 
in  dentistry.  His  plan  was  to  have  men  enter  the  medical  school  as  at  present, 
and  in  the  third  year  have  the  medical  schools  accept  dental  studies  as  elective 
toward  the  medical  degree,  and  at  the  end  of  five  years  allow  the  man  to  graduate 
as  an  M.D.  and  D.D.S.  or  D.M.D. 


48 


First  Semester 

Second  S 

EMESTER 

Cred. 

Hrs. 

Half  Da 

ys  C 

ed. 

Hrs. 

Half  Days 

3 

96 

2 

3 

9  b 

2 

3 

96 

2 

3 

96 

2 

3 

48 

I 

3 

48 

I 

2 

96 

2 

2 

96 

2 

3 

48 

I 

3 

48 

1 

2 

96 

2 

- 

96 

2 

FOUR-YEAR   COURSE 

[The  requirements  for  admission  are  graduation  from  a  four-year  high  school,  or  the 
same  as  for  admission  to  the  freshman  class  of  the  College  of  Science,  Literature,  and  the  Arts, 
and  should  include  one  unit  of  general  chemistry.     Manual  training  is  recommended.] 


Freshman  Year 

*Animal  Biology,  Nos.  i,  2,  Gen.  Zoology  (a)... 

*Chemistry,  Adv.  Gen-,  and  Qual.,  Nos.  3  and  4.. 

*Rhetoric     

•Technical  Drawing,  Nos.  21,  22   (b) 

History,   Economics,    or   Languages 

Prosthetic    Dentistry    Technique    

16  480  10  16  480  10 

[Students   may   be   admitted    to   the    sophomore   year    with    22    credits    as    a    minimum,    the 
remaining  6   credits  to  be  made  up  prior  to   entering  the  junior  class.] 

Sophomore  Year 

Anatomy,  Descriptive     

Anatomy,  Dissection     

Anatomy,  Histology   and   Embryology 

Anatomy,  Dental,    Lectures    

Anatomy,  Dental,   Laboratory    

tBacteriology,    General     

tChemistry,    Organic    

Prosthetic  Dentistry  Technique  and  Practice.  .  .  . 


Junior  Year 

Crown  and  Bridge  Technique  and  Practice 4 

Dental   Metallurgy    

Operative  Dentistry  Lectures     

Operative  Dentistry   Technique   and    Practice... 

Orthodontia  Technique    

tPathology,  General   

Pathology,  Special 

Physiology   and.  Physiological   Chemistry 

Prosthetic  Dentistry  Lectures    

Prosthetic  Dentistry  Technique  and  Practice. . .  . 


Senior  Year 

Crown  and  Bridge   Lectures    

Crown  and  Bridge  Practice     

Materia  Medica  and  Therapeutics 

Operative  Dentistry   Lectures    

Operative  Dentistry  Practice    

Oral  Surgery  and  Radiography  Lectures    

Oral  Surgery  and  Radiography    Practice 

Orthodontia  Lectures     

Orthodontia  Practice      

Prosthetic  Practice   

Theory  and  Practice  of  Dentistry  and  Conference 
Course  in  Applied  Economics,  Jurisprudence, 
Psychology,    Ethics,    and    Art 


5 

160 

4 

128 

I 

16 

I 

16 

2 

96 

2 

I 
3 

48 
96 

3 

96 

2 

4 

192 

3 

2 

96 

— 

— 

— 

3 

496 

9 

16 

544 

4 

192 
16 

3 

3 

144 

16 

I 

16 

4 

192 

160 
16 

3 

3 

4 
2 
3 

I 

I 

192 
96 
96 
16 

16 

2 

96 

2 

I 

48 

16    624 


16 

192 

32 

16 

192 

16 

48 
16 

96 
96 


720 


I 

16 

4 

192 

I 

16 

I 

16 

s 

240 

I 

16 

I 

48 

I 

16 

I 

48 

2 

96 

I 

i6 

19 

720 

*  (a)   Botany,  Nos.  i,  2,  may  be  allowed  as  substitute. 

*  (6)   Physics,  Nos.  i,  2,  may  be  allowed  as  substitute. 
t  See  Appendix  for  description  of  courses. 


49 


One  credit  hour   may  be   either  one  recitation  hour  through  one  semester,   two   laboratory 
hours  with  outside  work,  or  three  laboratory  hours  without  outside  work. 
One  semester  =  sixteen  weeks;   one  week  :=  forty-eight  hours. 

Appendix. — Numbers    and     descriptions    of    courses,     according    to     University     of    Minnesota 

biilletins. 

General  Zoology  Nos.  i,  2. — A  survey  of  the  animal  kingdom,  emphasizing  the  principles 
of  structure,  physiology,  embryology,  classification,  and  evolution  of  animals.  Textbook,  lec- 
tures,  and   quizzes. 

Botany  Nos.  i,  2. — Laboratory  study  of  the  structure  of  flowering  plants,  their  organs 
and  tissues,  followed  by  a  brief  study  of  common  types  of  flowerless  plants,  leading  to  the 
origin  of  the  flower  and  seed  habit;  greenhouse  study  of  the  behavior  of  plants;  field  work, 
classification  of  trees  and  shrubs  and  of  spring  flowers. 

Adz'anced  General  Chemistry  and  Qualitative  Analysis  Nos.  j,  4. — Lectures  and  labora- 
tory  work.     A   discussion   of   the  general   chemical   theories   and  laws   with   qualitative   analysis. 

Composition  and  Rhetoric  Nos.  i,  2. — Practical  training  in  the  art  of  writing;  the  prin- 
ciples of  structure  and  analysis  of  specimens  of  good  prose. 

Technical  Drazmng  Nos.  21,  22. — Theoretical  and  practical  graphics,  the  reading  and  mak- 
ing of  working  plans.     Projection,   sketching,  lettering,  conventions,  renderings,  and  translations. 

General  Physics  No.  i  (3  credits). — Mechanics  of  solids  and  fluids,  sound  and  heat. 
Treatment  experimental  rather  than  mathematical;  the  fundamental  principles.  First  part  of  a 
general   course.     Should   be  taken   in   conjunction   with  Course  3,   but   may  be  taken   separately. 

General  Physics  No.  2  (3  credits). — Light,  electricity,  and  magnetism.  Treatment  ex- 
perimental; the  fundamental  principles,  including  those  of  radioactivity,  ionization,  X-radia- 
tion.  and  the  electrical  construction  of  matter.  The  second  part  of  a  general  course  in  physics. 
Should  be  taken  in   conjunction  with  Course  4,   but  may  be  taken   separately. 

General  Bacteriology  No.  5S. — A  study  of  the  biologic  and  chemical  problems  of  bacterial 
life;  the  classification  of  bacteria;  methods  of  isolation  and  culture;  the  composition  of  germi- 
cides, antiseptics,  disinfectants,  etc.;  ;the  bacterial  examination  of  water  and  the  purification 
of  sewage. 

Organic  Chemistry  No.  32. — An  outline  of  the  chemisti-y  of  carbon,  including  the  prepara- 
tion of  some  of  the  more  important  organic  compounds.  Special  emphasis  is  laid  on  those 
substances  used   in  medicine. 

General  Pathology  No.  51. — The  study  of  pathologic  processes,  including  anemia,  con- 
gestion, embolism,  thrombosis,  infarction,  degeneration  and  necrosis,  inflammation.  Study  of 
processes  of  regeneration  and  repair.  Discussion  of  causation,  classification,  and  historj'  of 
tumors.     Examination   of  tumor  structure  in   various  types. 

The  report  was,  on  motion,  received  and  placed  on  file. 

After  further  discussion  of  the  subject  by  Drs.  Owre,  Kirk,  Smith,  and 
Koch,  the  Association  adjourned  until  the  afternoon  session. 

At  the-  Thursday  morning  meeting  Dr.  Cooke  presented  the  following 
resolution  : 

Moved,  That  we  ask  the  medical  schools  connected  with  the  universities  represented  to 
arrange  and  adopt  a  curriculum  by  which  the  degrees  in  medicine  and  dentisti"}'  may  be  earned 
at  the  end  of  a  five  years'"  course. 

The  resolution  was  discussed  by  Drs.  Owre,  Kirk,  Smith,  Cooke,  Miner, 
after  the  resolution  was  adopted. 

Dr.  Cooke  explained  that  this  resolution  did  not  interfere  with  any  other  plan 
suggested,  but  was  simply  offered  as  one  method  of  training  men  in  dentistry. 

Dr.  Owre  moved  that  the  four-year  curriculum  be  adopted  as  proposed  by  the 
educational  committee  (see  page  49),  with  such  readjustments  as  are  found  neces- 
sary in  each  institution. 

The  motion  was  seconded  by  Dr.  Kirk. 

Dr.  Kennerly  suggested  that  another  meeting  of  the  Association  be  held  early 
in  the  spring  of  1916,  and  that  each  member  of  the  Association  work  out  a  cur- 
riculum following  as  nearly  this  plan  as  possible,  and  that  final  adjustments  be 
made  at  that  time. 


50 


Dr.  Kirk  thought  that  all  of  those  subjects  not  strictly  dental  should  be 
eliminated  from  the  curriculum,  and  if  found  to  be  desirable  as  part  of  the  train- 
ing of  the  dental  practitioner  they  should  be  demanded  as  part  of  his  preliminary 
admission  requirements. 

Dr.  Owre  then  presented  as  an  alternative  curriculum,  one  containing  strictly 
dental  subjects — the  curriculum  outlined  at  the  previous  meeting. 


(ALTERNATIVE)   FOUR-YEAR  COURSE 
Freshman  Year 

First 

Si-:mksi'er 

Subjects  Hours 

Anatomy,   General    Descriptive 

Anatomy,  Dental,  Lectures 

Anatomy,    Dental,    Laboratory 

Animal  Biology  No.   i,   Gen.  Zoology 96 

Chemistry,  Adv.   Gen.   and  Qual.   3   and   4 64 

Prosthetic   Technique    144 

Rhetoric     48 


Second 
Semester 

Hours 
06 
16 
96 
96 
■  80 


352 
Sophomore  Year 

Anatomy,   Dissection     144 

Anatomy,   Histology   and   Embryology _. 96 

Anatomy,   Dental,    Lectures    16 

Anatomy,    Dental,    Laboratory 48 

Bacteriology      

Chemistry,    Organic    96 

Crown  and   Bridge  Technique 

Operative    Technique    

Physiology    and    Physical    Chemistry 

Prosthetic    Dentistry    Technique 48 


?o       Total  832 


96 
144 
96 


448 


Junior  "\'ear 


Crown  and   Bridge  Technique    96 

Crown  and  Bridge    Lectures    16 

Crown  and   Bridge   Practice 

Dental    Metallurgy    : 

Materia    Medica     

Operative  Dentistry    Lectures    r 

Operative   Dentistry   Technique 

Operative   Dentistry     Practice 

Orlhodontia   Lectures    

Orthodontia  Technique     144 

Pathology,    General     80 

Pathology,   Special     

Prosthetic    Lectures    

Prosthetic   Practice    • 

Therapeutics     

Clinics    

*Electives     


512.       Total   960 


96 
16 
96 

32 
16 


144 
16 


16 
i6 
96 
16 

48 


Psychology,   Elementary  Economics,  Radiography,   Odontology,   etc. 


656      Total  1 184 


-51 


Senior  Year 

Crown  and  Bridge    Lectures    i6  i6 

Crown  and  Bridge    Practice    i44  i44 

Operative  Dentistry  Lectures i6  i6 

Operative  Dentistry  Practice   192  192 

Oral    Surgery   Lectures 32  16 

Oral   Surgery    Practice     48      *  98 

Orthodontia    Lectures     16  16 

Orthodontia   Practice    72  72 

Prosthetic   Practice    7-  72 

Theor}'  and  Practice  Conference 32 

fElectives    

608  624      Total  1232 

Grand  total  4208 

t  Students  who  are  advanced  in  practice  should  be  allowed  to  specialize  in  any  part  of 
the  curriculum,  especialh'  in  the  second  semester. 

The  motion  was  further  discussed  by  Drs.  Smith,  Prinz,  Hoff,  Cooke,  and 
Kennerl}',  after  which  the  motion  was  carried. 

Dr.  Kennerly  then  moved  that  the  dean  of  each  school  be  requested  to  for- 
ward to  the  educational  committee  an  exhibit  of  the  proposed  curriculum  which 
his  institution  proposes  to  put  into  practical  effect,  so  that  the  educational  com- 
mittee may  compare  the  various  suggestions  and  tabulate  the  differences  and 
agreements,  and  report  to  the  Association  at  the  next  meeting. 

The  motion  was  seconded  by  Dr.  Kirk  and  carried. 

It  was  the  sense  of  the  Association  that  a  meeting  should  be  held  in  January, 
1916. 

The  meeting  adjourned,  subject  to  the  call  of  the  executive  committee. 

EIGHTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 

The  eighth  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  was  called  to  order  January  28,  1916,  by  the  president.  Dr.  N.  S. 
Hoff.  in  the  Hotel  La  Salle,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

Membership  universities  were  represented  as  follows  :  California,  Dean  G.  S. 
Millberry ;  Harvard,  Dean  Eugene  H.  Smith ;  Iowa,  Dr.  Richard  Summa ;  Michi- 
gan, Dean  N.  S.  Hoff;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  E.  C. 
Kirk;  Washington  University,  Dean  J.  H.  Kennerly. 

Visitors:  Dean  Arthur  Black,  Northwstern  University;  Dean  F.  B.  Moore- 
head,  University  of  Illinois ;  Dr.  Eugene  S.  Talbot,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

The  first  order  of  business  was  the  address  of  the  president.  Dr.  N.  S.  Hoff, 
as   follows  : 

Members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities :  We  are  met  in 
our  regular  annual  session  to  consider  officially  some  matters  of  importance  in  a  more  conclu- 
sive manner  than  was  done  at  the  special  meeting  of  representatives  of  our  schools,  called  by 
President  James,  of  the  University  of  Illinois,  last  summer,  at  which  time  the  content  of  the 
four-year  curriculum  best  adapted  to  the  university  dental  schools'  needs  was  given  very 
careful  consideration.  The  result  of  that  discussion  was  the  adoption  of  the  following  resolu- 
tion,  embodj-ing  the   fundamental   lines   on   which   this   curriculum   should   be   constructed: 

"Resolved,  That  it  is  the  sense  of  this  meeting  that  we  approve  the  plan  of  a  four-yeat 
course  of  not  less  than  4800  working  hours,  the  curriculum  to  consist  of  not  less  than  4200 
working  hours,  to  be  devoted  to  such  subjects  as  are  deemed  essential  to  the  technical  and 
scientific  education  of  the  dental  practitioner,  with  the  understanding  that  ancillary  subjects 
shall  be  elective,   and  not  consume  more  than   600   hours  of  the  course." 


52 


This  action  seems  to  have  met  the  approval  of  our  various  menibers,  at  least  there  has 
been  no  serious  criticism  made  by  any  member  of  this  body,  and  so  far  as  we  know,  the 
profession  has  given  at  least  its  tacit  approval.  This  resolution  probably  expresses  the  gen- 
eral views  of  all  our  members,  and  I  have  no  doubt  you  are  ready  to  adopt  it  as  the  general 
policy  of  this  Association,  and  will  take  such  action  at  this  time  as  you  deem  necessary  to 
confirm  or  interpret  its  meaning  more  specifically.  The  discussion  of  the  exact  content  of 
the  four-year  curriculum,  at  the  recent  meeting  of  the  American  Institute  of  Dental  Teachers 
in  Minneapolis  is  so  fresh  in  your  minds  that  possibly  you  may  be  ready  t3  determine  the 
exact  nature  of  the  curriculum  at  this  session  and  it  may  be  that  this  important  matter  is  of 
such  concern  to  us  all  that  you  will  deem  this  the  proper  time  to  consider  in  detail  this  vital 
problem.  To  refresh  your  minds  I  would  suggest  that  you  recall  the  suggestion  made  by  one 
of  our  members  that  we  build  our  curriculum  so  that  it  will  fit  into  the  medical  curriculum, 
to  the  end  that  dental  students  desiring  to  do  so  may  complete  it  in  the  medical  course  by 
further  combining  medical  subjects,  in  a  shorter  time  than  by  taking  the  various  subjects 
independently.  Another  proposition  strongly  urged  by  several  members  was  that  the  first 
year's  work  be  done  entirely  in  the  arts  departments,  making  the  subjects  taken  obligatory 
rather  than  elective.  A  third  proposition  strongly  urged  by  one  of  our  members  was  that  all 
the  subjects  should  be  taught  either  in  the  dental  department,  or  by  special  instructors  in  the 
arts  department,  subject  to  advisement  or  control  of  the  dental  faculty.  There  are  strong 
advocates  for  each  of  these  propositions,  and  each  with  good  reasons  for  the  adoption  of  his 
plan.  We  may  not,  however,  have  time  at  this  session  to  discuss  these  various  propositions, 
and  possibly  we  may  not  think  it  best  to  adopt  any  definite  scheme  of  study  to  which  we  are 
willing  to  subscribe.  The  University  of  Minnesota  has  already  adopted  a  curriculum,  with 
which  you  are  all  familiar,  and  has  put  it  into  effect  in  the  present  session.  On  account  of 
conditions  prevailing  in  that  school,  they  were  able  to  limit  the  freshman  students  entering 
the  three-year  course  last  fall  to  go,  but  they  had  so  many  students  applying  that  they  entered 
an  additional  90  students  in  the  four-year  freshman  class,  the  work  to  be  taken  largely  in  the 
arts   department  of  the  university. 

Because  of  the  conditions  prevailing  in  some  of  our  schools,  it  may  be  impracticable  for 
us  to  agree  on  a  definite  or  specific  basis,  and  in  time  this  may  enable  us  better  to  find  out 
what  procedure  will  produce  the  best  results  by  allowing  each  school  to  work  out  its  own 
problem  in  the  best  way  possible,  keeping  always  in  mind  that  we  have  an  obligation  to  keep 
our  courses  in  line  with  the  legal  requirements  of  the  various  communities  where  our  stu- 
dents are  likely  to  locate  for  practice. 

I  make  this  review,  and  offer  the  suggestion  that  you  determine  at  this  session,  as  nearly 
as  may  be  practicable,  all  matters  that  properly  concern  our  associated  effort  to  standardize 
dental  education,  so  far  as  schools  which  are  integral  parts  of  standard  universities  in  this 
country  are  concerned.  In  my  judgment,  the  more  nearly  we  can  agree  to  uniformity  in 
the  content  of  our  curriculum  the  more  helpful  we'  can  be  in  securing  competent  administra- 
tion, and  the  more  we  shall  be  able  to  influence  other  schools  to  adopt  a  similar  standard — a 
most  profitable  thing  to  achieve  for  the  good  of  the  profession  and  for  influencing  future 
legislation  regulating  registration   for  practice. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  report  of  the  secretary-treasurer. 

The  secretary  reported  that  during  the  jear  he  had  received  inquiries  from 
various  university  dental  schools  regarding  requirements  for  membership  in  the 
Association.  The  matter  of  granting  advanced  standing  to  students  from  high 
schools  was  again  brought  up  for  consideration.  The  secretary  also  submitted 
a  copy  of  the  revised  dental  law  of  Pennsylvania  as  follows : 

After  July  first,  one  thousand  nine  himdred  and  twenty-one,  the  State  Board  of  Dental 
Examiners  shall  require  that  candidates  for  license  for  the  practice  of  dentistry  in  the  state 
of  Pennsylvania  shall  have  been  graduated  from  a  dental  school  maintaining  a  course  of 
study  consisting  of  four  annual  sessions  each,  in  separate  academic  years;  and  further:  When 
this  provision  shall  become  operative,  the  State  Board  of  Dental  Examiners  may  examine 
prospective  candidates  for  license  to  practice  dentistry  in  the  fundamental  branches  of  the 
curriculum  at  the  end  of  the  second  year  of  the  four  years'  course. 

In  connection  with  the  lengthening  of  the  dental  curriculum  to  four  years 
the  secretary  called  attention  to  a  resolution  passed  at  a  meeting  held  in  Chicago, 
June  29,  1915,  at  the  request  of  President  James,  of  the  University  of  Illinois, 
at  which  the  entire  membership  of  the  Association  was  represented  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  Harvard  Dental  School  and  the  College  of  Dentistry  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  California,  these  latter  being  represented  by  letter.     In  addition,  there 

53 


were  present  by  representatives  the  Universitj-  of  Illinois  College  of  Dentistry, 
the  University  of  Pittsburgh  School  of  Dentistry,  the  Northwestern  University 
Dental  School,  and  the  Ohio  State  University  College  of  Dentistry.  At  the 
above-stated  meeting,  in  addition  to  taking  formal  action  confirmatory  of  the 
action  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  at  its  meet- 
ing held  in  Philadelphia,  February  24  and  25,  1915,  providing  for  th?  lengthening 
of  the  standard  dental  curriculum  to  four  years  in  the  schools  of  our  Association, 
the  meeting  called  by  President  James  unanimously  adopted  the  following 
resolution : 

That  it  is  the  sense  of  this  meeting  that  we  approve  the  plan  of  the  four  years'  course 
of  not  less  than  4800  working  hours,  the  curriculum  to  consist  of  not  less  than  4200  hours 
devoted  to  such  subjects  as  are  deemed  essential  to  the  technical  and  scientific  education  of 
the  dental  practitioner,  with  the  understanding  that  ancillary  subjects  shall  be  elective,  and 
not  consume  more  than  600  hours  of  the  course. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  a  considerable  majority  of  the  schools  holding  mem- 
bership in  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universi;ies  were  present 
by  representatives  at  the  meeting  in  Chicago  called  by  President  James,  and  voted 
affirmatively  on  the  foregoing  resolution  the  secretary  recommended  that  the  Asso- 
ciation take  formal  action  confirmatory  of  the  said  resolution,  in  order  that  the 
provisions  thereof  may  become  a  part  of  the  organic  law  of  the  body. 

The  secretary  directed  attention  to  the  following  resolution  presented  at  the 
meeting  in  Minneapolis  in  1914,  which  was  laid  over  for  final  action  at  the  meeting 
held  in  Philadelphia,  February  24,  1915,  but  which  was  not  finally  acted  upon,  with 
the  suggestion  that  it  be  finally  disposed  of  at  the  present  meeting : 

Resolved,  That  undergraduate  students  of  reputable  medical  schools,  who  have  completed 
at  least  two  years'  work  and  who  have  credits  for  the  full  requirements  in  chemistry,  anatomy, 
histology,  physiology,  and  bacteriology,  may  be  given  credit  on  examination  for  these  studies, 
and  be  advanced  to  the  second  year  of  the  dental  curriculum. 

A  financial  report  was  submitted. 

Dr.  Kirk  moved,  and  Dr.  Kennerly  seconded,  the  adoption  of  the  following 
resolution  : 

Resolved,  That  we  confirm  the  action  taken  by  the  meeting  of  dental  college  representa- 
tives held  in  Chicago,  Tune  25,  191 5,  at  the  request  of  President  James,  of  the  University  of 
Illinois,  as  follows:  "That  it  is  the  sense  of  this  meeting  that  we  approve  the  plan  of  the 
four  years'  course  of  not  less  than  4800  working  hours,  the  curriculum  to  consist  of  not  less 
than  4200  hours  devoted  to  such  subjects  as  are  deemed  essential  to  the  technical  and  scientific 
education  of  the  dental  practitioner,  with  the  understanding  that  ancillary  subjects  shall  be 
elective  and  not  consume  more  than  600  hours  of  the  course,"  with  the  understanding  that 
the  word  elective  appearing  in  said  resolution  as  related  to  ancillary  subjects  shall  be  a 
function  to  be  exercised  by  the  administration  of  the  respective  dental  schools  and  not  by  the 
students  thereof. 

The  resolution  was  unanimously  adopted. 

The  next  subject  for  discussion  was  the  resolution  with  regard  to  advanced 
standing  to  undergraduate  medical  students  presented  at  the  ^ilinneapolis  meeting 
and  not  yet  finally  acted  upon. 

Dr.  Kennerly  moved  the  adoption  of  the  resolution  amended  as  follows  : 

That  they  lie  promoted  subject  to  any  unfinished  work  of  the  first  year,  and  that  the 
resolution   so  amended  shall  apply  only  to  the  present  three-3-ear  curriculum. 

The  amendment  was  seconded  by  Dr.  Summa. 

Dr.  Owre  thought  the  students  should  be  forced  to  repeat  the  dental  course  ; 
that  they  were  already  given  credit  for  work  done  in  undergraduate  schools  of 
medicine,  but  thought  that  it  was  a  question  of  subjects  accepted  rather  than  the 
number  of  vears  of  credit. 


54 


Dr.  Kirk  suggested  that  these  men  took  all  these  subjects  in  the  medical 
school,  and  the  question  was  whether  they  must  lose  this  time  and  go  back  and 
go  over  the  dental  course. 

Dr.  Millberry  asked  what  provision  was  made  with  regard  to  the  four  years' 
course. 

Dr.  Kirk  said  this  resolution  was  applicable  to  the  four  years'  course  because 
of  the  tendency  to  force  more  of  the  elementary  training  into  the  first  two  years 
of  the  four  years'  course.  One  other  feature  Dr.  Kirk  called  attention  to  was  the 
effect  that  legislation  in  the  different  states  would  have  on  this  question.  For 
instance,  in  New  York,  there  was  a  strong  feeling  to  separate  medical  from  dental 
teaching;  that  the  Board  of  Regents  was  of  the  opinion  that  there  should  be  a 
separation  between  teaching  dentistry  and  medicine  in  the  fundamental  branches. 
They  objected  to  a  teacher  of  anatomy  teaching  dental  and  medical  classes  con- 
currently, and  the  question  was  whether  they  would  recognize,  for  dental  instruc- 
tion, anatomy  obtained  in  a  medical  school. 

Dr.  Smith  did  not  understand  that  as  the  interpretation  of  the  view  of  the 
Board  of  Regents.  He  thought  the  difficulty  there  was  that  the  Board  of 
Regents  required  that  the  applicant  be  certified  as  having  taken  three  years  of 
study  in  a  registered  dental  school.  Dr.  Smith  did  not  think  that  this  resolution 
would  in  any  waj^  conflict  with  legislation  in  any  other  states,  but  thought  there 
might  have  to  be  some  adjustment  with  regard  to  New  York. 

Dr.  Kirk  said  he  understood  that  the  New  York  legislature  would  probably 
enact  an  entirely  new  law  at  its  next  session  that  would  involve  important 
changes  in  the  existing  law;  for  this  reason  he  thought  it  would  be  advisable 
for  the  Association  to  get  in  touch  with  the  Board  of  Regents  for  conference 
and  some  understanding  with  regard  to  changes  in  the  law  in  harmony  with  the 
purpose  of  the  Association.  He  thought  it  would  be  a  good  idea  to  present  to  the 
Board  of  Regents  the  objects  of  the  Association  and  what  it  was  trying  to  do. 

Dr.  Owre  thought  that  the  resolution  with  regard  to  advanced  standing  to 
medical  undergraduates  should  be  made  more  elastic,  so  as  to  include  not  only 
credit  for  men  who  have  had  one,  two,  or  three  years  in  certain  subjects  accepted 
in  dental  schools,  but  should  also  provide  for  credit  to  students  who  have  had 
courses  in  histology,  chemistry,  etc. 

Dr.  Kirk  suggested  that  for  men  outside  of  the  medical  course  that  was 
already  taken  care  of  by  the  university  authorities.  He  thought  the  two  factors 
to  be  considered  were  credit  for  time  and  subjects  taken  in  the  medical  course. 

Dr.  Black  cited  the  case  of  two  students  who  applied  for  advanced  standing 
in  their  school,  one  a  medical  graduate  and  one  with  two  years  in  medicine. 
He  said  that  the  graduate  under  the  rules  was  given  credit  for  a  year  and  the 
other  man  was  not  given  any  credit  at  all,  although  both  had  had  the  same  amount 
of  education  in  what  was  applicable  to  the  dental  course. 

Dr.  Millberry  thought  the  resolution  should  be  worded  so  as  to  give  credit 
for  such  work  as  had  been  completed,  and  the  student  be  allowed  to  carry  on  the 
work. 

Dr.  Smith  thought  that  a  man  with  four  years'  training  in  a  medical  school 
should  be  able  to  finish  the  dental  course  in  two  years. 

Dr.  Kirk  suggested  that  this  resolution  did  not  attempt  to  provide  for  that, 
but  it  was  intended  simply  to  establish  the  standing  of  the  man  with  two  years' 
medical  training. 

Dr.  Owre  said  the  only  feature  he  objected  to  was  that  instead  of  years  the 
resolution  should  be  expressed  in  terms  of- credit. 


55 


After  some  further  discussion  by  Dr.  Moorehead,  Dr.  Prinz,  and  Dr.  Summa, 
the  resolution  was  adopted  as  amended. 

On  motion  a  committee  of  three  was  appointed,  with  the  secretary  as  chair- 
man, to  make  a  thorough  investigation  into  the  status  of   the  Japanese  schools. 

Dr.  Hofif  appointed  as  such  committee  Drs.  Kirk,  Owre,  and  Millberry. 

It  was  voted  that  the  secretary  furnish  copies  of  the  reports  of  committees 
and  officers  to  the  members  of  the  Association  before  the  annual  meeting  for 
consideration  by  the  different  members. 

Dr.  Talbot  asked  the  privilege  of  presenting  to  the  Association  a  short  paper 
that  he  had  prepared  on  the  subject  of  dental  education. 

Dr.  Talbot's  paper  was  made  the  special  order  of  business  for  the  afternoon 
session  at  2  :30  p.m. 

The  meeting  then  adjourned  until  the  afternoon  session. 

The  first  order  of  business  for  the  afternoon  meeting  was  the  reading  of  a 
paper  by  Dr.  E.  S.  Talbot,  Chicago,  III,  entitled  "The  Pathologic  Vision,"  as 
follows  : 

I  wish  to  thank  you  for  your  kindness  in  inviting  me  to  be  present  at  your  annual 
meetings,  which  I  always  enjoy  immensely.  I  regard  this  organization  as  the  medium  through 
which  all  progress  in  dental  education  must  proceed.  Upon  your  actions  will  depend  the  future 
welfare  of  our  specialty.  Each  gentleman,  dean  of  his  respective  school,  must  weight  well  each 
step  taken  by  this  organization,  since  there  are  from  forty  to  forty-five  other  schools  which 
must  follow  the  example  of  your  action. 

You  have  come  together  at  this  time  from  different  parts  of  the  country  for  the  purpose 
of  consulting  each  other  as  to  the  best  methods  of  conducting  your  schools  for  the  benefit  of 
your  pupils.  We  all  have  different  views  as  to  how  the  future  dentist  is  to  be  educated. 
Meeting  as  you  do  from  year  to  year  these  views  are  discussed  and  crystallized,  by  which 
good   results  are  obtained. 

To  further  this  movement  in  my  own  way,  I  have  passed  through  quite  a  different  train- 
ing from  most  of  you.  I  might  say  that  this  training  has  been  in  almost  the  opposite  direction 
from  that  of  those  present.  My  teaching  for  over  thirty  years  has  always  been  confined  to 
medical  schools.  It  would  not  be  strange,  therefore,  if  my  ideas  of  "how  the  dentist  should 
be  educated"  should  differ  somewhat  from  yours. 

In  1880  a  few  of  us  medical  graduates  established  the  Section  of  Stomatology  in  the 
American  Medical  Association,  of  which,  for  the  last  thirty  years,  I  have  from  year  to  year 
been  elected  secretary.  The  object  of  this  movement  was  twofold — first  to  educate  the  medical 
profession  along  dental  lines,  and  second,  to  influence  dentists  to  obtain  a  medical  education. 
How  well  this  work  has  been  accomplished  may  be  ascertained  by  reading  the  report  of 
Dr.  George  V.  I.  Brown,  read  before  the  Association  in  1914  at  the  meeting  held  at  Atlantic 
City.  Let  me  say  in  passing  that  not  a  single  paper  upon  the  subject  of  operative  dentistry 
has  been  read  since  the  establishment  of  the  section.  All  papers  have  been  confined  to 
pathology  and  treatment  of  diseases  of  the  face  and  jaws,  and  their  relation  to  other  diseases 
of  the  body.     I  mention  that  point  at  this  time  to  explain  what  I  have  to'  say  later. 

As  secretary  of  the  Section  of  Stomatology  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  I  wish 
to  say  to  you  that  the  position  has  not  been  an  easy  one,  for  the  reason  that  in  all  these 
years,  although  we  felt  that  we  were  on  the  right  trail,  we  could  not  see  our  way  clear  or 
know  how  we  were  to  progress.  In  the  past  four  or  five  years,  however,  we  were  able  to  see 
two  faint  glimmerings  on  the  horizon,  which  have  been  growing  brighter  and  brighter,  until 
about  two  years  ago  the  two  spots  became  brilliantly  lighted — we  could  then  make  out  their 
meaning.  One  spelled  "dental  research,"  the  other  a  much  larger  and  broader  field,  "diseases 
of  the  body  due  to  infection  from  the  mouth."  These  two  subjects  will  settle  the  dental 
educational  question.  Is  the  dental  profession  in  a  position  to  do  research  work? 

Let  us  see  what  Professor  Minot^  says: 

"The  process  of  scientific  inquiry  involves  special  qualifications  which  cannot  be  disre- 
garded by  one  who  thinks  of  trying  it.  .  .  .  An  ingenious  and  inventive  imagination  is 
necessary.  The  very  soul  of  research  is  the  highest  degree  of  modesty.  .  .  .  The  research 
worker  must  possess  the  faculty  of  accurate  observation.  .  .  .  No  young  man  without 
perseverance  and  severe  training  can  expect  to  make  his  mark  in  research  work.  The  true 
investigator  requires  the  right  training  of  the  brain  rather  than  that  of  the  eye.  This  requires 
a  broad    scientific  education.     .     .     .     Successful  scientific  research,  then,  requires  three  mental 


^  Minot,    Certain    Ideals    of    Medical    Education,    Medical    Research    and    Science    2:2yg. 

56 


faculties — intelligence,  concentrated  attention,  and  judgment.  Intelligence,  therefore,  is  essen- 
tial to  master  .methods.  Concentrated  attention  is  all-important,  and  one  of  the  most  difficult 
virtues  to  command.  To  succeed  in  a  given  undertaking  one  must  concentrate  his  mind  on 
the  subject  for  days,  months,  and  often  for  years.  Judgment  is  one  of  the  highest  acquirements. 
It  is  one  thing  to  collect  data,  but  to  place  it  on  an  intelligible  basis  for  general  observation  is 
quite  another  proposition." 

From  what  has  been  said  in  regard  to  research,  the  dentist  must  possess  a  broad  general 
academic  education.  He  should  thereby  possess  a  knowledge  of  the  fundamental  principles  of 
all  sciences.  This  knowledge  will  permit  him  to  compare  these  principles  and  demonstrate 
their  relationship  to  one  another.  This  must  include  biology  in  all  its  departments,  chemistry, 
and  physics.     He  must  be  taught  early  to  think. 

To  do  medical  research  work,  he  must  have  taken  a  full  and  complete  course  in  all 
branches  of  medicine.  This  is  necessary  in  order  that  the  investigator  may  compare  and 
understand  diseases  in   different  structures  of  the  body. 

As  a  rule,  research  workers  are  born  and  are  not  made.  They  must  possess  a  real 
desire  for  this  kind  of  work.  In  order  to  do  such  work  one  must  give  his  entire  time  and 
thought  to  it,  forsaking  pleasure,  recreation,  and  almost  family  ties,  to  accomplish  the  desired 
results.  Money  will  not  purchase  the  genius  for  research.  The  underlying  principles  are 
so  essential  at  the  present  day  that  one  cannot  stumble  on  to  original  work. 

It  is  not  necessary  for  me  at  this  time  to  discuss  the  second  subject,  "diseases  of  the 
body  due  to  infections  from  the  mouth."  We  are  all  familiar  with  the  fact  that  the  dentist 
knows  very  little,   if  anything,   about  this  subject,   for  it  is   not  taught   in   the  dental   schools. 

What  are  the  shortcomings  in  our  present  methods  of  teaching?  The  first  thing  the 
student  requires  to  know  on  entering  the  school  is,  how  much  will  it  cost  and  how  long 
will  it  take?  After  he  has  entered  the  college,  the  second  question  is  what  is  required  for 
graduation  and  how  little  work  is  really  necessary  to  graduate?  He  is  told  that  to  gradu- 
ate he  must  make  so  many  gold,  amalgam,  cement,  and  other  fillings,  crowns  and  bridges, 
and  artificial  dentures  of  various  kinds.  As  the  student  progresses  he  soon  learns,  through 
contact  with  the  teachers,  students,  and  surroundings,  that  the  atmosphere  of  the  school  is 
principally  mechanical.  After  a  short  sojourn  in  the  schools  he  becomes  familiar  with  the 
clinics,  both  operative  and  mechanical,  and  he  naturally  asks  the  question,  why  bother  with  the 
fundamental  principles  of  medicine,  when  the  mechanics  are  required  for  graduation  and  the 
principal  thing  in  practice  is  to  become  a  good  operator  and  mechanical  dentist?  The  result 
is  that  the  student  skims  through  the  fundamental  principles  of  medicine,  and  when  he  gets 
into  practice  his  knowledge  of  the  subject  is  almost  nil. 

The  result  is  that  the  dental  graduate  has  spent  three  or  four  years  and  has  neither 
learned  how  to  study  nor  think,  and  is  not  an  all-around  educated  man. 

The  research  problem  and  the  pathologic  vision  are  now  actually  before  us.  The  dental 
profession  today  is  unable  to  cope  with  either  subject.  The  mechanics  of  dentistry  as  taught 
in  our  dental  schools  is  for  the  purpose  of  restoring  lost  pathologic  conditions,  although  in 
our  ignorance  a  large  per  cent  of  such  mechanics  increases  pathologic  lesions. 

The  only  thing  to  do  is  to  begin  to  educate  the  coming  students  in  such  a  manner  that 
they  can  handle  the  situation  and  obtain  the  respect  of  the  medical  profession.  The  general 
health  of  the  patient  is  worth  more  and  is  of  more  importance  than  one  or  all  of  his  teeth. 
The  pathologic  vision,  therefore,  must  supplant  the  mechanic  vision  which  the  student  worships 
in  his  college  training.  The  broad  general  principle  of  medicine  must  supplant  the  minor 
specialty  of  dentistry.     How  shall  this  be  done? 

The  dental  student  must  take  his  academic  training  and  enter  the  medical  schools  with 
the  medical  students  for  the  first  two  years  and  get  due  credit  for  the  same.  He  can  then 
finish  his  special  dental  training  in  the  last  two  years,  which  is  all  that  is  necessary.  He 
should  not  enter  the  dental  clinics  until  he  is  prepared  to  take  up  his  dental  work.  By  this 
method,  he  will  have  obtained  a  broad  general  knowledge  for  research  work,  and  he  will 
know  something  about  the  pathologic  conditions  of  the  body  due  to   infections  from  the  mouth. 

DISCUSSION 

Dr.  E.  H.  Smith,  Boston:  Dr.  Talbot  says  that  the  research  worker  should  be  trained 
in  medicine;  it  is  interesting  in  this  connection  to  note  that  Professor  Minot,  whom  he  quotes, 
was  not  a  medical  man  but  a  doctor  of  science,  and  yet  there  is  no  doubt  that  during  his  life 
he  was  one  of  the  leading  embryologists  of  the  viforld;  also  Professor  Folin,  who  has  done 
such  wonderful  work  in  physiological  chemistry,  and  Dr.  Martin,  one  of  our  leading  research 
workers,  are  both  doctors  of  science  and  not  medical  men  at  all.  Not  long  ago  I  was  talking 
to  a  prominent  scientist  on  this  subject  of  research,  and  I  made  this  statement  to  him:  "Of 
course,  for  dental  problems  the  best-fitted  man  is  the  man  who  has  had  a  thorough  medical 
and  dental  training."  His  reply  was,  "I  don't  think  so  at  all.  I  do  not  think  the  research 
worker  necessarily  needs  to  be  a  medical  or  a  dental  man,  but  he  should  be  thoroughly  grounded 
in  chemistry,  and  should  have  a  mind  trained  to  think." 

57 


Dr.  Edward  C.  Kirk,  Philadelphia:  As  this  paper  is  to  be  made  a  part  of  the  proceed- 
fngs  of  this  Association,  I  do  not  think  it  should  go  by  without  some  comment.  I  want  to  say 
for  myself  that  I  am  heartily  in  accord  with  what  I  may  characterize  as  the  spirit  of  Dr. 
Talbot's  paper — that  is  to  say,  the  ends  which  he  desires  to  attain  in  the  education  of  the 
dentist.  I  have  no  differences  with  him  with  regard  to  his  ideal.  I  do  differ  with  him  as  to 
his  method  of  attaining  that  end.  I  am  more  and  more  convinced  that  in  anj-^  system  of  edu- 
cation, not  only  dentistry  or  medicine,  but  engineering,  divinity,  or  plumbing,  whatever  it 
may  be,  we  should  start  from  the  first  with  the  idea  that,  that  particular  thing  is  what  the  man 
is  going  to  do,  and  from  the  first  educate  him  up  to  a  high  standard  in  order  that  he  may 
efficiently  functionate  with  respect  to  his  calling  and  the  kind  of  service  he  is  to  render  to 
humanity.  I  differ  with  him  also  in  his  belief  that  the  best  way  to  inculcate  the  research  ideal 
in  the  mind  of  the  dentist  is  to  have  him  take  two  years  in  a  medical  school.  I  object  to  it 
on  the  ground  that  by  so  doing  you  defer  the  dental  education,  and  divert  his  mind  from  the 
objective  of  all  his  education.  I  am  unable  to  comprehend  why  under  the  proper  direction 
it  is  not  just  as  possible,  just  as  practical,  to  develop  the  research  ideal  in  a  dental  school  as 
in  a  medical  school — the  brand  or  name  put  upon  a  school  does  not  alter  the  question  of  the 
ideal  of  the  system  of  education.  Dr.  Talbot  knows,  and  anybody  who  has  looked  into  the 
history  of  the  medical  profession  knows,  that  it  is  the  tendency  on  the  part  of  the  medical 
profession  to  arrogate  to  itself  a  monopoly  of  these  high  ideals  for  which  Dr.  Talbot  contends; 
they  apparently  do  not  want  anyone  else  to  assume  the  right  to  have  anything  to  do  with  any 
department  of  the  healing  art  unless  he  is  stamped  with  the  hall-mark  of  what  is  called  medi- 
cine. Medicine  is  an  old  and  venerable  calling,  and  I  revere  no  calling  more  than  I  do  the 
medical  profession  but  I  regard  it  as  a  fault  in  the  medical  attitude  of  mind,  that  because 
medicine  has  pre-empted  the  right  of  jurisdiction  in  relation  to  the  human  body,  its  function- 
ing in  health  and  its  abberations  of  normal  functioning  in  disease,  that  therefore  it  is  regarded 
as  somehow  wrong  or  out  of  line  for  the  dentist,  who  has  dedicated  himself  to  a  special 
department  of  the  science  and  art  of  healing  and  has  become  expert  in  that  specialty,  to  be 
the  final  arbiter  in  matters  pertaining  to  the  teeth. 

In  saying  that,  I  fully  recognize  that  we  have  been  deficient,  that  we  have  failed  in  various 
respects  to  live  up  to  the  opportunities  that  confront  us,  opportunities  that  carry  equally  great 
responsibilities,  but  I  contend,  now  that  we  have  pre-empted  this  field,  we  must  live  up  to  its 
opportunities  and  be  masters  of  the  situation,  and  I  think  we  should  do  it  on  the  broad  basis 
of  our  own  educational  system.  I  do  not  think  it  is  true  that  we  can  get  this  research  sense 
described  by  Professor  Minof  and  approved  by  Dr.  Talbot,  and  I  am  sure,  approved  by  all 
of  us,  only  through  the  medical  course — I  do  not  believe  that  is  the  only  way  to  do  it.  I  be- 
lieve we  can  and  should  construct  an  educational  system  so  broad  in  its  character  as  to  be 
an  inspiration  for  research  in  properly  organized  dental  schools,  one  which  shall  be  just  as  much 
an  inspiration  toward  research  work,  toward  that  broad  grasp  of  pathological  principles,  as  is 
assumed  to  exist  in  the  medical  schools.  I  feel  that  we  must  be  permitted  to  try  this  out, 
and  if  we  are  in  error  and  have  ultimately  to  fail,  we  can  then  fall  back  on  medicine;  but  let 
us  first  try  it  out  on  our  own  educational  plan  and  see  if  we  cannot  produce  a  practitioner 
that  will  not  only  be  a  credit  to  the  dental  educational  system,  but  one  that  can'  meet  on  more 
than  equal  terms  with  the  representative  of  any  other  medical  specialty.  It  is  upon  this  point, 
the  method  of  attaining  the  end,  that  I  have  offered  my  criticism  of  Dr.  Talbot's  system. 
I  think  he  claims  too  much  when  he  presents  the  idea  that  it  is  only  through  the  two  years' 
course  of  instruction  in  a  medical  school  that  the  student  can  get  that  kind  of  inspiration 
which  Dr.  Talbot  desires.  If  he  fails  to  get  that  kind  of  inspiration  in  the  dental  school, 
then  I   should  say  that  the  dental  school  is  under  just  criticism   for  failing  to   furnish  it. 

Dr.  Talbot  knows,  as  we  all  know,  that  there  are  many  men  of  many  minds  who  come 
to  us  as  students.  There  is  that  type  that  wants  to  get  the  diploma  with  the  least  expendi- 
ture of  time,  energy,  and  money.  He  is  the  t>pe  of  man  who  would  be  glad  if  we  would 
sell  him  a  diploma.  There  is  another  t}  pe  of  man  who  wants  to  get  the  most  out  of  the 
course,  and  these  are  the  men  we  want  to  take  care  of.  These  are  human  qualities,  which 
are  not  peculiar  to  either  dentistry  or  medicine   alone. 

Summed  up,  then,  my  idea  is  that  in  inaugurating  our  system  of  dental  education  for 
the  future  we  should  start  out  with  the  ideal  that  we  should  begin,  to  educate  the  dentist  from 
the  beginning,  and  give  him  his  whole  education  as  far  as  professional  education  is  concerned 
in  a  dental  school  properly  equipped  to  do  that;  unless,  possibly,  in  the  reorganization  of 
medical  education,  it  should  make  provision  for  the  kind  of  equipment  that  we  know  we  must 
have  to  make  efficient  dentists— but  that  they  are  not  willing  to  do  and  probably  never  will  do; 
they  do  not  do  it  for  surgery,  for  gynecology,  for  ophthalmology  with  the  fulness  and  com- 
pleteness that  it  should  be  done  for  these  specialties.  In  the  nature  of  the  case  it  cannot  be 
done  in  a  four  years'  course,  hence  the  necessity  for  special  postgraduate  medical  instruction 
in  order  to  develop  the  specialist  in  his  specialty.  Under  existing  circumstances  dentistry 
must  stand   on   its   own   foundation,   and   we   must   see  to    it   that,   that    foundation    is   sufficients 

58 


Dr.  Smith:  I  would  like  to  ask  Dr.  Kiik  if  he  'hinks  the  present  training  in  surgery 
is   sufficient  to   make   an   efficient   surgeon? 

Dr  Kifk:  No;  nor  is  that  fcr  oph  halmology,  which  I  think  is  one  of  the  most  im- 
perfectly arranged  courses  of  instruction  of  any  of  the  medical  specialties.  It  is  all  very  well 
for  the  ophthalmologist  to  determine  refractive  errors  or  to  take  out  an  eye,  but  he  does  not 
care  to  have  anything  to  do  with  the  adjustment  of  spectacles,  nor  does  the  surgeon  have  much 
to  do  with  the  prosthetic  relations  of  his  art.  This  is  turned  over  to  the  mechanical  man.  The 
ophthalmologist  should  have  as  part  of  his  elementary  training  for  his  specialty  as  good  a 
technical  course  in  technique  as  the  optician  must  have.  There  is  a  little  touch  of  human 
frailty  in  these  things  which  makes  the  man  who  does  the  diagnosis  and  prescribing  a  more 
"respectable  citizen"  than  the  man  who  does  the  practical  work  of  filling  the  prescription.  If 
you  will  look  up  the  history  of  the  surgeon  in  France  and  England,  you  will  see  that  they  were 
originally  bloodletters  and  barber-surgeons.  It  is  a  very  romantic  history  through  which  they 
passed  before  they  were  considered  to  be  on  an  equality  with  the  medical  practitioner.  The 
inheritance  of  that  feeling  has  come  down  to  us  and  exerts  its  influence,  but  in  a  democratic 
country  like  this  the  man  who  renders  the  most  efficient  service  is  after  all  the  real  aristocrat. 
Do  you  not  think  so.  Dr.  Talbot? 

Dr.   Talbot:     Yes,    I   th'nk   there   is  that   tendency. 

Dr.  N.  S.  Hoff,  Ann  Arbor:  It  seems  to  me  that  if  we  were  to  take  a  step  like  this,  it 
would  be  somewhat  revolutionary  in  character;  it  would  be  so  radical  that  we  would  have  to 
change  materially  our  ideas  in  regard  to  dental  professional  education.  I  cannot  bring  myself 
to  the  same  conclusion  that  Dr.  Talbot  has  expressed  in  his  paper,  that  two  years  of  medical 
preparatory  work  in  the  study  of  fundamental  sciences  would  equip  or  prepare  a  man  to  become 
a  research  worker,  even  though  he  may  have  had  the  preliminary  academic  training  required 
for  admission  to  the  medical  course.  My  own  observation  has  been  that  a  man  who  equips 
himself  for  research  work  of  a  scientific  character  must  be  a  truly  scientific  man  to  begin  with. 
He  should  not  only  be  a  thoroughly  educated  man,  and  have  the  necessary  knowledge,  but  he 
must  have  the  spirit  of  research.  1  believe  Dr.  Talbot  referred  to  this  point  in  the  quotation 
he  made — that  the  man  must  have  the  spirit  of  research  within  him.  I  cannot  conceive  of  a 
man,  even  though  he  had  the  spirit  of  research,  doing  effective  work  in  dental  lines  unless  he 
knew  something  of  the  practical  aspect  of  dental  practice.  These  criticisms  by  Hunter,  that 
have  been  so  much  discussed  in  the  last  few  years,  with  regard  to  pathologic  conditions  due 
to  faulty  dental  practice,  necessarily  come  from  a  man  who  has  had  long  experience  in  clinical 
medicine,  as  well  as  a  broad  education  in  observing  the  phenomena  of  pathology.  His  observa- 
tions and  intelligent  interpretation  of  the  phenomena  he  observed  led  him  to  call  our  attention 
to  the  practical  bearings  of  this  subject  on  our  clinical  practice,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  arouse 
our  indignation  at  first,  and  to  create  a  great  deal  of  excitement  in  our  professional  world; 
yet  when  we  come  to  sift  the  matter  down,  we  do  not  see  anything  so  radically  wrong  in  his 
statements.  They  are  not  so  revolutionary  as  we  at  first  supposed,  and  finally  we  seem  to 
have  come  into  harmony  with  him,  and  now  we  are  taking  such  steps  as  shall  overcome  our 
lack  of  training  and  practice  in  that  direction.  Medical  knowledge  must  be  an  important  item 
in  the  instruction  we  impart  to  our  dental  students,  but  it  seems  that  we  shall  have  to  put 
most  of  our  emphasis,  for  the  present,  on  technical  instruction.  I  sympathize  to  a  large  degree 
with  Dr.  Kirk's  position  that  a  strictly  dental  training,  which  shall  begin  and  end  with  the 
idea  of  making  the  most  proficient  dentist,  is  the  highest  and  best  form — is  the  ideal  one.  If 
we  can  put  that  ideal  before  the  student,  in  all  its  bearings  on  the  health  of  the  entire  body, 
and  if  he  will  do  his  work  with  that  ideal  in  mind,  he  will  necessarily  have  to  take  into 
account  the  fundamental  medical  science  subjects  in  a  different  way  from  what  he  sometimes 
does.  I  admit  that  it  is  true  that  too  many  students  take  these  medical  science  subjects 
simply  because  they  are  required,  and  only  for  the  purpose  of  securing  a  passing  grade,  and 
when  they  get  their  grades,  they  do  not  necessarily  make  an  effort  to  forget  everything  they 
have  learned,  but  they  do  too  frequently  fail  wofully  to  make  any  proper  use  of  them.  I  had 
a  student  at  one  time  write  to  me  from  Chicago,  where  he  was  attending  the  clinics  at  one 
of  the  summer  schools  during  the  interim  between  his  junior  and  senior  years,  to  the  effect 
that  he  was  making  a  great  many  amalgam  and  gold  fillings  in  the  clinic,  and  incidentally 
endeavoring  to  find  out  what  bearing  that  long  and  tedious  course  in  organic  chemistry  had  on 
the  practice  of  dentistry,  especially  in  making  amalgam  and  gold  fillings.  The  students  cannot 
see  the  relations   of   these   studies,   and    so   they  lose  their   interest   in   them. 

My  own  idea  of  the  research  man  is  a  special  type  of  man.  I  do  not  believe  we  can 
educate  these  men  in  our  dental  schools;  I  do  not  believe  it  is  the  thing  we  should  turn  our 
attention  to,  largely.  If  now  and  then  we  find  a  man  with  the  spirit  of  research  in  him.  and 
we  can  induce  that  man  to  take  up  the  scientific  training,  all  well  and  good.  We  have  had 
some  favorable  experience  in  our  school.  We  have  been  able  to  influence  some  of  our  men 
to   prepare   themselves  for  research   work,   but   it  has   been   a   long  and   rather   laborious   process 


59 


for  them.  It  would  have  been  better  for  these  men  to  have  received  their  academic  and  scien- 
tific training  first,  and  then  to  have  taken  the  dental  course;  but  of  course  they  did  not  know 
what  they  would  want  to  do  when  they  elected  dentistry.  We  could  not  interest  them  until  they 
had  gotten  to  the  point  where  they  could  see  the  relation  of  science  to  the  practice  of  dentistrJ^ 
I  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  better  way  to  get  our  scientific  research  men  is  to  find 
men  already  trained  in  science  who  can  be  induced  to  study  dentistry.  We  have  at  the  present 
time  in  our  school  such  a  man,  and  he  is  in  his  third  dental  year;  we  hope  to  make  a  prac- 
titioner of  him  first,  and  then  a  dental  research  man,  and  at  the  same  time  we  are  interested 
in  having  him  receive  all  possible  clinical  experience  along  with  his  scientific  training,  so  that 
he  will  see  both  sides  of  the  work.  I  have  a  notion  also  that  we  shall  hardly  get  this  spirit 
of  research  into  our  student  body  unless  we  have  a  teaching  faculty  that  has  this  spirit,  and 
the  opportunity  is  given  the  teaching  faculty  to  carry  out  research  and  present  their  work  to 
the  class.  In  this  way  it  is  possible  that  the  value  of  scientific  work  can  be  impressed  on 
students.  We  should  not  expect  to  develop  every  student  into  a  scientific  man,  but  we  may 
at  least  arouse  that  spirit  more  frequently  if  we  have  teachers  who  are  doing  this  work  who 
can  make  an  appeal  to  their  students  from  that  standpoint.  The  man  who  goes  to  the  labo- 
ratory and  does  work  himself  can  present  that  work  to  his  class  more  effectively,  in  my 
judgment,  than  the  man  who  studies  the  phenomena  from  the  textbook.  I  look  forward  to 
the  time  when  we  shall  have  teachers  who  can  impart  instruction  in  the  fundamental  sciences, 
and  are  of  the  highest  tj-pe  of  technical  experts.  Such  instructors  would  make  thinkers  as 
well  as  artisans  of  our  students;  such  teachers  will  be  so  interested  that  they  will  handle  this 
problem  in  the  broadest  way  and  yet  because  of  their  professional  training  and  allegiance, 
they  will  instruct  from  the  dental  standpoint,  rather  than  from  the  standpoint  of  medical 
science.  We  have  tried,  unsuccessfully,  to  get  medical  research  men  to  investigate  our  dental 
problems,  and  excellent  men  as  they  are,  they  have  tried  to  do  something  with  our  problems, 
but  their  work  has  not  been  of  particular  value  to  us,  because  they  could  not  get  our  view- 
point. I  believe,  therefore,  that  the  best  way  for  us  to  solve  our  problems  is  to  get  at  them 
ourselves,  and  from  the  dental  standpoint,  with  men  trained  to  investigate  our  problems  from 
our  viewpoint.     It  will  of  course  take  time  to  get  men  with  the  proper  preparation  to  do  this. 

I  do  not  say  all  this  in  criticism  of  Dr.  Talbot's  views  in  this  connection,  but  I  am 
thinking  not  so  much  of  what  is  desirable  as  I  believe  we  are  all  practically  agreed  as  to  this 
— but  of  how  we  can  best  attain  our  ideals  under  the  conditions  now  obtaining.  I  believe  the 
best  way  of  reaching  this  ideal  is  not  through  a  medical  education,  but  through  a  combined 
scientific   medical   and    dental   training   in   the  technical    branches — applied    science! 

Dr.  Kirk:  I  would  like  to  call  attention  to  this  point;  that  the  foundation  principle 
of  what  we  are  now  regarding  as  focal  infections,  which  is  occupying  so  much  attention,  and 
properly  so,  was  wrought  out  and  laid  down  and  published  as  the  result  of  the  researches  of 
Miller  in  that  series  of  articles  on  "The  Human  Mouth  as  a  Focus  of  Infection"  before  he 
had  taken  the  medical  degree.  That  was  lost  sight  of  and  neglected  until  Sir  William  Hunter, 
a  medical  man,  called  attention  to  it  from  the  clinical  side.  Medicine  paid  no  attention  to 
Miller's  discoveries.  There  was  a  discovery  initially  worked  out  and  the  principles  laid  down 
not  only  as  the  result  of  clinical  observations,  but  of  scientific  research.  The  discovery  of  the 
principles  underlying  the  whole  question  of  metastatic  infection  from  the  mouth,  the  whole 
catalog  of  mouth  lesions,  was  a  dental  discovery,  and  was  passed  without  notice  because  of 
that  tendencj'  on  the  part  of  the  medical  profession  to  ignore  the  work  done  by  dentists.  When 
Professor  Choquet,  one  of  the  best  histologists  and  histopathologists  of  France,  published  his 
work  in  this  connection,  Professor  Cruet,  who  is  a  director  of  I'Ecole  Stomatologie  de  Paris, 
condemned  the  book,  not  because  it  lacked  merit  in  itself,  but  because  he  thought  it  was 
impossible  for  a  man  without  the  medical  degree  to  write  anything  worth  thinking  about. 
This  same  attitude  of  mind  was  exemplified  some  two  thousand  years  ago  in  the  instance  of 
a  certain  Pharisee  who  asked  if  any  good  thing  could  come  out  of  Nazareth.  I  have  learned 
from  experience  that  it  is  a  good  thing  to  keep  your  eye  on  the  Nazareths,  because  many 
good  things  have  actually  come  out  of  them.  Ninety-nine  per  cent  of  the  work  in  relation  to 
mouth  lesions  has  been  done  by  dentists,  and  it  has  not  been  recognized  by  medicine  because 
they  assume  dentists  are  lacking  in  what  they  call  medical  training.  They  are  not  lacking  in 
the  spirit  of  research;  they  have  done  research,  and  it  has  gone  unrecognized  by  those  who 
should  recognize  it  for  the  simple  reason  that  they  did  not  believe  any  good  thing  could  come 
out  of  the  dental  Nazareth.  We  are,  I  believe,  entering  a  new  era,  where  the  common  purposes 
and  common  ideals  which  should  properly  animate  all  specialists  in  the  art  and  science  of 
healing  are  wiping  out  these  older  and  artificial  barriers  which  have  heretofore  served  to 
separate  the  dental  and  medical  professions  in  their  service  to   humanity. 

Dr.  Talbot  (closing  the  discussion)  :  I  am  very  glad  to  hear  the  sentiments  of  the  gentle- 
men who  have  spoken.  I  do  not  disagree  with  them  all  and  I  think  you  will  sea  that  I  do 
not  when  I  have  finished.  In  fact  I  would  take  Dr.  Hoff's  remarks  as  my  finishing  discussion 
of  the  subject. 

60 


In  the  first  part  of  his  discussion  Dr.  Hoff  asked  why  a  man  should  take  two  years  in 
a  medical  school.  The  reason  for  that  is  that  the  first  two  years  in  the  medical  school  are 
given  over  wholly  to  laboratory  work,  microscopic  work,  and  pathologic  work.  If  the  dental 
school  will  do  that,  if  the  students  can  take  the  first  two  years  of  that  kind  of  work  in  a 
dental  school,  and  the  dental  schools  do  that  work  and  prepare  the  student  to  do  research  work 
just  as  well  as  it  is  done  in  the  medical  school,  there  is  no  difference — I  do  not  care  whether 
the  work  is  done  in  a  medical  or  dental  school.  I  do  not  disagree  with  Dr.  Hoff  in  that 
point;  I  agree  with  him. 

In  regard  to  Dr.  Kirk's  remarks,  I  can  best  illustrate  what  I  wish  to  say  by  the  following 
statement:  I  recently  came  across  one  of  the  best  pathologists,  one  of  the  best  histologists,  and 
one  of  the  best  embryologists  in  this  country,  who  is  teaching  in  one  of  our  dental  school,  and 
I  asked  him  how  he  was  getting  along  with  his  teaching.  He  said,  "I  am  very  much  dis- 
couraged;   I    have    just    finished    my   midyear    examinations    and    my    students    do    not    know    a 

d thing  about  what  I  have  been  teaching."     He  is  not  a  man  who  is  given  to  swearing, 

but  this  thing  was  very  strongly  on  his  mind.  He  said  the  students  did  not  understand,  could 
not  grasp  the  subject,  and  could  not  answer  his  questions,  and  the  reason  was  because  their 
minds  were  on  the  mechanics  of  the  profession.  I  know  that  that  is  true;  I  know  that  the 
minds  of  the  students  in  dental  schools  are  on  the  mechanics  of  the  profession,  and  they  do 
not  care  about  these  subjects.  Just  as  Dr.  Hoff  has  said,  they  cannot  see  why  they  should  study 
chemistry  in  order  to  be  able  to  put  in  amalgam  fillings.  That  is  the  point — we  must  separate 
the  two  and  the  student  must  get  the  scientific  subjects  first,  and  if  he  gets  them  in  the  dental 
school,  well  and  good. 

Dr.  Kirk:  One  thing  you  have  left  out.  You  said  that  this  man  was  one  of  the  best 
pathologists,  one  of  the  best  histologists,  one  of  the  best  embryologists  in  the  country,  but  was 
he  one  of  the  best  teachers  of  these  things  in  this  country?  If  a  lecturer  has  had  that  effect  on 
a  class,  I  suspect  that  he  does  not  know  how  to  teach. 

Dr.  Talbot:  I  will  not  attempt  to  answer  the  question  as  to  this  man's  ability  as  a 
teacher.  I  simply  mention  this  to  make  my  point  stronger.  I  met  this  man  and  had  a  con- 
versation with  him  on  the  subject  and  he  expressed  himself   about  as   I  have  stated  it  to  you. 

Dr.  Kirk  :  When  I  meet  a  discouraged  teacher  who  says  that  the  students  are  not  interested 
in  his  subject,  or  do  not  understand  what  he  is  trying  to  teach — when  I  find  a  complaint  of 
that  sort,  I  begin  to  wonder  whether  he  knows  how  to  teach  the  subject,  which  is  another 
thing  from  knowing  the  subject. 

Dr.  Talbot:  That  is  true  in  all  departments,  anatomy,  chemistry,  physiology,  etc. 

Dr.  Kirk:  I  am  only  raising  a  question  as  to  the  credibility  of  the  witness  in  the  instance 
cited  by  Dr.  Talbot. 

Dr.  Talbot:  Dr.  Smith  brought  out  a  splendid  point  when  he  mentioned  the  fact  of 
Dr.  Minot  and  others  not  being  medically  educated  men.  These  men  were  educated,  however; 
it  does  not  make  any  difference  whether  it  be  in  medicine  or  not.  There  is  Pasteur,  the  greatest 
man  the  world  has  ever  known  in  research  work,  who  was  really  not  a  medical  man.  But 
just  read  the  history  of  his  life,  and  see  what  trials  he  suffered.  In  Paris  he  could  not  associate 
with  medical  men,  and  yet  in  spite  of  that  he  brought  out  so  much  with  regard  to  diseases  of 
the  body  that  they  had  to  recognize  him.  Every  dean  should  have  two  or  three  copies  of 
Pasteur's  work  in  his  school  library,  and  make  every  student  read  that  book  through  twice  in 
the  second  or  third  year,  and  that  will  give  the  student  some  idea  of  what  research  work  is 
and  what  pathology  is. 

Election  of  officers  for  the  ensuing  year,  resulted  as  follows : 

President — Dr.  F.  T.  Breene,  Iowa  City,  Iowa 

Vice-president — Dr.  J.  H.  Kennerly,  St.  Louis,  Missouri 

Secretary-treasurer — Dr.  Edward  C.  Kirk,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

Executive    Committee — Dr.    N.    S.    Hoff,    chairman;    Dr.   G.    S.    Millben-y   and    Dr. 

F.  T.  Breene,  ex  officio 
Educational  Committee — Dr.  Alfred  Owre,  chairman;  Dr.  E.  H.  Smith,  Dr.  Edward 

C.  Kirk,  Dr.  F.  T.  Breene,  ex  officio 

The  meeting  adjourned  subject  to  the  call  of  the  Executive  Committee. 


6i 


SPECIAL    MEETING    HELD    IN    ALBANY, 
NEW  YORK,   APRIL    1,    1916 

A  special  meeting  of  the-  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Univer- 
sities was  called  to  order  at  lo  a.m.,  Saturday,  April  i,  by  the  president,  Dr.  Breene, 
in  Albany,  N.  Y.,  for  the  purpose  of  conferring  with  the  commissioner  of  educa- 
tion of  the  state  of  New  York,  Dr.  J.  H.  Findley,  and  the  assistant  commissioner 
of  education,  Dr.  A.  S.  Downing.  Membership  universities  were  represented  as 
follows:  Harvard,  Dean  E.  H.  Smith;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T.  Breene;  Michigan,  Dean 
N.  S.  Hoff;  Alinnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  E.  C.  Kirk; 
Washington  University,  Dean  J.  H.  Kennerly. 

The  secretary,  Dr.  Kirk,  read  the  notice  from  the  executive  committee  calling 
the  meeting,  and  outlined  the  purpose  of  the  meeting  as  follows :  to  confer,  as 
the  members  had  agreed  was  advisable,  with  the  commissioner  and  the  assistant 
commissioner  of  education  of  the  state  of  New  York  in  order  that  some  under- 
standing might  be  reached  with  regard  to  changes  in  the  proposed  new  dental 
law  for  the  state  of  New  York,  and  if  possible  to  have  the  change  harmonize 
with  the  purposes  of  the  Association.  It  was  also  desired  to  have  the  New  York 
authorities  become  familiar  with  the  objects  and  purposes  of  the  Association. 

Dr.  Kirk  then  read  the  resolution  passed  at  the  Chicago  meeting  adopting 
the  four  years'  course  of  dental  study,  stating  that  this  resolution  had  been  adopted 
by  all  the  dental  teaching  bodies  of  the  country  with  the  exception  of  the  National 
Association  of  Dental  Faculties,  and  that  practically  the  whole  profession  was 
in  harmony  with  the  resolution. 

Dr.  Downing  outlined  the  position  of  the  Educational  Department  of  the  state 
of  New  York  in  regard  to  medical  and  dental  education  as  follows : 

They  had  established  a  minimum  requirement  for  the  course  of  instruction  for  schools 
granted  registration  by  the  regents.  The  American  Medical  Association  had  adopted  a  course 
of  4600  hours  with  a  minimum  of  4200  hours.  The  regents  believed  this  to  be  too  great  a 
number  for  the  four  years'  curriculum;  that  it  included  certain  subjects  the  licensee  should 
know  before  studying  medicine.  The  regents  had  established  a  minimum  for  the  medical  course 
of  3600  hours,  and  had  determined  that  no  medical  school  should  be  registered  that  did  not 
have  this  full  time  devoted  exclusively  to  medical  instruction.  In  the  registration  blank  there 
was  a  question  to  the  schools  asking  the  number  of  full  time  men  and  their  salaries.  With 
regard  to  salaries,  they  required  that  a  school  give  the  evidence  of  the  fixed  charge  against 
the  school  so  that  a  school  might  not  be  registered  this  year  and  the  next  year  fall  off  because 
of  lack  of  income.  A  school  was  required  to  have  six  full  time  men.  The  Board  of  Regents 
also  required  that  six  full  time  men  be  employed  in  teaching  strictly  in  dental  schools.  Men 
were  not  allowed  to  teach  the  same  subjects  in  both  schools,  for  the  reason  that  it  was  believed 
the  medical  man  could  not  teach  the  dental  student  properly,  that  subjects  should  be  taught 
from  the  standpoint  of  dentistry.  The  board  required  that  a  student  be  matriculated  for  three 
years  in  a  dental  school.  Dr.  Downing  mentioned  the  situation  at  Harvard,  stating  that  there, 
if  a  student  took  the  medical  course  in  the  first  year,  which  was  the  same  as  in  the  dental 
course,  and  perhaps  after  a  second  year  in  the  medical  course  changed  to  the  dental  course, 
he  could  not  be  allowed  to  take  the  licensing  examination,  for  the  reason  that  he  had  not 
been  registered  for  three  years  in  the  dental  school. 

Dr.  Kirk  pointed  out  that  these  diflficulties  applied  chiefly  to  the  three-year 
course,  but  that  since  we  were  approaching  the  four-year  course,  he  believed  the 
two  first  years  of  the  course  should  be  made  closely  analogous  to  the  first  two  years 
in  medicine.     He  thought  these  two  years  should  be  practically  interchangeable. 

Dr.  Downing  cited  the  case  of  the  new  dental  department  to  be  established  in 
connection  with  Columbia,  in  which  the  entrance  requirements  would  be  two  years 
of  college  work.  The  first  two  years  in  the  dental  school  were  to  be  identical 
with  the  medical,  with  the  exception  that  certain  elementary  subjects  were  to  be 
added  to  the  dental  course.     This  he  said  would  necessitate  a  modification  of  the 

62 


two  courses  if  that  school  were  to  be  registered.  He  thought  the  regents  would 
adopt  very  definitely  the  rule  that  only  those  schools  would  be  registered  which 
could  show  six  full  time  teachers  in  dentistry.  He  suggested  as  the  reason  for 
this  that  he  did  not  believe  the  man  who  was  giving  only  a  few  hours  a  week 
to  teaching  and  the  balance  to  private  practice,  was  able  to  do  the  best  teaching ; 
that  the  time  not  used  in  teaching  would  be  to  the  greater  advantage  of  the  student 
if  spent  in  the  laboratory  instead  of  in  practice. 

Dr.  Owre  suggested  that  the  basis  of  the  requirement  for  full  time  men  might 
logically  be  the  number  of  students. 

Dr.  Kirk  suggested  that  it  was  a  question  of  manning  the  laboratory  all  the 
time.  He  did  not  see  any  noteworthy  difference  between  having  four  quarter 
time  men  in  the  laboratory  and  one  man  giving  full  time,  as  long  as  some  com- 
petent instructor  were  there  all  the  time. 

Dr.  Downing  made  the  point  that  some  full  time  service!  was  necessary  for 
the  best  development  of  the  institution,  because  of  undivided  interest  in  the 
work.  While  a  man  might  not  be  employed  entirely  in  teaching,  he  should  spend 
several  hours  a  day  in  the  study  of  his  subject.  He  believed  there  were  subjects 
in  both  medicine  and  dentistry  that  demanded  a  man's  full  time. 

Dr.  Kirk  agreed  with  this  in  general,  but  thought  it  would  have  to  be  decided 
with  reference  to  the  character  of  the  subject  itself.  For  instance,  a  practitioner 
specializing  in  crown  and  bridge  work  could  present  his  subject  better  because  of 
his  experience  in  practice. 

Dr.  Downing  admitted  this,  and  said  that  such  a  man  might  well  be  a  part 
time  teacher.  He  believed  there  were  other  subjects  in  the  denial  school  to  which 
the  same  argument  might  apply ;  that  the  board  did  not  intend  to  specify  which 
teachers  should  be  full  time  men,  but  only  that  there  should  be  six  such  men  at 
a  minimum  salary. 

Dr.  Smith  asked  if  a  man  teaching  anatomy  to  medical  classes,  with  two 
assistants,  and  also  teaching  anatomy  to  dental  classes,  would  be  considered  a 
full  time  man  in  both  the  medical  and  the  dental  schools. 

Dr.  Downing  replied  that  he  would  not  be  so  considered. 

Dr.  Smith  said  that  the  Harvard  Dental  School  was  under  the  faculty  of 
medicine,  which  includes  both  schools ;  that  the  Dental  School  was  simply  a 
department  of  the  medical  school. 

Dr.  Downing  replied  that  since  that  statement  was  made,  that  was  all  there 
was  to  it.  He  further  remarked  that  there  comes  a  time  in  the  teaching  of 
anatomy  when  the  dental  student  must  devote  his  time  to  special  anatomy,  that 
of  the  head  and  of  the  nervous  system,  especially.  This,  he  thought,  would  require 
a  full  time  man;  it  could  not  be  otherwise  in  the  dental  school.  In  the  school  of 
medicine  there  might  be  a  specialist  in  dental  anatomy.  He  should  be  reported 
as  the  full  time  man. 

Dr.  Kennerly  cited  the  case  of  a  professor  of  anatomy  with  a  full  time 
assistant  teaching  only  anatomy  to  dental  students,  under  the  direction  of  the 
professor,  and  asked  if  this  would  meet  the  requirement. 

Dr.  Downing  said  he  thought  it  would.  He  stated  that  the  difficulty  lay  not 
with  the  university  schools,  but  with  the  proprietary  schools.  The  board  required 
the  six  full  time  men  of  the  proprietary  schools  in  order  to  compel  them  to  main- 
tain the  schools  on  a  professional  basis.  Dr.  Kirk  remarked  that  the  tendency  in 
university  schools  was  to  make  the  first  two  years  in  certain  branches  inter- 
changeable for  medicine  and  dentistry,  and  that  there  should  some  time  be  legisla- 
tion permitting  this  interchangeability.  In  view  of  this  he  believed  the  resolutions 
proposed  in  Chicago  with  regard  to  the  status  of  undergraduate  medical  students 

63 


in  dental  schools   should   be  modified  before   final   passage  to   apply   only   to  the 
present  three  years'  course. 

Dr.  Downing  suggested  that  the  Association  select  from  the  freshman  and 
sophomore  years  those  subjects  which  are  fundamental  and  enumerate  them,  so 
that  any  student  presenting  a  certificate  from  an  approved  medical  school  that  he 
had  satisfactorily  completed  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  in  the  subjects 
named  might  be  admitted  to  the  junior  year  of  an  approved  dental  school,  the 
faculty  of  such  school  reserving  the  right  to  examine  such  applicants  in  any  of 
the  subjects  at  its  discretion.  A  student  bringing  a  certificate  that  he  has  satis- 
factorily completed  the  medical  course  in  the  subjects  named  might  be  admitted 
to  the  sophomore  year  with  the  same  proviso.  Dr.  Downing  then  read  the  proposed 
new  dental  law  of  the  state  of  New  York  and  called  attention  to  the  definition 
of  the  practice  of  dentistry. 

Dr.  Smith  asked  if  the  regents  had  established  any  minimum  salary  for  the 
six  full  time  men  required  in  registered  schools. 

Dr.  Downing  replied  that  the  minimum  was  four  men  at  $1200  and  two  others 
at  $1000. 

Dr.  Kirk,  referring  again  to  the  resolution  regarding  undergraduates,  said 
that  with  Columbia  starting  out  with  a  curriculum  of  equal  length  for  medical 
and  dental  students,  he  thought  the  time  was  coming  when  the  dental  man  would 
be  graduated  with  the  medical  degree  or  its  equivalent,  perhaps  with  a  modification 
that  would  indicate  the  specialty.  That  is,  he  foresaw  a  change  in  the  old  M.D. 
degree ;  medicine  would  be  compelled  to  stand  on  the  facts  and  license  men  to  do 
only  the  thing  they  were  educated  for. 

Dr.  Smith  stated  that  they  were  working  out  a  plan  in  the  Harvard  Medical 
School  by  which  in  the  fourth  year  certain  subjects  might  be  made  elective  to  the 
dental  degree ;  and  that  by  continuing  the  course  one  and  one-half  years  longer 
the  student  could  secure  both  the  medical  and  the  dental  degree.  That,  he  thought, 
brought  the  question  whether  the  examining  boards  would  recognize  certain  dental 
subjects  as  medical. 

Dr.  Downing  said,  "They  could  not  fail  to  recognize  that.  The  law  requires 
that  the  student  shall  have  completed  four  satisfactory  courses  of  not  less  than 
s«ven  months  each,  in  four  different  calendar  years,  to  obtain  from  the  medical 
school  the  degree  of  M.D.  If  his  school  were  registered  by  us,  and  the  student 
presented  the  M.D.  degree  certifying  that  he  matriculated  a  certain  year  and  was 
in  attendance  four  years,  and  if  he  were  of  good  moral  character,  he  must  be 
admitted  to  the  licensing  examination.  The  only  question  was  four  satisfactory 
courses.  When  a  medical  school  is  registered,  the  board  takes  the  catalog  of  that 
school  and  goes  over  the  four  years  of  the  course,  comparing  it  with  the  minimum 
requirement  of  3600  hours  in  the  regents'  medical  course.  If  that  school  shows 
3600  hours  in  these  subjects,  very  well;  the  board  may  also  require  some  special 
subjects,  such  as  ophthalmology,  for  practising  a  specialty.  We  are  going  to 
amend  the  requirement  to  include  oral  surgery.  We  are  beginning  to  realize  that 
the  men  who  practice  dentistry  will  be  granted  the  D.D.S.  degree;  but  an  oral 
surgeon  will  have  to  go  back  and  specialize  in  his  field." 

Dr.  Kirk  advocated  a  course  in  which  the  fundamental  work  would  be  the 
same,  with  a  further  elective  year  in  which  to  develop  a  specialty,  the  degree  to 
indicate  the  specialty. 

Dr.  Downing  replied  that  a  combined  course  would  be  better,  with  the  first 
two  years  of  the  course  identical.  At  the  end  of  the  second  year  a  student  might 
differentiate  and  take  two  years  of  medicine,  with  the  M.D.  degree,  or  two  years 
in  dentistry  with  the  D.D.S.  degree;  or  in  six  years  he  might  take  both  degrees. 

64 


Dr.  Downing,  speaking  of  the  Chicago  resolution  demanding  4800  hours, 
with  a  minimum  of  4200,  thought  it  too  much  for  the  dental  course. 

Dr.  Owre  explained  that  the  course,  for  example,  in  Minnesota  included  2640 
laboratory  hours  without  home  assignment;  the  medical  course  of  3600  hours  has 
less  purely  technical  work,  and  more  home  study. 

Dr..  Downing  said  his  point  was  that  time  is  a  largely  neglected  element  in 
education.  You  cannot  overcrowd  the  human  mind.  The  student  should  be  given 
time  between  doses,  so  to  speak,  to  reflect  upon  the  thing  he  has  been  learning. 
The  medical  course  is  so  crowded  today,  the  student  is  so  rushed  from  one  thing 
to  another,  that  he  comes  out  of  the  medical  school  without  knowing  medicine, 
but^  with  a  mass  of  information  he  has  not  had  time  to  correlate  and  adjust.  He 
believed  the  dental  school  was  the  same  way.  The  outlined  course  specified  a 
minimum  of  4200  hours.  The  regents  want  to  know  just  what  subjects  are 
covered  in  these  hours,  and  the  number  of  hours  in  each  subject.  Dr.  Downing 
read  a  syllabus  of  the  course  of  study  for  dentistry  as  outlined  by  the  Board  of 
Regents,  with  the  subjects  to  be  covered  and  the  hours  devoted  to  the  subjects. 
He  stated  that  the  new  law  would  provide  for  examination  at  the  end  of  the 
second  year  in  the  fundamental  branches. 

Dr.  Owre  presented  the  following  resolution : 

Resolved,  That  we  encourage  and  endorse  the  action  of  the  various  authorized  state 
bodies_  m  their  efforts  toward  unification  of  state  dental  laws,  especially  in  regard  to  the 
preliminary  requirement  of  graduation  from  a  four  year  accredited  high  school  course  and 
thereafter  from  a  four  years'  course  of  professional  dental  training. 

Dr.  Kennerly  moved,  and  Dr.  Smith  seconded,  the  adoption  of  this  resolution. 
.   Motion  carried. 
Dr.  Owre  also  presented  the  following  resolution  : 

Resolved,  That  we  call  attention  to  the  necessity  for  satisfactory  official  proof  of  all 
preliminary  educational  credentials. 

Dr.  Kennerly  moved,  and  Dr.  Smith  seconded,  the  adoption  of  the  resolution. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Owre  then  offered  the  following  resolution : 

_  Resolved  ftirther.  That  we  send  to  all  interested  bodies,  governors,  and  state  educational 
officials  copies  of  the  above  resolutions,  also  the  following  resolution  regarding  the  four-year 
course  as  formulated  in  the  conference  at  Chicago  in  June,  191S,  and  ratified  by  the  American 
Institute  of  Dental  Teachers  and  this  Association,  in  January,  1916,  to  wit: 

"Resolved,  That  it  is  the  sense  of  this  meeting  that  we  approve  of  the  plan  of  four-year 
course  of  not  less  than  4800  working  hours  the  curriculum  to  consist  of  not  less  than  4200 
hours  devoted  to  such  subjects  as  are  deemed  essential  to  the  technical  and  scientific  education 
of  the  dental  practitioner,  with  the  understanding  that  ancillary  subjects  shall  be  elective  and 
shall  not  consume  more  than  600  hours  of  the  course,  with  the  understanding  that  the  work 
elective  is  to  be  understood  as  a  function  of  the  administration  of  the  school,  and  not  of  the 
student  body." 

Motion  was  made  and  carried  that  the  above  resolution  be  adopted. 

The  resolution  with  regard  to  advanced  standing  to  undergraduate  medical 
students  was  taken  up  for  consideration,  and  Dr.  Downing  offered  the  following 
suggested  resolution : 

Resolved,  That  any  student  presenting  from  an  approved  medical  school  a  certificate  that 
he  has  satisfactorily  completed  the  first  year  in  anatomy,  biology,  chemistry,  and  prosthetic 
dentistry,  may  be  admitted  to  the  second  or  sophomore  year  of  the  four  years'  course  in 
dentistry,  and  any  student  presenting  a  certificate  from  an  approved  medical  school  that  he 
has  satisfactorily  completed  the  above-named  subjects  of  the  first  year  and  the  course  of 
anatomy,  histology,  embryology,  dental  anatomy,  organic  chemistry,  operative  dentistry  physi 
ology  and  physiological  chemistry,  bacteriology,  and  prosthetic  technique  of  the  sophomore 
year  may  be  admitted  to  advanced  standing  as  a  member  of  the  junior  year.  But  such  admis- 
sion to  advanced  standing  in  either  case  shall  be  subject  to  the  applicant's  passing  the  examina- 
tion  m  any  subjects  which  the  faculty  of  the  dental  school  may  require;  and  with  the  further 

65 


proviso  that  the  applicant  in  either  case  must  before  graduation  have  made  up  any  deficiencies, 
in  any  of  the  above  subjects  if  he  shall  be  admitted  to  advanced  standing  and  conditioned  in 
these  subjects. 

Dr.  Smith  moved,  Dr.  Hoff  seconded,  that  this  resolution  be  sent  to  all  the 
members  of  this  Association  for  consideration  and  amendment  at  the  next  meeting 
of  the  Association. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Downing  asked  that  the  universities  furnish  to  the  Board  of  Education- 
of  New  York  an  outline  of  the  four-year  course  to  be  followed  by  each  school 
as   an   aid   to   the   commissioner   of    education    in   adopting   a   uniform   four-year 


course. 


Dr.  Downing,  referring  to  the  proposed  four-year  course  suggested  by  Dr.. 
Owre  in  1914,  said  he  did  not  think  it  was  the  function  of  the  professional  school 
to  take  into  it  a  part  of  the  academic  training.  The  school  should  say  that  the 
student  deficient  in  these  subjects  would  be  required  to  take  a  course  in  the 
department  of  liberal  arts  in  addition  to  the  professional  course.  He  said  the 
four-year  course  in  the  New  York  schools  would  not  contain  anything  of  this 
kind;  that  the  time  would  be  given  strictly  to  the  training  in  the  science  and 
the  art  of  dentistry,  and  if  the  applicants  did  not  have  the  requirements  neces- 
sary they  would  have  to  go  out  and  prepare  themselves. 

Dr.  Kennerly  asked  Dr.  Downing  if,  after  he  received  the  proposed  cur- 
ricula of  the  different  schools,  he  would  submit  to  the  Association  a  synopsis  of 
what  he  would  consider  to  be  the  proper  course  covered  in  the  four  years'  course. 

Dr.  Downing  replied  that  he  would  be  glad  to  do  so  with  the  understandings 
that  it  was  from  one  who  is  administering  the  law,  and  studying  dental  educa- 
tion theoretically. 

Dr.  Downing  pointed  out  that  since  academic  subjects  should  be  taught  in 
the  departments  of  liberal  arts,  every  dental  school  should  be  part  of  a  univer- 
sity. He  suggested  that  the  Association  get  up  a  pamphlet  to  send  to  schools 
preparing  students  for  professions,  telling  them  what  they  should  teach  by  way 
of  preparation  for  dentistry. 

The  meeting  adjourned. 

NINTH  ANNUAL   MEETING 

The  ninth  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  was  called  to  order  January  26,  1917,  by  the  president.  Dr.  F.  T. 
Breene,  in  Hotel  Adelphia,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 

Membership  universities  were  represented  as  follows :  California,  Dean  G.  S, 
Millberry;  Harvard,  Dean  Eugene  H.  Smith;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T.  Breene;  Michi- 
gan, Dean  M.  L.  Ward;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Pennsylvania.  Dean 
E.  C.  Kirk;  Washington  University,  Dean  J.  A.  Kennerly. 

Amotion  was  made  and  carried  to  dispense  with  the  reading  of  the  minutes, 
for  the  reason  that  they  had  been  published  in  full  in  the  printed  transactions 
of  the  Association  and  distributed  to  the  members. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  reading  of  the  address  by  the  president. 
Dr.  Breene  called  to  the  chair  Dr.  J.  H.  Kennerly,  vice-president,  while  he  read 
his  annual  address,  as  follows  : 

In  pursuance  of  my  duties  as  presiding  officer  of  this  honorable  body,  I  wish  to  call  your 
attention  to  some  of  the  recommendations  of  former  presiding  officers,  as  well  as  to  a  few 
suggestions  which  may  not  be  new,  but  which  I  believe  are  pertinent  to  the  interests  of  dental 
education. 

66 


The  adjustment  of  the  proposed  four-year  curriculum  has  brought  us  to  the  point  of 
realization  where  we  wonder  how  it  was  possible  to  crowd  the  present  three-year  course  of  study 
Into  the  time  allotted.  It  would  seem  that  the  time  occupied  in  pursuing  academic  subjects 
now  a  content  of  the  four-year  curriculum  is  needed  for  dental  instruction.  To  facilitate 
the  furtherance  of  dental  teaching,  we  would  suggest  that  as  soon  as  practicable  a  predental 
•course,  of  from  one  to  two  years  in  an  approved  college  of  arts  and  sciences,  be  made  a 
requisite   for   admission   to   university  dental   schools. 

The  Educational  Council  of  America  has  presented  a  schedule  of  subject  hours  f  r  class 
A  dental  colleges.  The  work  accomplished  by  the  Educational  Council  has  been  for  the  better- 
Tnent  of  dental  educational  conditions.  If  fixed  headquarters  and  funds  for  the  employment 
of  a  permanent  secretary  were  provided,  this  council  could  produce  better  results;  they  have 
been  hampered  by  the  lack  of  funds  and  sufficient  time  to  devote  to  careful  investigation  of 
colleges.  It  must  be  recognized  that  it  is  the  method  of  instruction  and  the  pedagogic  applica- 
tion of  methods  that  produce  subject  results  and  not  scheduled  hours.  In  other  words,  an 
-analysis  of  the  interior  workings  of  a  college,  a  survey  of  each  course,  methods  of  instruction, 
and   results  obtained,   should  be  the  basis   for  college  classification. 

The  result  of  annual  and  cumulative  tabulation  of  state  examining  board  reports  is 
not  a  definite  means  of  judging  the  educational  efficiency  of  dental  colleges.  The  element  of 
chance  should  be  eliminated  in  college  standardization.  To  use  the  hazards  with  which  a 
graduate  comes  into  contact — from  graduation  to  tabulation — as  da'^a  for  the  standardization 
of  professional   colleges  is  unsafe  and  absurd. 

Not  until  dental  colleges  are  standardized  and  classified  by  some  authorized  agency  that 
-will  eliminate  from  its  conclusions  all  of  the  elements  of  bias  and  prejudice — not  until  then 
-will   a   satisfactory  solution   of  this   vital   problem   be   reached. 

The  suggestion  of  Dean  Sharp  in  his  address  as  president  of  this  Association  in  1912 
■would  seem  a  most  satisfactory  solution  of  the  problem  of  standardization  of  dental  colleges: 
"Equitable  standardization  of  dental  colleges  can  be  best  obtained  by  co-operation  with  the 
Bureau  of  Education  at  Washington,  and  by  furthering  an  investigation  by  the  Carnegie 
Poundation." 

Your  attention  is  called  to  the  great  future  of  dentistry  in  public  health  service  as  a 
means  of  conserving  the  health  of  the  masses  by  public  instruction  in  preventive  dentistry. 
The  appalling  percentage  of  defective  teeth  and  deformities  reported  as  the  result  of  the  ex- 
amination of  the  mouths  of  children  in  public  schools,  employees  of  industrial  plants, 
institutional  inmates,  and  army  recruiting  stations,  indicates  that  the  education  of  both  dentist 
and  layman  has  been  neglected  from  the  viewpoint  of  preventive  dentistry.  The  faculty 
of  the  College  of  Dentistry  of  the  State  University  of  Iowa  has  petitioned  the  Iowa  State  Board 
of  Education  to  establish  a  chair  of  preventive  dentistry.  It  is  believed  that  the  request  will 
1)6  granted.  The  scope  of  the  work  as  planned  for  this  department  is  in  part  as  follows: 
instruction  in  oral  hygiene  and  prophylaxis  to  dental  students  and  hygienists;  co-operation 
with  the  university  extension  department  in  organizing  municipal,  industrial,  and  institutional 
dental  dispensaries,  and  to  outlining  and  establishing  methods  of  teaching  oral  hygiene  in  the 
public  schools  of  the  state. 

Several  states  have  legalized  the  dental  hygienist,  and  similar  action  is  contemplated  in 
many  other  states.  We  believe  that  the  dental  hygienist  has  come  to  stay.  It  would  seem 
within  the  province  of  this  Association  to  decide  as  to  the  advisability  of  instituting  a  course 
ill  university  dental  colleges  for  the  educaton  of  dental  hygienists. 

If,  in  your  opinion,  a  course  of  this  character  is  desirable,  a  definite  program  should  be 
outlined  as  to  the  requisite  preliminary  education  of  applicants,  character  and  extent  of  the 
curriculum,  length  of  session  to  be  required,  and  form  of  certificate  to  be  conferred  when  the 
course  is   satisfactorily   completed. 

Although  Miller  presented  in  1890  records  of  the  relation  of  oral  diseases  to  systemic 
conditions,  the  truth  of  his  statements  has  but  recently  been  recognized.  The  undergraduate 
of  today  is  taught  modern,  theories  and  methods  of  practice.  But  what  of  the  graduate  of 
the  past?     This  presents  an  educational  problem  that  should  be  considered. 

The  following  plans  for  graduate  work  have  been  suggested:  (i)  that  undergraduate 
colleges  divide  their  energies  and  give  postgraduate  instruction;  (2)  that  a  graduate  college 
should  be  a  separate  department  with  a  separate  faculty,  but  be  affiliated  with  an  undergraduate 
college;  (3)  that  the  graduate  college  should  be  a  separate  institution  without  undergraduate 
affiliations. 

If  the  undergraduate  colleges  are  to  present  postgraduate  courses  of  instruction,  it  would 
seem  advisable  that  definite  standards  should  be  arranged  whereby  a  graduate  course  would 
be  considered  from  the  educational  conception  of  the  term,  as  a  dignified  attainment  in 
higher   education.  ^ 


67 


On  motion,  the  address  was  received  and  opened  to  discussion  by  the 
Association. 

DISCUSSION 

Dr.  Kirk  said  that  the  question  of  postgraduate  instruction  was  a  very  im- 
portant one  to  the  Association,  not  only  as  a  means  for  providing  further 
instruction  or  education  for  the  man  willing  and  capable  of  taking  advanced 
instruction,  but  that  the  colleges  of  the  Association  should  develop  a  systematic 
scheme  for  instruction — an  advanced  department  of  •  instruction  to  which  the 
graduate  or  the  man  who  is  qualified  to  practice  dentistry  would  normally 
advance.  The  whole  trend  of  dentistry  was  bringing  it  into  closer  relationship 
with  the  system  already  standardized  in  Europe  in  medicine  and  dentistry,  where 
the  student  qualifies  for  medicine  after  completing  his  course  of  instruction,  and 
having  passed  an  examination,  is  licensed  to  practice  medicine  or  surgery;  then, 
if  he  continues  his  studies  for  a  given  period  in  addition  to  his  work  in  a  hos- 
pital, he  receives  his  degree  of  doctor  of  medicine,  after  giving  evidence  of  his 
higher  training.  In  Germany  we  find  two  grades  of  practitioners,  the  Zahntech- 
niker,  the  man  who  is  not  permitted  to  operate  in  the  mouth,  and  we  have 
the  Zahnarzte,  who  are  the  qualified  licensed  practitioners.  He  thought  that 
in  the  process  of  evolution  we  were  being  forced  into  the  necessity  of  consider- 
ing some  such  division  in  dentistry  as  exists  in  Germany  today.  We  have  no 
provision  for  the  man  who  is  characterized  as  the  mechanical  dentist,  who  is 
practicing  dentistry  as  an  art  and  not  as  a  science,  as  distinguished  from  the 
man  who  is  practicing  from  the  scientific,  biologic  aspect,  and  it  seemed  that 
we  must  make  some  provision  for  instruction  leading  to  a  higher  degree  for 
men  who  wish  to  go  higher.  In  order  to  obtain  the  higher  qualification  it  should 
be  required  that  the  student  shall  earn  a  certain  definite  number  of  credits,  but 
not  necessarily  in  a  certain  specified  time. 

With  regard  to  the  dental  hygienist,  that  was  something  that  must  come ; 
there  are  and  will  be  objections;  of  course,  but  the  dental  hygienist  is  inevitable, 
and  we  must  establish  proper  standards  and  provide  for  the  systematic  instruction 
of  dental  hygienists. 

Finally  he  asked  the  Association  to  consider  the  question  of  the  Prepared- 
ness League  of  American  Dentists.  He  had  been  in  communication  with  the 
men  who  have  had  in  hand  the  preparation  and  instruction  of  a  course  for  the 
training  of  men  in  dental  and  oral  war  surgery ;  and  he  thought  that  we  should 
endeavor  to  provide  means  of  education  for  graduates  in  dentistry  so  as  to 
qualify  them  to  do  efficient  work  in  that  field.  He  believed  that  this  should  be 
done  under  the  supervision  and  \yith  the  aid  of  the  national  government,  and 
was  of  the  opinion  that  such  co-operation  could  be  obtained. 

Dr.  Smith  did  not  believe  that  the  superstructure  which  Dr.  Kirk  outlined 
could  properly  be  built  upon  a  strictly  dental  foundation.  He  did  not  believe  it 
was  possible  to  develop  the  men  Dr.  Kirk  expected  from  the  general  product  of 
men  entering  the  dental  schools.  He  did  not  think  we  would  ever  win  the 
respect  and  admiration  of  the  medical  and  surgical  men  until  we  placed  with 
them  men  who  have  a  foundation  equal  to  their  own.  Some  years  ago  he  had 
suggested  to  this  body  that  we  co-operate  with  the  medical  schools  in  a  scheme 
that  would  educate  the  specialist  in  dentistry  as  other  specialists  in  medicine  are 
educated,  and  equally  well.  His  plan  was  for  the  dental  student  to  take  two 
years'  college  training,  three  years  in  medicine,  and  in  the  fourth  year  elect 
dental  studies,  being  graduated  with  the  medical  degree,  but  with  dentistry  as 
his  specialty.  With  that  sort  of  foundation  he  thought  we  could  build  any  kind 
of  superstructure  desired. 

68 


Dr.  Millberry  thought  there  were  two  points  in  the  president's  address  that 
might  be  ignored  in  considering  the  problems  of  the  Association,  namely,  the 
Educational  Council  and  the  state  board  tabulation  reports,  as  they  had  not 
proved  themselves  to  be  of  any  value.  With  regard  to  the  predental  course, 
he  said  three  plans  had  been  suggested  to  the  board  of  regents  of  the  University 
of  California,  viz. — first,  a  course  equivalent  to  that  set  up  for  matriculation  in 
medicine;  second,  two  years'  predental  work  as  indorsed  by  the  medical  school, 
plus  three  years  of  dental  training;  and  third,  the  adoption  of  a  four -year  course 
to  be  submitted  to  the  various  members  of  this  Association.  Dr.  Millberry  was 
glad  to  note  that  the  University  of  Iowa  had  recommended  a  professorship  in 
preventive  dentistry,  and  thought  that  might  create  a  popular  demand  for  the 
dental  hygienist.  The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  California  have 
approved  of  a  course  of  one  year  of  instruction  in  this  work,  based  on  high 
school  graduation,  to  enable  those  taking  the  course  to  render  hygienic  service 
to  the  dentist.  He  was  impressed  with  Dr.  Kirk's  scheme  for  postgraduate  in- 
struction in  the  various  departments  of  the  schools,  and  wondered  if  this 
Association  would  be  disposed  to  go  on  record  as  willing  to  grant  a  special 
degree  after  the  completion  of  sxich  a  course  of  postgraduate  instruction.  He 
was  sure  that  California  would  be  willing  to  do  so. 

Dr.  Owre  thought  that  one  of  the  most  important  points  in  the  address  was 
the  reference  to  steps  that  must  be  taken  to  prepare  for  college  work — that  is, 
predental  work.  He  had  in  mind  to  recommend  to  this  Association  some  defi- 
nite action  that  would  bind  the  Association  to  the  establishment  of  one  year  of 
academic  preparation  not  later  than  1921.  Dr.  Owre  agreed  with  the  idea  of 
postgradua*-e  instruction,  but  thought  it  best  to  establish  first  one  year  of  academic 
work  as  a  preliminary  requirement. 

With  regard  to  the  dental  hygienist,  he  thought  all  agreed  that  some  pro- 
vision would  have  to  be  made  for  such  a  course  of  instruction.  In  the  medical 
world,  the  professional  nurse  was  required  to  take  a  three-year  course  and  a 
high  school  course  was  required  as  preparation.  The  dental  nurse,  he  thought, 
should  have  a  course  of  training  and  a  preliminary  educational  qualification 
somewhat  similar  to  that  of  the  medical  nurse. 

As  to  the  item  of  membership,  as  mentioned  by  the  president,  he  considered 
it  desirable  to  increase  the  membership  of  the  Association  in  an  endeavor  to  make 
a  more  inclusive  organization  that  would  carry  more  weight  and  authority 
when  suggestions  and  recommendations  were  made  to  the  various  institutions 
of  the  country.  He  said  the  present  organization  did  not  fill  this  need,  and 
thought  that  possibly  some  such  result  could  be  obtained  by  the  affiliation  of 
an  association  such  as  this  with  the  National  Dental  Association,  which  seemed 
to  be  the  most  representative  body. 

Dr.-  Ward  said,  with  regard  to  Dr.  Owre's  last  suggestion,  that  he  hoped  the 
time  would  never  come  when  the  National  Dental  Association  would  have  to  do 
with  establishing  the  standards  for  dental  schools.  He  said  that  his  school  had 
objected  to  inspection  by  the  Educational  Council,  and  would  continue  to  do 
so  until  the  movement  was  on  a  different  footing.  They  did  not'  object  in  the 
least  to  an  impartial  inspection,  but  he  did  not  think  it  was  done  in  the  proper 
way  at  present.  The  one  point  that  impressed  him  in  the  president's  address 
was  the  necessity  for  better  preparation  along  medical  lines.  With  regard  to 
the  postgraduate  degree,  he  said  that  his  institution  at  present  granted  a  degree 
for  postgraduate  work  of  a  certain  type  continued  for  a  number  of  years;  this 
was  confined  to  research  work,  chiefly.  It  was  a  question  whether  this  practice 
should   be    continued    or    not.     With    regard    to    arrangements    for    meeting    the 

69 


demands  of  the  man  who  wanted  to  pursue  further  work,  they  had  for  some 
time  extended  the  courtesies  of  the  clinic  and  other  facilities  to  Michigan  men 
ivho  wished  to  do  further  work,  but  the  Board  of  Regents  had  not  al'owed  the 
dental  department  to  inaugurate  a  regular  postgraduate  course  of  instruction. 

Dr.  Smith  said  that  with  regard  to  dental  hygienists,  in  Massachusetts  the 
legislature  had  provided  for  these  hygienists,  and  that  the  Forsyth  Institution 
in  Boston  was  conducting  a  course  of  instruction  for  the  dental  hygienist.  He 
thought  all  that  was  necessary  was  to  have  properly  trained  women  for  this 
Avork.  He  said  that  Dr.  Owre  had  spoken  of  one-year  academic  training,  and 
referred  to  the  handy  man  in  medicine ;  he  thought  that  we  were  producing 
the  same  handy  man  in  dentistry  with  a  little  more  collegiate  training,  and  that 
we  should  therefore  start  and  give  the  men  more  medicine. 

Dr.  Kirk  said  that,  properly  to  understand  the  subjects  given  in  the  cur- 
riculum, the  student  should  have  a  thoroughly  good  academic  training  before  he 
starts  at  all,  and  that  was  why  he  favored  the  advance  of  the  predental  standards. 

Dr.  Millberry  did  not  think  it  wise  for  the  Association  to  obligate  itself  to 
do  things  that  the  universities  represented  would  not  accept.  It  seemed  best 
that  these  objects  should  be  set  as  the  ideal  toward  which  the  different  institu- 
tions might  work. 

Dr.  Owre  said  that  his  thought  was  to  present  this  in  the  way  of  a  suggestion 
to  the  governing  bodies  of  the  institutions  represented  in  the  Association,  with 
the  object  of  having  it  adopted  as  binding  in  1921. 

Dr.  Kirk  said  that  Dr.  Smith's  idea  was  to  matriculate  the  dental  student  as 
a  medical  man  and  give  him  two  or  three  years  in  medicine,  and  then  let  him 
taper  off  with  dentistry  as  an  elective,  but  that  he  (Dr.  Kirk)  was  opposed  to 
beginning  the  making  of  a  dentist  by  first  making  a  medical  man.  With  refer- 
ence to  the  development  of  medical  training  on  top  of  dental  education,  he  was 
in  accord  with  that  for  the  group  of  men  who  were  going  to  do  that  kind  of 
work.  If  the  schools  were  teaching  the  fundamental  medical  sciences  as  they 
should,  the  men  were  as  well  taught  as  in  the  medical  school,  and  if  we  were  not 
doing  that  we  were  not  doing  our  duty. 

Dr.  Breene  said  that  what  he  had  in  mind  with  reference  to  the  suggestions 
made  was  a  resolution  empowering  the  educational  committee  to  formulate  a 
curriculum  for  postgraduate  work,  and  to  outline  some  definite  plan  for  the 
instruction  of  dental  hygienists,  and  also  a  plan  for  the  one-year  academic  work 
as  a  prerequisite   for  the  dental   course. 

Dr.  Owre  moved  that  the  members  of  the  Association  recommend  to  their 
governing  bodies  the  requirement  of  one  year  of  prescribed  academic  work  as  a 
preliminary  to  the  dental  course,  to  take  efifect  in  1920;  also  that  they  be  asked 
to  establish  a  course  of  postgraduate  instruction,  and  a  course  of  instruction  for 
dental  hygienists. 

Motion  carried. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  report  of  the  secretary-treasurer. 

The  secretary  reported  several  matters  of  routine  business ;  presented  a 
request  from  a  university  school  for  membership ;  and  submitted  a  financial 
report. 

The  latter  was  referred  to  the  executive  committee  and  the  report  was 
accepted. 

The  question  of  increase  of  the  membership  of  the  Association  was  then 
discussed  by  Drs.  Kennerly,  Smith,  Owre,  and  Kirk,  after  which  Dr.  Owre 
made  the  following  motion : 

Dr.  Owre:  I  move  that  the  seci'etary  be  instructed  to  write  to  these  schools — University 
of   Ohio,    Dental   Department;    University    of   Illinois,    Dental    Department;    and    Northwestern 

70 


University,   Dental    School — calling   their   attention   to    the   desirability   of   becoming   members   oV 
the  Dental  faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities. 

Motion  carried. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  report  of  the  educational  committee, 
Dr.  Owre,  chairman,  as  follows : 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  past  year  has  been  largely  one  of  crystaKization,  there  is  little 
for  this  committee  to  report  save  that  the  published  programs  of  the  various  dental  schools 
conform  in  the  main  to  the  Chicago  resolution  of   191 S. 

The  progress  of  dentistry  makes  imperative  a  second  forward  step  in  dental  education. 
The  public,  the  medical  profession,  and  the  dental  profession  itself  are  demanding  that  the 
dentist  be  better  and  better  quaified  for  his  important  task.  We  should  at  once  refer  to 
our  faculties  and  governing  bodies  the  question  of  inaugurating  a  predental  year,  to  go  into 
effect  not  later  than  1921.  With  this  end  in  view,  I  would  ask  that  each  college  submit  to  the 
chairman  of  this  committee  suggestions  for  the  curriculum  to  be  adopted  for  the  preparatory 
year,  as  well  as   for  the   four  years   following. 

Alfred    Owre,    Chairman, 
E.  H.   Smith, 

E.  C.   Kirk, 

F.  T.   Breene, 

CoiiDnittee. 

The  report  was  accepted. 

Dr.  Kirk,  as  chairman  of  a  special  committee  to  report  on  the  status  of  the 
two  Japanese  schools,  reported  that  he  had  received  their  prospectuses,  outlin- 
ing the  courses,  and  had  made  inquiry  in  various  directions  with  regard  to  the 
two  schools,  and  as  the  result  thereof  recommended  that  graduates  of  the  two 
Japanese  schools  be  accepted  in  schools  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  on 
the  same  basis  as  those  from  any  other  school  outside  of  the  Association. 

The  report  was  accepted. 

Motion   carried. 

Election  of  officers  resulted  as  follows : 

President — Dr.   F.   T.  Breene,  Iowa   City,   Iowa. 

Vice-president — Dr.  J.  H.  Kennedy,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Secretary-treasurer— T>r.  Edward  C.   Kirk,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Executive  Committee — Dr.  M.  L.  Ward,  chairman.  Dr.  G.  S.  Millberry,  and  Dr.  F.  T. 
Breene,  ex  officio 

Educational  Committee — Dr.  Alfred  Owre,  chairman.  Dr.  E.  H.  Smith,  Dr.  E.  C.  Kirk, 
and  Dr.  F.  T.  Breene,  ex  officio 

The  meeting  adjourned  subject  to  the  call  of  the  executive  committee. 

TENTH  ANNUAL  MEETING 

The  tenth  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  was  called  to  order  Wednesday  morning,  January  30,  1918,  at  ten 
o'clock,  by  the  president,  Dr.  Breene,  at  the  Hotel  Schenley,  Pittsburgh, 
Pennsylvania. 

Membership  colleges  were  represented  as  follows :  California,  Dr.  E.  H. 
Mauk ;  Harvard,  Dean  Eugene  H.  Smith ;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T.  Breene ;  Illinois, 
(application  for  membership  to  be  presented),  Dean  F.  B.  Moorehead ;  Michigan, 
Dean  M.  L.  Ward;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Ohio  (application  for 
membership  to  be  presented),  Dean  H.  M.  Seamans ;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  Charles 
R.  Turner ;  Washington  University,  Dean  J.  H.  Kennerly. 

Visitors:  Dean  Rice,  Professor  Bates,  Tufts  College;  Major  Arnold  and 
Major  Waite,  Medical  Corps,  United  States  Army;  Dr.  Proctor,  Harvard; 
Dr.  Gillette,  Columbia ;  Dr.  Volland,  Iowa ;  Dr.  Lyons,  Dr.  Hoff,  Michigan. 

Motion  was  made  and  carried  to  dispense  with  the  reading  of  the  minutes 
of  the  last  session,  as  they  had  been  published  in  the  printed  transactions  of 
the  Association  and  distributed  to  the  members. 

71 


The  next  order  of  business  was  the  reading  of  the  president's  annual 
address.  Dr.  Breene  had  no  formal  address  to  present,  but  called  attention  to  a 
few  corrections  in  the  printed  record. 

In  the  absence  of  Dr.  Kirk,  the  secretary-treasurer,  Dr.  Hoff,  was  elected 
secretarj-  pro  tern.    The  report  of  the  secretary-treasurer  for  1918  followed. 

The  secretary  reported  that,  acting  under  the  instructions  embodied  in  the 
resolution  passed  at  the  previous  meeting,  he  had  written  to  the  deans  of  the 
dental  schools  at  Ohio,  Illinois,  and  Northwestern  University,  calling  their  at- 
tention to  the  desirability  of  becoming  members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Asso- 
ciation of  American  Universities.  Following  this,  application  for  membership 
was  made  by  the  dental  school  of  the  University  of  Ohio  through  the  secretary's 
office  and  referred  to  the  executive  committee  through  the  chairman,  Dr.  Ward. 

The  secretarjr  also  requested  action  on  the  application  for  membership  of 
the  dental  school  of  the  University  of  Buffalo ;  suggested  the  desirability  of 
attempting  to  secure,  within  reasonable  limits,  uniformity  in  the  curricula  of 
the  schools  giving  the  four-year  course ;  called  attention  to  the  timeliness  of  a 
discussion  of  a  proposed  curriculum  for  dental  hygienists ;  commented  on  the 
importance  of  dental  service  in  the  Dental  Surgeons'  Corps  of  the  United  States 
Armjr  and  suggested  that  members  of  the  Association  support  a  bill  then  pend- 
ing in  Congress,  the  purpose  of  which  was  to  accord  to  the  Dental  Surgeons' 
Corps  in  the  navy  analogous  recognition  to  that  already  granted  the  army  dental 
surgeons. 

The  treasurer's  report  was  submitted.  Dr.  Kirk  requested  an  auditing  of 
the  accounts,  inasmuch  as,  owing  to  his  resignation  from  the  deanship  of  the 
dental  school  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  to  enter  a  different  phase  of 
dental  work,  he  must  tender  his  resignation  as  secretary-treasurer. 

Motion  was  carried  that  the  report  be  accepted  and  certain  features  be  taken 
up  at  a  later  session. 

The  president  presented  applications  for  membership  from  the  dental  col- 
leges of  Illinois  and  Ohio,  stating  that  these  applications  had  been  approved 
by  the  executive  committee.  Both  schools  were  voted  into  membership.  Dr. 
Moorehead  and  Dr.  Seamans  were  presented  to  the  Association  as  representing 
the  two  schools.  It  was  then  voted  that  visitors  be  given  the  privilege  of  the 
floor. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  report  of  the  educational  committee  by 
Dr.  Owre  as  follows : 

Mr.  Chairma)i :  The  educational  committee  of  the  Association  begs  to  submit  the  follow- 
ing report: 

Recognizing  the  increasingly  close  relationship  between  dentistry  and  medicine — -a  kinship 
now  acknowledged  by  all  progressive  members  of  the  professions — your  committee  has  en- 
deavored to  draft  a  course  in  dentistry  which  is  another  step  toward  the  inevitable  fusion  of 
the  dental  and  the  medical  courses.  This  return  to  the  ancient  status  of  dentistry  as  essen- 
tially a  specialtj'  in   medicine  is  bound   to   occur  before  many  years. 

This  outline  includes  a  course  in  physics,  which  should  be  non-mathematical  and  ele- 
mentary in  its  character.  It  should  include  the  mechanics  of  solids,  treated  from  an  historical 
and  experimental  standpoint;  also  the  mechanics  of  liquids,  gases,  and  wave  motion,  treated 
from  an  experimental  standpoint.  This  would  take  two  recitation  hours  and  two  laboratory 
hours  a  week  for  one  year.  In  this,  as  in  other  requirements,  recognition  has  been  given  the 
fact  that  the  dentist's  turn  of  mind  is  usually  concrete  rather  than  abstract;  that  he  some- 
times profits  more  through  studying  the  working  out  of  principles  than  by  moiling  over  the 
abstract  phases  of  a  subject.  Mathematics  is  a  case  in  point.  I  believe  it  should  always  be 
offered  as  an  elective  rather  than  as  a  requirement. 

The  other  electives  afford  an  opportunity  for  the  student  not  only  to  find  himself  more 
perfectly,  but  also  actually  to  specialize  in  mechanical  work.  For  instance,  a  general  course 
in  shop  practice,  foundry,  forge,  and  machine  work  is  certainly  of  great  value  to  the  future 
dentist. 

72 


A  course  in  economics  is  of  decided  value  to  a  man  who  is  to  function  in  such  close  con- 
tact with  the  community.  It  should  deal  with  the  principles  that  underlie  the  present  industrial 
order  and  the  chief  economic  problems  of  today. 

There  is  an  approximate  increase  of  900  hours  in  the  whole  curriculum,  rather  evenly 
distributed  throughout: 

Subject  ■  Hours 

Organic    Chemistry     96 

Anatomy,    Gross    32 

Anatomy,    Histology,    and    Embryology 64 

Bacteriology     32 

Clinical   Practice    96 

Pathology    96 

Physiology   and    Physiological    Chemistry 64 

Pharmacology    and    Therapeutics 16 

Oral    Hygiene    32 

Oral    Surgery    32 

Physics     128 

Elective:    Mathematics,   Economics,  History,   Language,   or   Shop  Practice 192 

880 

The  advantages  to  a  dental  student  of  the  remaining  courses  here  proposed  I  had  the 
pleasure  of  presenting  last  year  in  a  paper  read  before  the  American  Institute  of  Dental 
Teachers  on  "The  Teaching  of  the  Ancillary  and  So-Called  Medical  Subjects  in  the  Four- Year 
Dental  Course."  As  all  of  us  were  present  at  that  reading,  I  shall  not  weary  }  ou  with  a 
repetition.  I  may  state,  however,  that  three  years'  observation  of  the  four-year  course  in 
operation  at  Minnesota  has  served  to  strengthen,  if  possible,  my  conviction  that  it  is  our 
paramount  duty  as  educators  to  give  the  dental  student  the  broader  education  which  will  fit 
him  to  hold  the  important  post  the  future  offers  him. 

Recognizing  this  fully,  your  committee,  in  order  to  provide  for  those  who  now  elect  to  fit 
themselves  for  this  broader  and  higher  service,  has  also  outlined  a  recommended  five-year 
course  of  study  to  be  found  in  Program  No.  2.  The  advantage  of  this  lies  in  the  grouping 
of  the  subjects,  bringing  more  of  the  non-technical  courses  into  the  first  two  years  and  making 
it  possible  for  them  to  procure  this  education  in  other  units  besides  the  dental  school.  There 
is  an  increase  of  about  700  hours  over  the  present  four-year  course  in  this  scheme,   as  follows: 

Subject  Hours 

Anatomy    , 48 

Organic   Chemistry 96 

English    96 

Economics 96 

Elective     96  to  160 

Physics     128 

Oral    Hygiene    32 

Oral    Surgery     32 


Respectfully  submitted, 

E.   H.  Smith 

E.  C.  Kirk 

F.  T.  Breene,  ex  officio 
Alfred   Owre,   Chairman 

Educational  Committee 


73 


PROPOSED  FIVE-YEAR  COURSE,  NUMBER  i 

Predental  Year  First  Semester  Second  Semester 

Credits  Hours             Credits          Hours 

Animal    Biologrj'     3  96  3                     gb 

Chemistry    S  160  5                    160 

Drawing     2  96  2                    96 

Elective:  One  of  the  following  subjects: 

Mathematics,    Economics,    History,    Language, 

or   Shop   Practice 2  to  5  48  to  96           2  to  5  48  to  9  '> 

English,  Rhetoric  and  Public  Speaking 3  48  3                     48 

15  to  iS       448  to  496        i5toiS       448  to  496 
Freshman  Year 

Anatomy,    Gross    2  64  2                     64 

Anatomy,    Denial     3  112  3                   112 

Chemistry,    Organic    3  96  3                     96 

Prosthetic    Lectures    and    Recitations i  16  i                     16 

Prosthetic   Technique    3  144  3                   '44 

Physics     3  64  3                     64 

15  496  15                   496 
Sophomore  Year 

Anatomy,    Gross    6  192 

Anatomy,    Histology,    and    Embryologj- 3  96  3                     96   . 

Bacteriology,    General   and    Special 5  I44 

Dental    Metallurgy,    Lectures    and    Recitations i  16 

Operative   Dentistry,    Lectures  and   Recitations i  16 

Operative    Dentistry,    Technique    3  I44 

Orthodontia    Technique    ; 2  96 

Physiological    Chemistry    3  96 

Ph;  siology 5  160 

Prosthetic     Technique     2  96 

17  59-  17                   S92 

r  Crown    and   Bridge   Work 3  I44 

„,..,-,        .          Operative    Dentisti-^-     2  96.  3                   ^44 

Clinical  Practice-^    ^     ,   ^^     .                 '  ,  „, 

j    Oral   Hygiene    2  96  2                    9" 

L  Prosthetic   Dentistry    2  96  2                    96 

Crown   and  Bridge,   Lectures   and   Recitations i  16  1                     16 

Crown  and   Bridge  Technique    3  144 

Operative    Dentistry,    Lectures   and    Recitations....       2  32 

Oral  Hj'giene,   Lectures  and  Recitations i  16  i                     16 

Pathology,   General    4  96 

Pathology,    Special    5  112 

Pharmacology,    General    2  32 

Prosthetic   Dentistr/,    Lectures    and    Recitations.  ...        2  32 

19  624  19                  656 

Senior  Year 

Crown   and    Bridge   Work 3  144  3                   144 

Operative    Dentistry    4  192  4                   197 

Clinical  Practice«^    Oral    Surgery    2  96  2                     96 

Orthodontia     2  96  i                     48 

'^  Prosthetic  Dentistry    i  48  2                     96 

Crown  and   Bridge,    Lectures   and   Recitations i  16 

Operative   Dentistry,    Lectures   and  Recitations i  16 

Oral    Surgery,    Lectures    and    Recitations 2  32  2                     32 

Orthodontia,   Lectures   and  Recitations i  16  i                    16 

Pathology,    Special    1  16  i                    16 

Pharmacology   and   Therapeutics 2  32 

Theory   and    Practice   of   Dentistry   and    Conference 

Course  in   Applied   Economics,    Jurisprudence, 

Ps;  chology.    Ethics,    and   Art 2  32 

^  688  19                  688 

Note. — One  credit  hour"  may  be  either  one  recitation  hour  through  one  semester,  two 
laboratory  hours  with  outside  work,  or  three  laboratory  hours  without  outside  work.  Issued 
January.    1918. 

74 


RECOMMENDED  FIVE-YEAR  COURSE,   NUMBER 

First  Year  First  Semester 

Credits  Hours 

Chemistry,   Advanced   General    and    Qualitative 3  96 

Rhetoric     3  48 

Technical    Drawing     ".  .  .  .  2  95 

Zoology      3  96 

Language,    History,    or    Mathematics 3  to  5            48  to  80 

14  to  16        384  to  416 
Second  Year 

Anatomy,    Gross    6  208 

Economics,    Elementary    Principles     3  48 

English,    General    Surve.' 3              ^      48 

Organic    Chemistry     3  96 

Ph;  sics    (without    mathematics    as    prerequisite)....  3  64 

iS  464 
Third  Year 

Anatomy,    Histology,    and    Embr;  ology 4  128 

Anatomy,    Cral     6  192 

Operative     Denti  ,try,     Lectures 

Operative    Dentis  ry.    Technique 

Ph:  siological    Chemistry     

Ph_  siology     

Prosthetic    Lectures     i  16 

Prosthetic    Technique     6  288 

17  624 
Fourth  Year 

Bacteriology,    General    and    Special 4  96 

Clinical     Practice     4  19^ 

Crown  and   Bridge,   Lectures  and   Technique 4  160 

Dental    Metallurgy    i  16 

Operative   Dentistry,    Lectures   and   Recitations i  16 

Oral     Hygiene     i  16 

Orthodontia    Technique    2  ,96 

Pathology,    General    and    Special 

Pharmacology     

Prosthetic   Dentistry,    Lectures    and    Recitations....  2  32 

19  624 
Fifth  Year 

Clinical   Practice 12  57^ 

Crown  and   Bridge  Work,    Lectures  and   Recitations  i  i6 

Operative    Dentistr  •,    Lectures    and    Recitations.... 

Oral     Surgery,     Clinical     Pathology,     and     Radiog- 
raphy,   Lectures    and    Recitations 2  32 

Orthodontia,    Lectures    and    Recitations r  16 

Pathology    and    Therapeutics 3  48 

Theory  and  Practice  of  Dentistry  and  Conference 
Course  in  Applied  Economics,  Jurisprudence, 
Psychology,  Ethics,  Art,  and  Public  Hygiene.  . 


Second  Semester 


Credits 


Hours 


3 
3  to  5 


96 

48 

96 

96 

48  to  80 


14  to  16        384  to  4i'> 


128 
48 


96 

64 


384 


I 

16 

3 

144 

3 

96 

4 

96 

I 

16 

5 

240 

608 


480 


I 
I 

16 
16 

4 

96 

3 

48 

656 

S7f> 
16 
16 

32 

16 


19 


Note. — One  credit  hour  may  be  either  one  recitation  hour  through  one  semester,  two 
laboratory  hours  with  outside  work,  or  three  laboratory  hours  without  outside  work. 

A  discussion  of  this  report  followed.  Professor  Bates,  of  Tufts  College, 
said  he  had  long  been  impressed  with  the  need  of  higher  education  in  dentistry 
and  had  been  urging  it  for  twenty-five  years.  He  had  seen  dental  education  con- 
stantly growing;  this  concrete  statement  of  the  needs  and  a  plan  to  meet  these 
needs  seemed  to  him  a  move  in  the  right  direction.     He  had  seen  the  effect  of 


75 


broader  education  upon  the  medical  student  during  its  advancement  to  the  present 
standard  of  two  years'  premedical  training  and  felt  the  results  were  all  that  could 
be  expected.  The  opinion  heretofore  had  been  that  the  dental  student  was  not 
quite  up  to  the  medical  student  in  mental  capacity,  but  he  believed  that  to  be  a 
fallac}-;  that  the  dental  student  should  be  treated  as  being  on  a  par  with  the 
medical  student  in  mental  make-up.  The  preliminary  education  should  be  formu- 
lated upon  that  basis.  Professor  Bates  approved  of  what  Dr.  Owre  had  said 
with  regard  to  the  influence  of  the  professor  on  the  student  and  thought  the  in- 
fluence of  the  teacher  in  molding  the  lives  of  the  young  men  was  an  ethical  re- 
sponsibility that  should  not  be  overlooked. 

Dr.  Smith  was  in  accord  with  the  ideas  expressed  by  Dr.  Owre  but  did  not 
think  they  went  far  enough.  Speaking  of  the  fusion  of  the  medical  and  dental 
courses,  he  was  decidedly  in  favor  of  that  and  felt  that  if  dentistry  was  to  be  a 
specialty  of  medicine  it  should  begin  at  the  foundation  and  give  the  same  training 
as  medical  students,  namely,  two  years  of  college  education.  His  plan  was  that 
men  entering  the  medical  school  should  be  allowed  the  privilege  at  the  beginning 
of  the  fourth  \es.T  of  electing  the  dental  course,  and  at  the  end  of  five  years 
obtain  the  two  degrees,  medicine  and  dentistry,  or  dentistry  as  a  specialty  of 
medicine.  He  did  not  think  this  plan  would  tend  to  narrow  the  medical  profes- 
sion ;  he  thought  it  was  to  be  commended  in  that  it  was  a  step  toward  conserva- 
tion of  energy-  and  the  number  of  teachers  necessary. 

Dr.  Owre  suggested  that  his  proposed  schedule  No.  2  would  meet  all  the 
requirements  of  Dr.  Smith's  plan. 

^lajor  Waite,  United  States  Army,  said  that  from  many  years'  experience 
in  teaching  in  professional  schools  he  was  entirely  convinced  that  the  sort  of 
teaching  done  in  high  schools  does  not  fit  a  man  to  take  up  immediately  profes- 
sional study:  that  there  must  intervene  a  period  of  preparatory  work  between  the 
high  school  course  and  the  beginning  of  professional  studies ;  that  this  intervening 
period  of  preliminary  Avork  was  not  primaril)-  to  give  a  man  information  or 
knowledge  so  much  as  to  teach  him  how  to  study.  From  the  standpoint  of 
teaching  biology,  he  did  not  think  it  made  a  great  deal  of  difference  what  phase 
of  biology  was  taught,  the  primary  object  being  to  teach  the  man  how  to  study, 
how  to  analj'ze,  how  to  see  things.  The  medical  schools  had  tried  the  plan  of 
one  year  premedical  training  with  the  result  that  at  the  present  time  two  years 
of  premedical  training  were  required  and  had  proved  satisfactory.  He  agreed 
with  Dr.  Smith  that  the  predental  and  premedical  training  should  be  the  same 
and  that  a  man  should  not  be  compelled  to  decide  whether  he  should  take  the 
medical  or  the  dental  degree  before  his  preliminar}^  training  began. 

Major  Arnold,  United  States  Army,  thought  there  was  no  question  as  to  the 
desire  for  progress  along  the  line  of  dental  education,  but  the  question  was  how 
fast  can  we  go?  He  was  an  outsider  in  the  matter  of  dental  educational  problems, 
but  he  was  impressed  with  the  fact  that  two  earnest  gentlemen  (Dr.  Owre  and 
Dr.  Smith ) .  while  seemingly  differing  in  some  of  their  views,  were  of  very 
nearly  the  same  ideas  and  were  entirely  in  accord  as  to  the  desirability  of  progress, 
and  the  only  question  was  how  far  they  could  go  at  the  present  moment.  He  said 
the  medical  profession  had  gone  through  the  same  process  and  he  realized  now 
that  if  the  medical  profession  had  attempted  to  make  the  advancement  to  the 
requirement  of  two  years'  college  training  at  one  step,  it  would  have  created  chaos. 
The  unanimous  desire  of  this  association  of  dental  educators  was  evidently  for 
something  better  than  was  being  done  at  the  present  time  but  the  next  step  must 
be  firm  and  effective.  Dr.  Owre  CAadently  felt  he  had  a  plan  that  could  be  adopted 
by   all   schools   as   a   minimum,    while   Dr.    Smith    seemed   inclined   to    "hitch   his 

76 


•chariot  to  a  star"  and  did  not  seem  to  care  so  much  whether  he  had  only  one 
■student  to  take  that  course.  There  was  no  question  but  that  the  sooner  dentistry 
came  to  the  point  where  it  could  not  be  said  that  the  preparation  of  the  dental 
.■student  was  inferior  to  that  of  the  medical  student,  the  sooner  the  students  and 
the  profession  would  receive  the  recognition  they  desire  and  which  the  medical 
profession  would  be  glad  to  give;  but  he  thought  that  the  advance  to  this  point 
■would  have  to  be  gradual  rather  than  at  one  jump.  He  did  not  agree  with 
Dr.  Smith  in  his  idea  that  at  the  present  time  we  should  carry  together  instruction 
■of  medical  and  dental  students  through  three  years  and  then  begin  to  differentiate, 
as  medical  education  is  carried  on  today,  for  the  reason  that  medical  education 
today,  he  thought,  was  wrong.  One  of  the  good  results  he  thought  would  come 
■out  of  the  present  war  was  that  the  medical  profession  would  be  forced  to  stand- 
ardize instruction  in  medical  schools.  It  was  very  desirable,  he  thought,  to  build 
up  professional  education  on  broad  lines.  There  was  no  question  but  that  dental 
-men  need  to  know  more  that  could  be  learned  in  medical  schools ;  he  was  certain 
that  medical  men  needed  to  know  more  about  things  that  should  be  learned  in 
•dental  schools.  It  seemed  to  him  that,  that  was  the  line  on  which  professional 
■education  was  going  to  develop,  that  after  all  education,  both  medical  and  dental, 
was  very  much  in  the  nature  of  a  critical  study  as  to  what  was  the  real  essence — 
how  much  was  desirable  and  how  much  useless  frills. 

Dr.  Hoflf  was  pleased  with  the  manner  in  which  Major  Arnold  had  summed 
up  the  situation  in  professional  education.  The  object  of  this  Association  was 
to  make  advancement  in  dental  education,  but  the  Association  had  been  held  back 
in  this  respect  by  traditions  in  the  educational  system  that  could  not  be  quickly 
thrown  ofif.  This  Association  had  been  discussing  these  problems  for  some  years 
and  trying  to  decide  the  best  plan  to  adopt.  This  education  should  give  to  the 
members  of  the  Association  new  courage  to  support  their  convictions  as  to  their 
future  course.  He  thought  the  experience  of  the  medical  profession  should  be 
valuable  in  enabling  dental  educators  to  decide  upon  the  best  plan  of  procedure. 

Dr.  Kennerly  said  he  had  never  had  so  clearly  demonstrated  to  him  the  neces- 
sity for  more  predental  education  as  in  his  experience  in  putting  into  operation 
the  four-year  course.  He  believed  there  should  be  a  preliminary  education  of  at 
least  one  year  before  any  technical  subjects  were  added. 

Dr.  Rice,  Tufts  College,  expressed  his  pleasure  in  having  the  privilege  of 
listening  to  the  discussion  and  wished  to  record  the  fact  that  the  school  with 
which  he  was  associated  was  in  thorough  sympathy  with  the  movement  for  ad- 
vanced dental  education.  The  dental  profession  had  been  in  the  habit  of  claiming 
that  it  was  a  specialty  of  medicine,  but  unfortunately  the  rank  and  file  of  the 
profession  could  not  qualify  as  such  specialists.  In  an  effort  to  substantiate  that 
claim,  his  school  had  taken  steps  to  increase  the  medical  subjects  in  the  dental 
curriculum. 

Dr.  Moorehead  recalled  the  time  when  a  special  meeting  of  the  university 
schools  was  called  in  conference  at  Chicago  by  President  James,  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois,  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  a  standard  that  would  give  the 
schools  a  different  type  of  man  rather  than  with  the  sole  idea  of  giving  more 
years  of  instruction  after  the  man  had  entered  the  professional  course.  The 
experience  of  his  school  with  the  four-year  course  was  fairly  satisfactory,  because 
it  had  placed  in  the  first  year  curriculum  practically  a  predental  course  of 
instruction  before  that  in  detailed  dentistry ;  for  example,  the  men  were  given 
ten  hours  a  week  in  zoology,  nine  in  chemistry,  six  in  mathematics,  etc.  In  watch- 
ing that  group  of  students  he  was  satisfied  that  they  were  developing  a  different 
attitude  of  mind  toward  dentistry   from  the  men  who   started  in  with  technical 

17 


procedures  in  the  dental  laboratory.  The  object,  he  thought,  should  be  to  produce 
an  educational  program  that  would  prepare  a  man  for  wide  usefulness,  a  man 
trained  to  think. 

Major  Arnold  said  that  he  thought  this  organization  should  clearly  define- 
just  what  the  four-year  dental  course  was. 

Dr.  Moorehead  explained  that  at  the  conference  in  Chicago  called  by 
President  James,  there  was  adopted  by  the  university  schools  a  curriculum  content 
of  48CO  hours  minimum,  of  which  600  hours  might  be  devoted  to  subjects  classifi  di 
under  the  term  of  "ancillary"  subjects,  and  placed  anywhere  in  the  curriculum 
at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty;  his  school  had  seen  fit  to  place  them  all  in  the 
first  year  of  the  course. 

Major  Arnold  insisted  that  the  distinction  between  predental  and  dental 
education  should  be  outlined  more  definitely ;  that  this  Association  was  the  kind  of 
organization  to  express  itself  on  such  topics.  He  expressed  a  hope  of  good 
results  from  this  conference,  his  reason  for  speaking  on  these  matters  was  that 
the  army  was  asking  for  a  definition  of  terms.  He  thought  this  a  golden  oppor- 
tunity for  making  an  effective  step  in  the  advancement  of  dental  education.  He- 
further  expressed  the  belief  that  the  more  subjects  taken  out  of  the  ancillary 
classification  and  placed  in  the  predental  classification,  the  better. 

Dr.  Kennerly  was  convinced,  after  listening  to  Major  Arnold,  that  in  order 
for  this  Association  to  hold  the  position  it  had  assumed  since  its  organization,  it 
could  do  but  one  thing  at  this  time.  He  was  in,  sympathy  with  Dr.  Smith's  plan, 
but  he  thought  the  jump  was  a  little  too  far  for  one  step.  He  was  in  agreement 
with  the  view  that  the  four-year  dental  course  should  be  devoted  to  strictly  pro- 
fessional teaching,  with  the  predental  subjects  <aken  before  the  beginning  of  the- 
dental  course. 

Dr.  Smith  explained  further  that  his  plan  would  allow  a  man  to  take  three- 
years  in  medicine,  making  the  fourth  year  elective  ;  with  one  more  year,  the  man 
could  come  out  with  the  special  dental  degree.  That  plan,  he  thought,  would 
simplify  the  difficulties  of  both  dental  and  medical  courses. 

Dr.  Gillette  said  they  were  endeavoring  to  solve  the  problem  at  Columbia  much 
as  Dr.  Smith  had  outlined ;  both  dental  and  medical  men  were  required  to  have 
two  years  of  preliminary  training. 

Dr.  Smith  said  there  was  only  one  way  in  which  the  dental  profession  should 
hope  to  be  recognized  by  medicine;  that  was  by  the  hall  mark  of  the  degree  in 
medicine. 

The  Association  then  adjourned  until  the  afternoon  session. 

The  afternoon  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  the  president.  Dr.  Breene,  at 
two  o'clock. 

Dr.  Breene  called  attention  to  the  suggestion  at  the  last  meeting  concerning" 
the  inauguration  by  schools  of  the  Association  of  courses   for  dental  hygienists. 

Dr.  Owre,  speaking  for  the  educational  committee,  stated  as  part  of  the- 
report  of  the  committee,  that  the.  question  of  courses  for  dental  hygienists  was 
in  a  very  chaotic  state.  There  was  no  united  action ;  and  there  was  an  effort  in 
certain  cjuarters  to  convert  such  a  course  into  a  commercial  scheme.  He  thought 
it  desirable  that  this  Association  outline  the  status  of  the  dental  nurse  and  the- 
necessary  training.  If  it  were  to  say  the  professional  nurse  only  shall  be  eligible, 
this  would  cover  the  ground  at  once.  H  it  were  to  say  the  prerequisites  shall  be 
high  school  graduation  and  one  year  of  general  nursing,  more  training  should  be 
given  in  the  hygienist's  course  than  is  being  given  at  present.  The  solution  of 
this  problem  could  best  be  arrived  at  by  a  joint  meeting  representing  this  and! 
other  dental  organizations. 

78 


With  regard  to  postgraduate  instruction,  another  matter  which  was  referred 
to  the  Committee  on  Education,  he  thought  it  best  to  decide  first  upon  under- 
graduate instruction,  in  order  to  see  what  was  required  for  a  postgraduate  course. 
As  to  the  character  of  courses,  he  thought  that  should  be  decided  upon  by  this 
Association.  In  the  school  with  which  he  was  associated,  a  man  could  at  present 
take  the  postgraduate  course  in  the  university  and  get  a  Master's  degree  in  science, 
his  thesis  being  on  a  dental  subject.  There  were  few  men,  however,  who  would 
'present  themselves  for  such  instruction.  He  said  that  opportunity  was  open  at 
all  times  for  men  to  take  advanced  instruction  in  the  school  without  any  special 
degree  being  given  for  such  work.  It  was  desirable,  he  thought,  that  the  univer- 
sity schools  take  up  this  subject  with  their  graduate  departments  and  arrange  a 
true  course  in  the  school  of  dentistry,  which  would  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the 
graduate  schools  in  scope  and  content;  that  it  should  be  a  natural  evolution  in 
the  dental  department,  but  under  the  charge  of  the  university  graduate  school, 
like  other  graduate  courses,  and  should  lead  to  a  higher  degree. 

Dr.  Hoff  stated  that  five  states,  Maine,  New  York,  Massachusetts,  Iowa,  and 
Connecticut  at  present  legalized  the  dental  hygienist. 

With  regard  to  the  status  of  the  hygienist,  Dr.  Hoff  agreed  that  the  Associa- 
tion should  decide  the  requirements  of  the  curriculum,  and  the  hygienist's  status 
in  the  profession.  Each  state,  he  said,  had  adopted  a  different  legislation  govern- 
ing the  question.  The  New  York  law  was  supposed  to  be  the  standard,  but  he  did 
not  consider  it  sufficiently  rigid  to  meet  his  ideas  with  regard  to  the  function  of 
the  dental  hygienist.  Since  the  dental  hygienist  had  been  legalized  independently 
of  the  profession  it  seemed  that  the  schools  which  undertook  to  train  the  hygienist 
should  adopt  a  course  that  would  give  the  best  training  possible  with  a  definite 
understanding  as  to  what  her  status  should  be. 

Dr.  Smith  said  that  the  training  of  the  dental  hygienist  should  depend  on 
what  she  was  expected  to  do.  The  dental  hygienist  was  not  a  nurse  in  the  sense 
■of  a  medical  nurse  and  he  did  not  think  it  was  necessary  for  her  to  have  the 
training  of  the  medical  nurse;  if  her  duties  were  to  be  those  of  an  assistant  to 
the  principal  in  the  office  in  the  matter  of  cleaning  teeth  and  helping  generally 
in  such  work  as  radiography,  etc.,  he  did  not  think  it  necessary  for  her  to  have 
two  years'  training. 

Dr.  Hoff  considered  that  one  of  her  most  important  functions  should  be  that 
of  inspecting  the  mouths  of  children  and  older  patients  and  diagnosing  ordinary 
conditions,  particularly  in  children's  mouths.  He  regarded  it  a  more  serious  call- 
ing than  merely  that  of  helper  in  the  office.  Perhaps  a  year  of  training  would 
be  sufficient,  but  it  should  be  built  on  a  high  school  education.  If  the  schools  of 
this  Association  undertook  such  education,  he  thought  it  desirable  it  should  be 
placed  on  a  more  professional  basis  than  simply  that  of  a  helper  in  the  office 
and  a  tooth  cleaner. 

Dr.  Turner  expressed  the  opinion  that  Dr.  Fones'  original  idea  with  regard 
to  the  dental  hygienist  was  that  she  was  not  only  supposed  to  keep  the  teeth  of 
patients  clean,  but  was  also  to  do  a  certain  amount  of  educational  work  among 
patients.  His  own  idea  was  that  the  dental  hygienist  should  be  qualified  to  assist 
the  dentist  along  certain  lines  and  that  she  should  be  given  an  education  based  on 
dental  information  which  would  be  useful  elsewhere  than  in  the  dental  office, 
-somewhat  in  the  nature  of  the  present  sanitary  officer.  With  regard  to  post- 
graduate instruction,  he  thought  Dr.  Owre  was  right  when  he  said  it  should  be 
done  in  proper  academic  form  with  the  idea  that  the  instruction  should  lead  to  a 
higher  degree. 


79 


Dr.  Owre  considered  that  if  the  function  of  the  hygienist  was  to  be  in  the 
nature  of  that  of  the  sanitarj'  officer,  she  should  have  the  proper  prerequisites. 
The  whole  question,  he  thought,  pointed  back  to  the  fact  that  dental  education 
was  unorganized,  that  there  was  no  centralized  body  working  for  higher  ideals, 
and  making  progress.  With  regard  to  the  remarks  of  Major  Arnold,  they  ap- 
pealed to  him  as  simply  a  recapitulation  of  some  of  the  things  that  had  been 
agreed  upon  in  this  bod}^  There  was  no  question  in  his  mind  but  that  the  dental 
and  medical  professions  should  be  one  profession  and  that  our  duty  was  to  work 
in  that  direction.  He  considered  that  the  education  of  two  professions  dealing- 
with  the  healing  art  should  be  on  the  same  fundamental  basis,  and  that  the  best 
method  of  coming  to  an  agreement  in  a  solution  of  the  problem  was  by  the 
establishment  of  a  joint  committee  of  the  two  professions  to  decide  upon  the  best 
plan  for  the  amalgamation  of  the  two  courses. 

Dr.  Kennerly  thought  that  the  plan  of  a  joint  committee  of  the  two  profes- 
sions working  together  with  the  idea  of  adjusting  the  two  courses  of  instruction 
was  a  good  one ;  that  the  medical  profession  would  not  recognize  dentistry  as 
an  equivalent  profession  to  medicine  until  the  same  requirements  were  made  of 
dental  students  as  of  medical  students. 

Dr.  Smith  moved  that  the  educational  committee  of  this  Association  be  ap- 
pointed to  meet  with  the  Committee  of  the  American  Medical  Association  on 
Schools  with  a  view  to  consultation  on  a  curriculum  for  both  dentistry  and 
medicine. 

Motion  carried. 

On  motion  the  report  of  the  educational  committee  was  accepted. 

Dr.  Mauk  announced  that  the  University  of  California,  College  of  Dentistry, 
had  already  adopted  such  a  course  as  outlined  by  Dr.  Owre  in  the  report  of  the 
educational  committee. 

The  president  called  attention  to  the  activities  of  the  Educational  Council  in 
standardizing  dental  schools  and  suggested  that  this  Association  should  be  repre- 
sented in  that  body. 

Dr.  Moorehead  thought  it  possible  to  send  a  memorial  to  the  surgeon-general's 
office  through  Major  Arnold,  formally  stating  the  fact  that  this  Association  repre- 
sented a  certain  group  of  dental  educational  institutions  which  should  be  recognized 
in  the  creation  of  standards  for  army  purposes.  He  moved  that  the  Committee  on 
Education  be  instructed  to  communicate  formally  with  the  surgeon-general's  office, 
stating  the  position  of  this  group  of  colleges  in  regard  to  standardizing  education 
for  army  and  military  purposes. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Ward,  chairman  of  the  executive  committee,  reported  a  formal  applica- 
tion for  membership  from  Tufts  College  Dental  School. 

Dr.  Ward  said  that  the  executive  committee  was  somewhat  handicapped  on 
action  of  applications  for  membership  by  lack  of  authority  to  conduct  examina- 
tions of  applicants  in  order  to  determine  the  qualifications  for  membership  in  the 
Association.  He  asked  that  the  by-laws  be  made  more  explicit  on  this  point, 
giving  the  executive  committee  authority  to  conduct  such  examinations.  He 
moved  that  the  chair  appoint  a  committee  of  two  members  to  ascertain  the  re- 
quirements of  the  Carnegie  Foundation,  and  to  present  to  the  Association  at  the 
next  annual  meeting  regulations  covering  the  points  outlined  above. 

Motion  carried. 

It  was  moved  and  carried  that  a  committee  be  appointed  to  draft  suitable 
resolutions  on  behalf  of  the  Association  with  regard  to  Dr.  Kirk's  retirement 
from  active  professional  work.  The  president  appointed  as  such  committee, 
Drs.  Hoff  and  Owre. 

80 


Motion  was  made  and  carried  that  the  report  of  the  treasurer  be  referred 
to  the  executive  committee  for  auditing. 

Motion  was  made  and  carried  that  the  report  of   the   secretary  be  accepted. 

Motion  was  made  and  carried  that  the  resignation  of  Dr.  Kirk  as  secretary- 
treasurer  be  accepted. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  election  of  officers  for  the  ensuing  year 
which  resulted  as  follows  : 

President — Dr.  J.  H.  Kennedy 

Vice-president — Dr.  F.  B.  Moorehead 

Secretary-treasurer — Dr.   M.  L.  Ward 

Executive  Cofnmittee — Dr.  F.  T.  Breene,  chairman,  two  years;  Dr.  Charles  R.  Turner, 
one  year;  Dr.  J.  H.   Kennedy,  ex  officio 

Educational  Committee — Dr.  Alfred  Owre,  chairman,  three  years;  Dr.  G.  S.  Millberry, 
two  years. 

Dr.  Kennerly  moved  that  standing  resolution  No.  6  be  referred  to  the  com- 
mittee on  revision  of  the  constitution  and  by-laws. 

Dr.  Owre  moved  that  hereafter  the  proceedings  of  the  Association  be  pub- 
lished in  the  Journal  of  the  National  Dental  Association. 

Motion  carried. 

Dr.  Owre  also  moved  that  the  Association  extend  a  vote  of  appreciation  to 
the  Dental  Cosmos  in  some  appropriate  manner  and  moved  that  a  committee  be 
appointed  for  this  purpose. 

Motion  carried.    The  chair  appointed  as  such  committee  Drs.  Hoff  and  Owre. 

Dr.  Hoflf  presented  the  following  resolution : 

Resolved,  That  in  view  of  the  long  and  valued  service  of  Dr.  E.  C.  Kirk  as  an  officer  and 
member  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities,  and  in  view  of  our 
very  friendly  personal  relations,  we  desire  to  express  formally  our  sincere  regret  that  he 
cannot  longer  maintain  his  official  and  personal  relations  with  this  organization.  We  extend 
to  him  our  sincere  wishes  for  abundant  success  and  happiness  in  his  new  relation  to  the 
profession  and  to  the  cause  of  dental  education. 

(Signed)    N.    S.    Hoff, 
Alfred  Owre. 
The  resolution  was  adopted. 

The  m.eeting  adjourned,  subject  to  the  call  of  the  executive  committee. 

SPECIAL    MEETING   HELD    IN   CHICAGO, 
JUNE    1,  1918 

A  special  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Univer- 
sities was  called  to  order  at  lO  o'clock  Saturday,  June  i,  by  the  president. 
Dr.  Kennerly,  in  the  Auditorium  Hotel,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

Membership  universities  were  represented  as  follows :  Illinois,  Dean  F.  B. 
Moorehead;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T.  Breene;  Michigan,  Dean  M.  L.  Ward;  Minnesota, 
Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Ohio,  Dean  H.  M.  Seamans ;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  C.  R. 
Turner;  Washington  University.  Dean  J.  H.  Kennerly,  president. 

The  first  matter  of  business  was  a  report  by  the  chairman  of  the  educational 
committee,  Dr.  Owre,  on  the  meeting  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of 
America,  which  he  attended  by  invitation  in  New  York  in  March.  (The  Dental 
Educational  Council  as  then  constituted  was  a  body  made  up  of  five  members  each 
from  the  National  Dental  Association,  the  National  Board  of  Dental  Examiners, 
and  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties,  with  the  avowed  object  of 
"the  advancement  of  dental  education  and  the  unifying  of  the  standards  of  the 
various  national  bodies  of  the  dental  profession."     During  the  war  this  body  was 

8i 


authorized  by  the  surgeon-general's  office  of  the  United  States  Army  to  rate  the- 
various  dental  colleges  of  the  United  States,  in  order  to  have  a  classification  for 
use  by  the  surgeon-general.)  Dr.  Owre's  report,  which  was  made  orally,  related 
to  the  whole  matter  gone  over  by  the  Educational  Council  and  representatives  of 
the  government,  involved  in  rating  the  colleges  for  the  War  Department.  At  the 
conclusion  of  the  report,  it  seemed  desirable  that  if  possible  the  university  schools- 
should  make  their  influence  felt  in  the  final  rating  to  be  made  in  July.  The 
standard  which  had  been  tentatively  adopted  by  the  Educational  Council  of 
America  was  then  taken  up  and  discussed  in  detail,  notations  being  made  wherein 
the  various  requirements  were  in  conflict  with  the  standards  maintained  by  the- 
universities. 

The  meeting  adjourned  for  luncheon,  during  which  the  discussion  was  con- 
tinued ;  the  meeting  was  called  to  order  following  luncheon,  and  the  discussion 
resumed.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  discussion,  motion  was  made  and  unanimously 
carried  that  the  secretary  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Uni- 
versities be  requested  to  ask,  through  the  secretary  of  the  Dental  Educational 
Council  of  America,  for  equal  representation  with  the  other  bodies  of  which  the 
Council  is  composed.  This  motion  was  followed  by  one  naming  the  committee. 
If  equal  representation  of  five  members  were  granted  as  asked,  the  following 
men  were  to  serve :  the  chairman  of  the  educational  committee,  the  president,, 
the  secretary,  and  Deans  Seamans  and  Turner ;  if  only  three  representatives  were 
allowed,  they  were  to  be  the  chairman  of  the  educational  committee,  the  secretary,, 
and  the  president;  if  only  two  representatives  were  allowed,  they  were  to  be  the 
chairman  of  the  educational  committee  and  the  secretary. 

By  motion  the  Association  instructed  the  secretary-treasurer  to  draw  a 
voucher  for  the  expenses  of  Dr.  Owre  to  the  meeting  of  the  Dental  Educational 
Council  of  America  held  in  New  York. 

Dr.  Owre  also  reported  on  the  proposed  consultation  of  the  educational 
committee  with  the  Committee  on  Schools  of  the  American  Medical  Association.. 
He  had  conferred  with  the  chairman  of  this  committee.  Major  Arnold.  The  con- 
clusion reached  after  thorough  discussion  was  that  until  dental  schools  should' 
exact  a  preprofessional  requirement  equivalent  to  that  prescribed  by  medical 
schools  it  was  useless  to  discuss  a  joint  professional  program. 

The  Association  adjourned. 

ELEVENTH   ANNUAL    MEETING 

The  eleventh  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  was  called  to  order  at  ii  o'clock,  January  27,  1919,  by  the  president, 
Dr.  Kennerly,  at  the  Piedmont  Hotel,  Atlanta,  Georgia.  Membership  universities 
were  represented  as  follows:  California,  Dean  G.  S.  Millberry;  Harvard,  Dean 
Eugene  H.  Smith ;  Illinois,  Dean  F.  B.  Moorehead ;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T.  Breene  ^ 
Michigan,  Dean  M.  L,  Ward;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Ohio,  Dean  H.  M. 
Seamans ;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  C.  R.  Turner. 

Visitors  :■  Dr.  Bunting,  of  Michigan ;  Dr.  Wright,  of  Harvard. 

The  minutes  of  the  last  annual  meeting,  and  the  minutes  of  the  special  meet- 
ing held  in  Chicago,  June  i,  were  read  and  approved. 

On  motion  the  regular  order  of  business  was  suspended  and  the  secretary's 
report  of  his  activities  with  respect  to  the  application  of  the  Dental  Faculties' 
Association  of  American  Universities  for  representation  on  the  Dental  Educational 
Council  of  America  was  asked  for. 


82 


The  secretary  reported  that  following  instructions  of  the  Association  of 
June  I,  he  had  made  application  to  the  Dental  Educational  Council  for  representa- 
tion on  the  Council,  and  had  sent  a  copy  of  the  request  to  Colonel  Arnold  of 
the  surgeon-general's  office,  with  a  letter  of  explanation  detailing  reasons  for 
-making  the  application  for  membership. 

The  secretary  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council  had  replied  that  the  applica- 
tion would  be  presented  at  the  next  meeting  of  the  Council,  to  be  held  at  Chicago 
early  in  August,  immediately  preceding  the  meeting  of  the  National  Dental 
Association. 

Colonel  Arnold  had  replied  that  it  seemed  expedient  for  the  government  to  con- 
tinue to  recognize  the  Dental  Educational  Council  "as  the  best  available  authority 
•on  matters  of  dental  education."  Without  apparently  having  gone  into  the  question 
■of  similarity  of  position  of  the  two  larger  bodies  of  educators,  Colonel  Arnold 
had  suggested  that  it  might  be  well  for  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of 
American  Universities  to  reunite  with  the  National  Association  of  Dental 
Faculties,  since  the  university  medical  schools,  once  contemplating  withdrawal 
from  the  Association  of  American  Medical  Colleges,  had  decided  to  remain  in 
the  larger  body. 

At  the  August  meeting  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council,  with  Colonel 
Arnold  present,  it  had  been  voted  unanimously  that  the  "Request  of  the  Dental 
Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  for  representation  on  this  body 
"be  placed  upon  the  table,  with  the  thought  in  mind  that  the  Dental  Faculties' 
Association  of  American  Universities  may  be  given  time  to  consider  the  idea  of 
•consolidating  with  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties." 

The  secretary  stated  further  that  the  chairman  of  the  Council  had  been  in- 
structed to  appoint  a  committee  of  three  from  the  Council;  the  secretary  had 
been  instructed  to  ask  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties  to  appoint  a 
like  committee  of  three,  and  to  invite  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  Ameri- 
can Universities  to  appoint  a  similar  committee  of  three,  to  meet  in  conference 
to  discuss  this  situation  at  as  early  a  time  as  might  be  mutually  convenient.  These 
committees  were  duly  appointed,  as  follows : 

For  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities,  Drs.  Kennerly,  Seamans, 
and  Ward;  for  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties,  Drs.  Herbert  C.  Miller,  H.  E. 
Friesell,  and  Henry  W.  Morgan;  for  the  Educational  Council,  Drs.  A.  L.  Midgley,  L.  L. 
Barber,  and  Henry  L.  Banzhaf. 

The  secretary  further  reported  that  the  committee  had  decided  to  hold  a 
meeting  while  Colonel  Arnold  was  in  Chicago,  in  order  that  they  might  hear 
Colonel  Arnold's  views.  This  was  held  at  the  Congress  Hotel,  August  6,  1918, 
with  the  entire  committee  present  except  Dr.  Morgan,  of  the  National  Association 
of  Dental  Faculties. 

Dr.  Midgley  was  elected  chairman  and  Dr.  Banzhaf  secretary.  The  object 
of  the  meeting  was  stated  by  the  chairman,  who  explained  the  consideration  given 
the  request  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  for 
representation  on  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America. 

Colonel  Arnold  was  requested  to  explain  why  the  Dental  Educational  Council 
had  been  recognized  as  the  proper  body  to  rate  the  dental  colleges  for  the  surgeon- 
general.  He  discussed  the  conditions  that  had  made  it  necessary  for  the  govern- 
ment to  have  a  rating  of  the  colleges,  and  why  the  surgeon-general  had  recognized 
the  Council.  In  his  discussion  of  the  miserable  conditions  that  exist  in  some  of 
the  dental  colleges  of  this  country  he  presented  no  thoughts  new  to  the  university 
representatives,  neither  did  he  seem  to  underrate  the  better  type  of  dental  educa- 
tion because  of  these  conditions.     On  the  other  hand,  he  acknowledged  similar 

83 


conditions  in  other  branches  of  education,  including  medicine,  and  stated  that,  in» 
his  opinion,  no  institution  of  learning  would  be  permitted  to  receive  government 
students  for  special  training  except  those  known  to  give  high  grade  instruction. 

In  discussing  why  the  Dental  Educational  Council  was  recognized  by  the 
surgeon-general,  Colonel  Arnold  presented  one  of  two  views  of  the  situation 
with  which  some  of  the  members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  Americau 
Universities  are  possibly  not  familiar.  It  appeared  that  the  government  had  to 
recognize  as  a  legal  practitioner  of  dentistry  any  dentist  who  was  legally  qualified 
to  practice  in  one  of  the  states  of  the  Union.  The  question  was,  then,  to  determine 
who  should  decide  whether  a  man  was  a  legally  qualified  practitioner  of  dentistry 
in  a  state.  Colonel  Arnold  stated  that  on  advice  he  was  obliged  to  recognize  only 
the  state  board  of  dental  examiners  whenever  a  question  arose  over  the  legal 
status  of  a  dentist.  On  the  same  advice,  he  was  obliged  to  recognize  the  state 
board  of  dental  examiners,  as  far  as  possible,  in  determining  which  dental  schools 
should  be  recognized  for  the  duration  of  the  war.  On  application  to  the  American 
Institute  of  Dental  Teachers,  for  information,  he  had  been  referred  to  certain 
channels;  in  this  instance  he  was  referred  to  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of 
America.  His  thought  seemed  to  be  that  nothing  but  legally  constituted  bodies 
could  be  recognized  by  the  War  Department;  his  sincerity  and  his  arguments 
(reported  the  secretary)  convinced  all  present  that  for  the  duration  of  the  war 
we  should  co-operate  with  such  legally  constituted  bodies  as  existed  in  establishing 
proper  standards  for  the  rating  of  the  dental  schools  from  the  surgeon-general. 

It  appeared  that  Colonel  Arnold  viewed  the  Dental  Educational  Council  as- 
a  semilegal  body,  since  it  was  composed  in  part  of  five  members  from  the  National 
Board  of  Dental  Examiners.  The  secretary  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association 
of  American  Universities  directed  a  question  to  Colonel  Arnold  during  this  m-eet- 
ing  as  follows:  "Is  recognition  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council  not  recognition 
of  the  National  Dental  Association  and  the  National  Association  of  Dental 
Faculties,  since  each  of  these  bodies  has  five  members  on  the  Council?"  And^ 
"If  this  be  true,  is  it  not  recognition  of  other  bodies  than  those  which  could  be 
recorded  as  having  a  legal  standing?" 

To  this  query  Colonel  Arnold  replied  that  if  there  should  be  dissension  in 
the  Council  from  the  National  Board  of  Dental  Examiners,  or  if  the  ratio  of 
membership  from  that  board  should  be  changed,  he  might  be  obliged  to  view  the 
situation  differently,  thereby  implying  that  if  recognition  should  be  given  to  our 
request  for  representation  from  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  without  also  raising  the  number  from  the  National  Board  of  Dental 
Examiners,  he  would  not  be  able  to  recognize  the  Dental  Educational  Council. 
On  further  discussion  of  this  question  he  spoke  quite  frankly  against  permitting- 
what  he  called  interested  parties  to  take  part  in  the  rating  of  their  own  institu- 
tions, although  he  commended  in  strong  terms  the  work  of  faculty  members 
already  on  the  Council.  It  was  evident,  however,  that  he  did  not  wish  any  larger 
number  from  the  faculties'  associations. 

Colonel  Arnold  then  renewed  his  suggestion  that  the  question  of  consolida- 
tion be  taken  up  at  the  earliest  possible  moment,  and  ventured  a  criticism  of  the 
Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  for  not  being  in  session 
at  the  time,  so  that  official  action  could  be  taken.  A  general  discussion  followed 
relative  to  the  possibilities  of  a  consolidation  of  the  two  associations.  President 
Kennerly  reviewed  some  of  the  reasons  for  the  organization  of  our  Association, 
and  Drs.  Friesell  and  Banzhaf  at  once  declared  that  the  objections  to  the  older 
body  no  longer  existed.  Dean  Seamans  and  the  secretary,  in  the  ensuing  discus- 
sion, were  unable  to  raise  any  objection  that  Drs.  Friesell  and  Banzhaf  did  not 

84 


maintain  could  be  eliminated.  Drs.  Barber,  Midgley,  and  Miller  then  urged  that 
a  committee  be  appointed  to  determine  whether  a  consolidation  could  not  be 
effected.  A  motion  was  passed  that  the  chair  appoint  a  committee  of  five  to 
present  the  outhne  of  a  plan  for  the  consolidation  of  the  two  associations,  at  a 
joint  meeting  of  the  two  bodies  to  be  called  at  the  request  of  the  committee. 
The  chairman,  Dr.  Midgley,  appointed  Drs.  Banzhaf,  Friesell,  Kennerly,  and 
Ward;  and  Colonel  Arnold  insisted  that  Dr.  Midgley  be  the  fifth  member. 

The  secretary,  in  continuing  his  report,  stated  that  during  the  latter  part 
of  the  summer  considerable  correspondence  had  been  carried  on  between  the 
secretary  of  the  Association  and  Drs.  Banzhaf  and  Friesell,  the  two  members 
of  the  committee  who  had  assured  the  representatives  of  the  Association  that 
there  were  no  obstacles  to  a  consolidation,  with  a  view  to  determining  the  basis 
of  their  belief.  A  copy  of  the  present  constitution  and  by-laws  of  the  older 
association  had  been  obtained  and  found  to  contain  the  same  petty  rules,  regula- 
tions, and  police  powers  that  it  was  suspected  it  contained,  and  which  are  only 
applicable  to  private  schools.  Some  very  pointed  questions  had  been  asked 
Drs.^  Friesell  and  Banzhaf ;  it  had  become  evident  that  it  -was  the  intention  to 
continue  to  police  the  dental  schools  of  the  country,  but  with  a  transfer  of  such 
powers  to  the  Dental  Educational  Council.  The  secretary  of  the  Council  had 
been  asked  if  he  were  in  a  position  to  give  an  opinion  on  the  activities  of  the 
Council,  and  had  been  told  plainly  that  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of 
American  Universities  could  and  would  nullify  the  work  of  the  Council,  if  the 
Council's  activities  were  not  carried  on  in  harmony  with  the  standards'  of  the 
leading  universities  of  this  country,  or  if  it  attempted  to  impose  police  powers 
upon  institutions  that  were  integral  parts  of  universities  of  recognized  standing. 
The  secretary  of  the  Council  had  replied  that  he  could  not  speak  for  the  Council, 
but  believed  that  our  Association  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  activities  of  the 
Council. 

The  committee  on  consolidation  had  been  finally  called  together  at  Chicago, 
January  6,  with  all  five  members  present.  Dr.  Banzhaf  was  elected  secretary  of 
the  committee.  The  minutes  of  the  committee  of  nine  that  met  during  the  meeting 
of  the  National  Dental  Association  were  read.  A  general  discussion  followed. 
Dr.  Banzhaf  asked  the  privilege  of  presenting  a  constitution  and  by-laws  he  had 
drafted  with  a  view  to  eliminating  the  objectionable  matter.    A  copy  of  it  follows. 

The  undersigned,  for  the  purpose  of  promoting  the  best  interests  of  dental  education 
throughout  the  United  States  of  America,  and  for  such  other  purposes  as  may  hereafter  be 
determmed  upon  by  the  members  of  this  Association,  associate  together  and  adopt  the  follow- 
mg  constitution: 

ARTICLE  I 

Name 

The  name  of  this  association  shall  be  "The  American  Association  of  Dental  College 
Faculties." 

ARTICLE  II 
Membership 
The  original  signers  hereto,  and  until  they  are  removed  from  membership  in  the  manner 
heremafter  provided,  shall  constitute  the  membership  of  this  Association.  Colleges  agreeing  to 
maintain  a  grade  of  instruction  equivalent  to  the  standard  set  by  this  Association  who  sub- 
scribe to  this  constitution  and  to  the  by-laws  of  this  Association,  who  have  made  written 
application  for  membership  which  has  been  approved  of  by  at  least  two  members  of  this 
Association,  and  who  have  furnished  such  information  as  may  be  requested  by  the  executive 
council  of  this  Association,  may  hereafter  be  elected  to  membership  herein  upon  a  two-thirds 
vote  of  all  members  present  at  any  regular  or  special  meeting  of  its  members. 


8S 


ARTICLE  III 

Officers 
The  officers,  who  shall  be  elected  by  a  majority  vote  of  members,  to  serve  until  their 
successors  be  elected  and  qualified,  shall  be  a  president,  vice-president  and  secretary-treasurer. 
The  last  office  may  be  held  by  one  person.  These  officers  shall  constitute  the  executive  council 
and  as  such  shall  have  general  charge  and  supervision  of  the  funds  and  business  of  this 
Association  when  not  in  actual  session.  Such  executive  council  shall  arrange  for  and  fix  the 
time  for  annual  meetings  of  members,  and  shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  fixed 
"by  the  by-laws.  The  president,  vice-president  and  secretary-treasurer  shall  perform  such  duties 
as  are  usually  performed  by  similar  officers  of  similar  associations.  A  majority  shall  consti- 
tute a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business.  The  members  of  this  Association  may  provide 
for  other   and   additional   officers   and   prescribe  their  duties  in   the  by-laws   of  this  Association. 

ARTICLE  IV 
Voting 

Each  college  holding  membership  in  good  standing  is  entitled  to  one  vote  at  each  meeting 
■of  the  members  of  this  Association,  the  authority  of  such  person  so  to  represent  such  college 
member  to  be  established  in  such  manner  as  the  by-laws  of  this  Association  may  provide,  but 
other  than  voting  representatives  of  such  members  may  address  the  Association  or  discuss 
matters  coming  before  it  subject  to  such  rules  and  regulations  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the 
by-laws  or  by  the  proper  officers  of  this  Association. 

ARTICLE  V 
By-Laws 

The  members  of  this  Association  may,  from  time  to  time,  adopt  and  amend  by-laws  not 
inconsistent  with  this  constitution  for  carrying  on  the  business  of  the  Association,  and  for  the 
regulation  of  its  members,  provided  such  by-laws  or  any  amendments  thereto  are  carried  by 
a  two-thirds  vote  of  all  the  members  of  this  Association.  The  constitution  may  be  amended 
by  a  vote  of  two  thirds  of  all  the  members  of  this  Association;  the  manner  of  voting*  both  for 
fhe  amendment  of  this  constitution  and  the  by-laws  to  be  fixed  by  the  by-laws  of  this  Association. 

ARTICLE  VI 
Meeting 
The  regular  annual  and  special  meetings  shall  be  held  by  the  members  of  this  Association 
at  such  time  and  place  as  may  be  determined  upon  by  the  executive  council,  or  as  may  be 
requested  by  a  majority  of  its  members.  A  majority  of  the  members  present  at  any  regular 
or  special  meeting  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business  other  than  the 
amendment  of  the  constitution. 

ARTICLE  VII 

Dues 

The   annual    dues    for    each    member   of    this    Association   shall    be    fifty    ($50)    payable    in 

advance,   but  the   amount  thereof  may  be  changed   by  the  by-laws  of  this   Association,   and  the 

members  hereof  may  also  have  special  assessments  levied  upon  them  in  addition  to  such  regular 

annual  dues   as  may  be  fixed  in  the  manner  provided   for  in   the  by-laws. 

ARTICLE  VIII 
Constitution 
Members  may  be  removed  from  this  Association  at  any  regular  meeting,  upon  complaint 
of  the  executive  council,  or  a  majority  thereof,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  members  present, 
which  complaint  must  be  in  writing,  and  a  copv  specifying  the  cause  of  complaint  served  on 
the  member  to  be  removed  at  least  sixty  days  before  the  date  of  the  meeting  at  which  the 
complaint  is  to  be  heard,  and  after  having  been  given  a  reasonable  opportunity  to  be  heard 
in  defense  at  such  meeting,  the  procedure  and  manner  of  such  trial  to  be  determined  by  the 
executive  council. 

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  we  have  hereunto  set  our  hands  and  seals  this 

dav  of  Januar5%   1919. 

BY-LAWS 

Section  I 

The  executive  council   and  the   officers   of  this   Association   shall   keep   accurate   records   of 

all   information  coming  to   it  in   regard  to   the   physical   and   educational   condition   prevailing   in 

colleges,  and  take  such  action  as  may  be  necessary  in  the  emergencies.     The  secretary-treasurer 

shall  make  a  detailed  report  of  all  regular  and  special  meetings  held,   and  shall  present  at  such 

86 


meetings  a  summary  of  prevailing  conditions  in  the  colleges,  together  with  recommendations 
for  such  action  by  the  Association  as  may  seem  advisable  for  greater  efficiency.  The  executive 
council  shall  make  an  annual  financial  report  at  the  close  of  each  year,  and  shall,  at  the  begin- 
ning of  each  year,  submit  an  estimated  expense  budget  for  the  ensuing  year. 

Section  II 
Each  member  of  this  Association  shall  use  its  best  efforts  in  bettering  the  quality  of 
instruction  and  management  of  dental  colleges,  in  order  to  give  promotion  of  the  highest  pro- 
fessional ideals;  but  each  member  of  this  Association  shall  have  the  freest  exercise  of  internal 
management  consistent  with  the  purposes  expressed  herein,  and  the  purposes  of  the  Association 
expressed  in  its  constitution. 

Section  III 
The  executive  council  of  this  Association  shall  be  vested  with  the  judicial  power  of  inter- 
preting the  by-laws  and  constitution  of  this  Association,  and  any  rules  or  regulations  adopted 
by  them  or  the  Association,  but  any  member  hereto  affected  thereby  may  appeal  from  such 
decision  or  conclusion  of  the  executive  council  to  the  members  of  this  Association  at  any 
regular  or  special   session  thereof. 

Section  IV 
The    right   of   the    representative    of    each    member    to    vote    and    represent    such    member 
shall  be  in  writing,   signed  by  the  president  or  other  general  officer  of  such  college  and   may 
be  in  the  alternative,  and  may  be  in  the  following  form: 
To  the  American  Association  of  Dental  College  Faculties: 

This  is  to  certify  that  either  Dr or    is  authorized  to 

represent  the   undersigned   college   at   the   regular   meeting    of   this   Association    to   be   held    at 

; ■. '   ^•id   to   vote   in   its   behalf  at   such   meeting,   and   to   represent  this   member 

in   dealing  with  the   said   Association   ad    interim   regular   meetings   of   such   Association,    until 
written  notice  to  the  contrary  is  given  to   such  Association. 

College- 

By 

Section  V 

The  executive  council  of  this  Association  shall  cause  to  be  prepared,  for  reference,  a 
roster  of  all  officers  and  teachers  of  the  schools  who  are  members  of  this  Association,  with 
detail  of  the  character  of  the  work  done  by  them  and  shall  from  time  to  time  cause  the'  same 
to  be  corrected  and  kept  up  to  date.  The  executive  council  may  give  such  information  to 
any  member  of  this  Association,  or  to  any  faculty  member  or  members  for  any  proper  purpose, 
and  to  assist  generally  in  bringing  dental  teachers  in  direct  contact  with  others  who  are  engaged 
in  similar  activities.  The  executive  council  may  take  such  means  to  collect  and  preserve 
authoritative  definite  information  as  to  activities  of  colleges  and  their  teachers  as  shall  be 
deemed  by  it  necessary. 

Section  VI 

Entrance  requirements. —The  preliminary  education  requirements  for  admission  to  col- 
leges holding  membership  in  this  Association  can  be  met  by  a  certificate  of  graduation,  with 
not  less  than  fifteen  units  of  credit,  from  an  accredited  high  school  which  maintains  a'  four- 
year  course  of  study  that  is  recognized  by  the  United  States  Bureau  of  Education;  or,  by 
equivalent  credits  from  a  standard  preparatory  school,  literary  college,  or  university.  Applicants 
having  other  admission  credentials  must  submit  them  fo  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of 
America  for  certification. 

Section  VII 

Graduation  requirements.— The  course  of  study  for  the  dental  degree  shall  include  at- 
tendance in  a  recognized  dental  college  for  four  full  academic  sessions,  each  session  consisting 
of  not  less  than  thirty-two  weeks  of  actual  instruction.  At  least  thirty-three  class,  laborator\v 
or  clinic  hours,  exclusive  of  repetitions  or  duplications,  shall  be  scheduled  for  each  week  and 
shall  be  equally  distributed  over  five  and  one-half  days  each  week.  Graduation  in  medicine, 
or  students  having  at  least  two  years  of  medical  credit,  from  fully  accredited  medical  schools, 
may  be  admitted  to  the  second  year  in  the  dental  course.  Matriculates  in  dental  colleges  hold- 
ing membership  in  the  Association  may  be  transferred  to  other  dental  colleges  by  consent  of 
the  deans  of  the  colleges  concerned,  with  proper  adjustment  of  credit. 

Section  VIII 

Courses  of  study.— The  following  subjects  shall  be  taught  to  the  extent  indicated  below 
in  all  colleges  holding  membership  in  this  Association.  Any  variation  in  the  schedule  should 
be  made  in  conference  with  the   Dental  Educational   Council  of  America. 

For  pedagogic  reasons,  and  to  facilitate  the  transfer  of  students,  the  following  order  of 
administration   and   the  time  devoted   to   the   several   subjects  is   advised: 

87 


operative   and   clinical   dentistry 1300 

Prosthetic  technics    384 

Crown   and  bridge   technics 320 

Operative    technics    160 

Oral  hygiene    32 

Dental  anatomy   96 

Orthodontia    96 

Oral   surgery    96 

Physics,  biology,  or  both 192 

Chemistry    (inorganic,    organic,    physiological,    metallurgical) 320 

Technical    drawing    40 

Anatomy 320 

Histology    128 

Pathology   (general  and   dental) 128 

Materia  medica    64 

Bacteriology 128 

Physiology     •. 128 

Dental   rhetoric    96 

Physical    diagnosis,    anesthesia    32 

Radiology    32 

Jurisprudence,   dental  history,   ethics,   economics 32 

Additions  to  above,  or  other  subjects 268 

Total    4400 

Drs.  Banzhaf,  Friesell,  and  Conzett  (who  was  present  by  courtesy)  were  asked 
if  they  contemplated  a  transfer  of  the  former  powers  of  the  National  Association 
•of  Dental  Faculties  to  the  Educational  Council,  and  if  this  were  not  the  reason 
why  they  were  willing  to  adopt  a  constitution  so  similar  in  many  respects  to  that 
of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities.  All  replied  in  the 
affirmative,  stating  that  the  time  had  not  come  when  police  powers  were  un- 
necessary. When  asked  how  our  Association  was  to  benefit  by  a  consolidation  if 
the  police  powers  were  to  be  retained  by  the  Council,  they  replied  that  we  were 
to  trust  the  Council  to  do  the  right  thing.  After  further  discussion  the  meeting 
was  adjourned. 

The  secretary  of  the  Association,  having  concluded  his  report,  then  asked 
that,  in  the  event  the  Association  be  continued,  the  constitution  be  revised  in 
regard  to  membership  requirements,  to  read,  "The  membership  of  this  Association 
shall  be  limited  to  dental  schools  which  are  an  integral  part  of  state  universities, 
■or  other  universities,  of  equal  standing;  and  such  other  dental  schools  as  have  a 
practical  working  affiliation  with  medical  schools  and  colleges  of  literature  of 
well  recognized  standing." 

The  secretary  further  suggested  the  submission  of  a  questionnaire  to  all 
prospective  new  members  of  the  Association. 

The  president  then  asked  for  a  general  discussion  of  the  report,  which  was 
begun  by  Dr.  Owre.  Dr.  Owre  questioned  the  ability  of  the  Educational  Council 
to  continue  its  activities  without  the  assistance  of  the  government,  which  it  had 
for  the  duration  of  the  war.  He  also  dwelt  at  some  length  on  the  question  of  the 
transfer  of  the  police  powers  formerly  exercised  by  the  National  Association  of 
Dental  Faculties  to  the  Educational  Council,  and  closed  with  the  suggestion  that 
the  Association  withdraw  its  request  for  representation  on  the  Dental  Educational 
Council. 

Dean  Smith  continued  the  discussion  of  the  report  under  three  headings: 
first,  shall  the  Association  consolidate  with  the  older  association ;  second,  shall 
it  enlarge  its  membership ;  third,  shall  it  continue  as  it  has  in  the  past  ?  He 
seemed  to  have  a  positive  opinion  that  the  consolidation  should  not  be  effected  at 
this   time,   but  expressed  himself   as   being  open  to   conviction  to   the   contrary. 


Following  a  general  discussion,  it  was  moved  by  Dr.  Smith  and  seconded  by 
Dr.  Turner  that  it  was  the  sense  of  the  Association  that  it  was  inexpedient  to- 
consider  any  form  of  consolidation  at  that  time.  The  discussion  was  continued 
by  Deans  Millberry  and  Moorehead,  both  of  whom  felt,  that  while  there  was  no 
question  that  a  consolidation  should  not  be  effected,  another  form  of  motion 
might  better  convey  to  the  older  association  the  attitude  of  this  body.  Discussion 
continued  until  adjournment  for  the  luncheon,  closing  with  the  suggestion  that 
Dr.  Midgley,  president  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council,  be  asked  to  attend  the 
afternoon  session  and  that  Dean  Smith's  motion  be  the  special  order  of  the 
afternoon. 

Motion  carried. 

At  the  afternoon  session  Dr.  Midgley  was  asked  several  questions  regarding 
the  work  of  the  Council,  after  which  he  was  given  an  opportunity  to  present  his 
views  concerning  a  consolidation  of  the  two  associations.  He  expressed  himself 
as  wholly  in  favor  of  such  a  course.  Several  of  the  members  of  this  Association 
then  pointed  out  to  him  the  obstacles  to  this  action.  Dr.  Turner  then  asked 
Dr.  Midgley  how  the  Dental  Educational  Council  arrived  at  a  uniform  curriculum 
for  the  dental  colleges  of  the  United  States  without  the  assistance  of  the  univer- 
sity schools.  These,  Dr.  Turner  pointed  out,  because  of  their  organic  relationships 
with  various  universities  with  varying  schedules,  were  unable  to  arrive  at  an 
absolutely  hard  and  fast  agreement  on  a  curriculum. 

A  general  and  very  interesting  discussion  followed,  at  the  conclusion  of  which 
Dr.  Owre  moved  a  vote  of  thanks  to  Dr.  Midgley  for  coming  to  the  meeting. 
This  motion  was  carried,  and  Dr.  Midgley  withdrew. 

Dr.  Smith's  motion  was  then  read ;  Dr.  Moorehead  offered  a  substitute  motion 
which  was  amended  by  Dr.  Turner  to  read  as  follows  : 

The  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities,  having  carefully  and  earnestly 
considered  the  proposal  presented  by  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America  for  the 
consolidation  of  the  Association  with  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties,  and  the 
formation  thereby  of  a  new  association,  and  fully  realizing  the  importance  of  the  object 
which  the  Council  has  in  mind,  and  wishing  to  co-operate  in  every  way  in  the  attainment  of 
this  object,  desires  to  submit  the  following  memoranda: 

1.  The  representatives  of  the  universities  who  are  members  of  the  Dental  Faculties' 
Association  of  American  Universities  have  no  authority  at  this  time  to  enter  into  new  cove- 
nants, as  questions  of  policy  are  decided   by  the  governing  bodies  of  these  several   universities. 

2.  The  far-reaching  and  important  influence  of  fhe  proposed  union  of  the  two  associations 
deserves  the  utmost  care  and  consideration  in  the  formulation  of  a  wise  plan  for  the  attain- 
ment  of  the   object   under   discussion. 

3.  We  suggest  that  a  committee  of  five  members  be  appointed  from  each  of  the  two 
organizations  jointly  to  examine  the  situation,  and  to  report'  their  findings  to  their  respective 
associations  at  their  next  meetings. 

General  discussion  continued  without  action  on  the  motion  until  well  into  the 
evening,  when  the  motion  was  carried.  Dr.  Millberry  moved  that  a  typewritten 
copy  of  the  motion  be  made  and  presented  to  Dr.  Midgley,  president  of  the  Dental 
Educational  Council  of  America.  The  motion  was  carried  and  the  meeting 
adjourned. 

At  the  evening  session  that  portion  of  the  secretary's  report  referring  to  the 
constitution  was  made  the  order  of  business.  Following  a  reading  of  the  section 
of  the  secretary's  report  dealing  with  the  proposed  amendment,  a  general  discus- 
sion was  held.  At  the  conclusion  of  this  it  seemed  evident  that  the  Association 
would  have  to  inaugurate  a  program  of  activities  in  the  near  future,  and  that  this 
would  necessitate  amendments  to  the  constitution.  On  motion  the  president  was 
authorized  to  appoint  a  committee  of  five  to  inaugurate  a  program,  and  present 
within  ninety  days,  if  possible,   such  amendments  as  seemed  necessary  to  permit 

89 


the  carrying  out  of  the  projected  program.     The   following  committee  was  ap- 
pointed :  Drs.  Millberry,  Moorehead,  Owre,  Turner,  and  Ward,  chairman. 

Dean  Millberry  presented  the  following  suggestion  in  the  form  of  a  motion 
for  an  amendment  to  the  constitution  with  respect  to  membership : 

Following  the  word  university  at  the  end  of  the  sixth  line  in  Article  III  of  the  constitu- 
tion, insert  as  follows:  "or  maintaining  an  organic  relationship  with  any  university-  having  a 
literary  department  recognized  as  giving  a  standard  course  of  instruction  by  the  Bureau  of 
Education  of  the  United  States  Government  and  a  medical  department  recognized  and  rated 
Class  A  by  the  Council  of  Education  of  the  American  Medical  Association. 

On  motion  'the  suggestion  was  referred  to  the  committee  of  five  that  had 
been  appointed  for  the  purpose  of  inaugurating  a  program  and  formulating  neces- 
sary amendments  to  the  constitution. 

On  motion  the  secretary's  report  of  activities  was  accepted  and  ordered 
placed  on  file. 

On  motion  Tufts  College  was  elected  a  member  of  this  Association. 

Dr.  Albert  Midgley  was  admitted  to  present  a  communication  from  the 
National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties  which  stated  that  a  committee  of  five 
had  been  appointed  and  was  ready  to  meet  a  like  committee  from  the  Dental 
Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  further  to  consider  the  matter  of 
consolidation  of  the  two  associations.  On  motion  the  committee  of  five  already 
appointed  to  inaugurate  a  program  was  authorized  to  take  charge  of  this  matter. 

The  secretary  presented  a  form  of  questionnaire  to  be  submitted  to  prospective 
members  of  the  Association.  On  motion  this  was  referred  to  the  same  committee 
of  five. 

The  report  of  the  educational  committee  was  then  read  by  Dr.  Owre.  The 
report  consisted  of  a  tabulation  of  the  hours  taught  by  each  of  the  colleges  in  the 
Association,  and  an  oral  discussion  of  the  variations.  A  general  and  profitable 
discussion  ensued  concerning  the  reasons  for  the  apparent  great  differences  in  the 
number  of  hours  taught.  It  seemed  to  be  the  unanimous  opinion  of  those  present 
that  it  was  not  possible  to  have  much  greater  uniformity  becattse  of  the  variations 
in  the  arrangement  of  the  work  scheduled  in  dental  curricula  and  taught  in  other 
departments  of  the  universities. 

The  meeting  adjourned  until  the  morning  of  January  29. 

The  first  order  of  business  on  January  29  was  a  report  from  the  committee 
of  five  appointed  to  inaugurate  a  program,  amend  the  constitution,  and  take  up 
the  matter  of  consolidation  with  a  committee  from  the  National  Association  of 
Dental  Faculties,  on  what  had  been  accomplished  in  the  interim  regarding  a 
consolidation.  The  committee  reported  orally  that  it  had  met  with  the  five 
members  of  the  latter  body  and  had  carried  on  a  long  discussion  over  the  matter 
of  consolidation.   On  motion,  the  report  was  accepted,  and  the  committee  continued. 

Dr.  Augustus  S.  Downing,  assistant-commissioner  of  education  of  the  state 
of  New  York,  was  present  by  invitation.  The  secretary  was  asked  to  outline 
briefly  the  results  of  his  correspondence  concerning  the  registration  of  university 
schools  by  the  state  of  New  York-.  There  was  then  a  general  discussion  of  the 
requirements  for  registration  in  the  state  of  New  York.  This  led  to  a  considera- 
tion of  the  action  of  the  schools  of  this  Association  at  its  meeting  in  Phi'adelphia 
in  recommending  a  prerequisite  of  one  year's  college  work  for  entrance  to  the 
four-year  course  in  1921.  Dr.  Owre  spoke  at  length  on  the  desirability  of  a 
predental  year.  A  general  discussion  ensued,  with  Dr.  Downing  participating. 
A  motion  was  then  passed  that  it  was  the  sense  of  the  Association  that  each  dean 
should  take  up  with  the  governing  bodies  of  his  college,  within  ninety  days,  the 
question  of  instituting  a  prerequisite  of  one  year's  college  work  in  1920  instead 
of  1921. 

90 


On  motion  the  secretary  was  authorized  to  take  up  with  Dr.  Downing,  through 
the  president  of  his  university,  the  matter  of  registration  of  the  schools  of  the 
Association. 

The  secretary  was  instructed  to  notify  the  secretary  of  the  Dental  Educational 
Council  of  America  that  it  was  the  desire  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of 
American  Universities  to  withdraw  its  request  for  representation  on  the  Council. 

The  matter  of  the  recognition  to  be  given  by  the  university  schools  to  the 
work  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council  was  given  lengthy  consideration,  resulting 
in  a  general  agreement,  without  motion,  that,  while  courtesy  should  always  be 
extended,  no  action  should  be  taken  which  would  incur  a  recognition  of  authority 
of  the  Dental  Educational  Council  over  the  university  schools. 

Special  mention  was  made  of  one  phase  of  the  situation  which  should  have 
no  action  on  the  part  of  any  dean  within  the  next  ninety  days — no  lists  of 
freshman  students  were  to  be  submitted  to  the  Council,  for  the  reason  that  this 
would  imply  a  recognition  of  the  Council's  authority  over  the  university  schools. 

The  meeting  adjourned,  to  reconvene  at  four  o'clock. 

On  Dr.  Moorehead's  motion,  the  educational  committee  was  requested  to 
prepare  a  statement  for  the  next  annual  meeting  of  the  Association  regarding  the 
attitude  the  Association  should  maintain  toward  the  Dental  Educational  Council 
of  America  on  three  points — entrance  requirements,  examination  of  schools,  and 
the  Council's  curriculum. 

Officers  were  then  elected  as  follows  : 

President — Dr.  F.  B.  Moorehead 
Vice-president — Dr.  C.  S.  Millberry 
Secretary-treasurer — Dr.  M.  L.  Ward 
Executive  Committee — Dr.  C.  R.  Turner,  two  years. 

Motion  was  carried  to  allow  the  secretary-treasurer  $200  a  year  for  clerical 
work. 

The  need  of  a  general  revision  of  the  constitution  and  by-laws  was  discussed 
at  length  by  Drs.  Smith  and  Millberry,  and  a  motion  carried  that  the  considera- 
tion of  a  general  revision  be  made  at  the  next  annual  meeting. 

The  Association  adjourned,  to  meet  within  ninety  days  at  Chicago  if 
practicable. 

SPECIAL    MEETING   HELD    IN   CHICAGO, 
JUNE  21,    1919 

A  special  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Univer- 
sities was  called  to  order  at  ten  o'clock,  June  21,  1919,  by  the  president,  Dr.  Moore- 
head, at  the  University  Club  in  Chicago.  Membership  universities  were  repre- 
sented as  follows :  Illinois,  Dean  F.  B.  Moorehead,  president ;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T. 
Breene;  Michigan,  Dean  M.  L.  Ward;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Ohio, 
Dean  H.  M.  Seamans. 

Visitors :  Drs.  Noyes,  Welker,  and  Gallie,  of  Illinois ;  Mr.  McConn,  registrar 
of  the  University  of  Illinois ;  and  Dr.  Colwell,  secretary  of  the  Council  on  Medical 
Education  of  the  American  Medical  Association. 

The  first  matter  of  business  was  a  consideration  of  the  course  to  be  pursued 
with  students  enrolled  in  the  three-year  course  who  had  been  taken  away  by  the 
draft  or  for  other  reasons  had  been  unable  to  complete  their  course  in  consecutive 
years.  On  motion  the  Association  recommended  that  such  students  be  allowed  to 
finish  their  course,  but  that  they  be  urged  to  make  every  effort  to  do  so  as  soon 
as  possible  after  enrollment. 

91 


The  requirement  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council  that  advanced  credit  in 
time  be  given  only  to  students  who  had  completed  two  full  years  in  Class  A 
medical  schools  was  then  taken  up  at  length.  Practically  everyone  present  ex- 
pressed the  opinion  that  the  requirements  were  impracticable  and  unjust.  Registrar 
McConn  then  presented  the  following  suggestion  : 

Time  credit  on  the  dental  curriculum  should  be  strictly  proportional  to  subject  credit, 
that  is,  a  man  who  received  subject  credit  for  work  successfully  completed  in  any  recognized 
college  of  the  university  or  professional  school  should  receive  time  credit  in  the  amount  repre- 
sented by  that  subject  in  the  dental  curriculum. 

This  was  made  a  motion  and  passed  unanimously  as  the  sense  of   the  meeting. 

There  followed  a  discussion  of  the  advisability  of  colleges  in  the  Associa- 
tion offering  combined  degrees  of  bachelor  of  science  and  dental  surgery.  All 
seemed  to  favor  the  adoption  of  a  course  which  would  provide  for  both  degrees, 
with  the  exception  of  Dean  Ward,  of  Michigan.  He  stated  that  Michigan  would 
not  oflfer  combined  degrees  in  future,  for  the  reason  that  the  dental  college  had 
alreadj--  received  recognition  by  the  graduate  school  of  the  University,  and  had 
had  students  accepted  as  candidates  for  the  master  of  science  degree  in  dentistry 
after  graduation  from  the  College  of  Dental  Surgery. 

On  motion  it  was  decided  to  adopt  a  rule  providing  as  far  as  was  practicable 
for  the  rating  of  all  foreign  students  on  examination,  except  in  cases  where  the 
work  done  by  the  applicant  was  in  a  well-recognized  university. 

On  motion  the  following  subjects  were  recommended  to  be  included  in  a 
predental  year  to  go  into  effect  in  1921 ;  physics,  eight  hours ;  biology,  eight  hours ; 
English,  eight  hours ;  electives,  ten  hours,  these  to  be  for  the  present  made  up 
from  a  foreign  language,  trigonometry,  drawing,  shop  practice,  .botany,  in  cases 
where  the  student  has  had  zoology  as  it  was  formerly  taught,  history  and  geology. 

The  matter  of  further  recognition  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council  as  a 
proper  body  to  rate  dental  schools  of  the  country  was  taken  up  and  given  very 
earnest  consideration.  After  a  lengthy  discussion  it  was  decided  by  motion  that 
the  Association  should,  in  the  interests  of  dental  education,  completely  ignore  the 
Dental  Educational  Council  of  America,  until  such  time  as  the  composition  of  this 
body  and  the  standards  maintained  by  it  should  be  changed. 

The  meeting  adjourned  subject  to  call  by  the  executive  committee. 

SPECIAL  MEETING  HELD  AT  NEW- 
ORLEANS,   OCTOBER   19,    1919 

A  special  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Univer- 
sities, was  called  for  two  o'clock  Sunday,  October  19,  1919,  at  the  Hotel  Grunswald. 
New  Orleans,  Louisiana. 

Membership  universities  were  represented  as  follows :  Harvard,  Dean  Eugene 
H.  Smith;  Illinois,  Dean  F.  B.  Moorehead;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T.  Breene;  Michigan, 
Dean  M.  L.  Ward;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre ;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  Charles 
R.  Turner ;  Tufts,  Dean  William  Rice ;  Washington  University,  Dean  J.  M. 
Kennerly. 

As  deans  from  seven  of  the  ten  membership  colleges  were  present  Sunday 
morning,  an  informal  meeting  was  held  at  10:30  o'clock  to  discuss  the  relations 
of  the  Association  with  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America.  Those 
present  were  Deans  Breene,  Kennerly,  Moorehead,  Owre,  Rice,  Smith,  and  Ward. 

President  Moorehead  explained  that  shortly  before  this  meeting  the  Dental 
Educational  Council  had  invited  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 


92 


Universities  to  send  three  delegates  to  a  meeting  of  the  Council  in  New  Orleans, 
Friday,  October  17,  and  that  he  had  accepted,  appointing  Deans   Owre,  Turner, 

.and  Ward. 

In  the  ensuing  discussion  of  past  relations  with  the  Dental  Educational 
Council,  it  developed  that  only  two  of  the  membership  colleges,  Harvard  and 
Iowa,  had  returned  to  the  Council  a  memorandum  to  show  the  number  of  students 

■enrolled,  and  that  no  college  had  returned  the  questionnaire  submitted  by  the 
Council  earlier  in  the  summer.     This  questionnaire  was  designed  to  furnish  the 

•data  necessary  for  a  rerating  of  the  dental  colleges  of  the  United  States.  At 
two  o'clock  the  meeting  adjourned  to  reconvene  immediately  for  the  special  meet- 
ing set  for  that  time. 

MINUTES  OF  SPECIAL  MEETING 

The  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  President  Moorehead,  who  submitted  the 
following  list  of  subjects  for  discussion :  Dental  Educational  Council,  National 
Association  of  Dental  Faculties;  revision  of  the  constitution,  with  especial  refer- 
•ence  to  membership;  syllabus;  accredited  dental  colleges,  domestic  and  foreign; 
honorary  scholastic  society ;  credits  for  advanced  standing ;  student  council ; 
new  members. 

The  secretary  was' then  asked  to  review  the  meeting  of  the  committee  of  the 
Association  with  the  Council  on  October  17.  He  reported  that  the  committee 
was  asked,  shortly  after  the  meeting  convened,  why  the  Association  had  declined 
to  support  the  work  of  the  Council.  The  secretary  replied  in  effect  that  inasmuch 
as  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  regarded  the  work 
of  the  Council  as  defective  in  many  respects,  and  inasmuch  as  the  Council  had 
"declined  to  grant  the  Association  representation  on  the  Council,  it  appeared  in- 
•advisable  to  support  the  Council  and  thereby  sponsor  its  work. 

The  committee  of  the  Association  ventured  to  prophesy,  though  speaking 
without  authority,  that  if  the  Council  should  offer  equal  representation  to  both 
'dental  faculties'  associations,  and  to  adopt  the  standard  of  the  American  Medical 
Association  as  that  for  grading  colleges,  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of 
American  Universities  would  support  the  Council. 

President  Moorehead  then  asked  Dr.  Owre  to  outline  his  views  on  the  attitude 
"the  Association  should  maintain  toward  the  Council.  A  general  discussion  of  the 
subject  followed. 

On  motion,  the  Association  approved  the  action  of  the  president  in  appointing 
a  committee  of  three  to  meet  with  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America, 
-in  accordance  with  the  invitation  extended  the  Association.  On  motion,  the  same 
committee  that  had  met  with  the  Council  on  October  17  was  authorized  to  continue 
to  represent  the  Association  in  this  relation. 

On  motion,  this  committee  was  authorized  to  ask  the  Dental  Educational 
'Council  for  a  statement  in  writing  of  their  acceptance  of  our  Association's  proposal 
that  there  be  equal  representation  on  the  Council  from  the  two  dental  faculties' 
associations. 

At  this  point  the  secretary  was  obliged  to  leave  to  attend  another  meeting, 
and  there  are  no  minutes  on  the  discussions  and  reports,  including  that  on  syllabi, 
•which  followed. 

The  meeting  adjourned  until  8:30  o'clock. 

At  the  Sunday  evening  meeting,  the  matter  of  consolidation  with  the  National 
Association  of  Dental  Faculties  was  taken  up  where  it  had  been  left  at  the  Atlanta 
-meeting.  The  committee  of  five  appointed  at  the  Atlanta  meeting  reported  that 
lihe  -situation  had  not  changed   sufficiently  since  that  time  to  warrant  them   in 

93 


recommending  any  action ;  that  it  did  not  seem  expedient  to  consider  further  the 
matter  of  consolidation.  On  motion,  the  secretary  was  instructed  to  notify  the 
chairman  of  the  committee  of  five  from  the  National  Association  of  Dental 
Faculties  that  the  Dental  Faculties  Association  of  American  Universities  deemed' 
it  inexpedient  to  consider  the  matter  further  at  this  time. 

Dr.  Owre  was  asked  to  report  on  the  organization  of  an  honorary  scholastic 
society.  He  outlined  the  constitution  and  by-laws  of  Omega  Eta  Mu,  an  honorary 
society  operating  at  the  University  of  Minnesota.  After  a  general  discussion,  it 
was  agreed  that  the  matter  should  be  referred  to  the  various  faculties  upon  the 
deans'  return  home. 

The  question  of  revising  the  constitution  of  the  Association  was  taken  up, 
especially  the  question  of  membership.  The  motion  presented  by  Dean  Alillberry 
at  the  Atlanta  meeting  covering  the  question  was  read  and  discussed.  On  motion. 
the  matter  was  referred  to  the  committee  appointed  at  Atlanta  to  present  the 
constitution  in  amended  form  for  final  action  at  the  next  annual  meeting;  and 
the  committee  was  authorized  to  insert  the  words  "well-recognized  literary  colleges 
and  medical  schools"  in  the  amendment  proposed  at  the  Atlanta  meeting,  also  to- 
formulate  such  other  amendments  as  would  bring  the  constitution  and  by-laws 
up  to  date. 

The  matter  of  the  predental  year  was  taken  up  at  length.  It  was  shown  that 
some  colleges  offered  but  three  hours'  work  each  semester  in  the  subjects  scheduled 
for  the  predental  year,  Washington  University  being  one  of  these.  It  was^ 
agreed  that  in  cases  of  transfer  of  students  from  one  of  our  colleges  to  another, 
work  done  in  one  college  must  have  been  equivalent  to  work  required  in  the  other,, 
or  the  transfer  should  not  be  made  until  shortages  in  courses  had  been  made  up. 

The  meeting  adjourned  until  two  o'clock  Alonday  afternoon. 

At  the  Monday  afternoon  session  the  president  announced  that  he  had  been 
informed  that  a  committee  had  been  appointed  by  the  National  Association  of 
Dental  Examiners  to  attend  one  of  our  meetings  with  a  view  of  urging  a  con- 
solidation of  the  two  associations.  It  was  agreed  to  receive  the  committee  at 
four  o'clock. 

It  was  reported  by  Dean  Smith  that  the  Dental  Department  of  the  Medical 
College  of  A^irginia  contemplated  adding  a  predental  year  in  1921.  On  motion. 
Dr.  Turner  was  appointed  to  look  up  the  standing  of  this  college  at  an  early 
date,  this  to  be  done  with  the  view  of  inviting  the  school  to  become  a  member  of 
the  Association. 

The  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America  then  delivered  through  Drs.  Bar- 
rett and  Midgley,  a  cordial  invitation  to  the  Association  to  send  three  delegates- 
to  represent  it  on  the  Council,  announcing  that  the  National  Association  of 
Dental  Faculties  had  agreed  to  reduce  its  representation  to  three  members.  A. 
reply  by  Tuesday  afternoon,  October  21,  was  requested. 

Dean  Smith  moved  a  further  consideration  of  amendments  to  the  constitution^ 
After  a  general  discussion,  the  committee  was  authorized  to  include  in  the  paragraph- 
covering  membership  a  proviso  for  honorary  members,  and  for  associate  members_ 
On  motion,  the  secretary  was  instructed  to  extend  to  Dr.  Augustus  L.  Downing, 
assistant-commissioner  of  education  of  the  state  of  New  York,  and  Dr.  Francis- 
W.  Shepardson,  director  of  professional  education  for  the  state  of  Illinois,  invita- 
tions to  become  honorary  members  of  the  Association,  without  dues  and  with 
power  to  vote. 

Dean  Breene  asked  for  a  consideration  of  the  question  of  vocational  courses- 
for  men  who  had  been  to  war,  with  reference  to  laboratory  work.  A  general 
discussion   took   place,    in   which   the   question   of   the    dental   hygienist   was   alsO' 

94 


-inTOlved.  The  substance  of  the  conclusions  reached  was  that  short  courses  fur- 
bishing a  low  grade  of  instruction  should  be  viewed  with  disfavor,  while  those 
■of  twoyears  or  more  offering  high  grade  instruction  should  be  looked  upon  with 
tavor,  if  through  such  courses  the  public  could  be  better  served. 

At  this  time  a  committee  of  three  from  the  National  Association  of  Dental 
Examiners  DrsT.  A.  Broadbent,  C.  B.  Miller,  and  T.  S.  Sims,  appeared  and 
presented  the  following  communication : 

■FaculS''^;^^^*.-'''  ^fT^  °'"'^'  Examiners  in  convention  assembled,  request  the  Dental 
Fa  u  tie     to    .ff    t  ,."""'"    Universities    and    the    National    Association    of    Dental 

Educa  io..,     r  -f    '7'°'"^'''!°''    °'   '^''^   *^°    '^^t^""^!    bodies    as    requested    by   the    Dental 

■Unrted   Stl.  a""      ^^Z'"-'-'    "P°n    the    advice    of    the    surgeon-general's    office    of    the 

.^entistf  tie  nf  7'  fT.  '  "'  "'  ^'''''  ^°""''^"''  '''''  ''''  ^^^^  '^'''^''^  °f  the  students  in 
dentistry,  the  people  of  this  country,  and  the  dental  profession  will  be  conserved  by  this  union. 

After  reading  the  communication,  President  Moorehead  asked  the  secretary 
•to  outline  briefly  the  consideration  that  had  been  given  to  the  matter  of  consolida- 
tion. When  this  had  been  done,  Dr.  Broadbent  asked  for  more  details  than  the 
-secretary  had  presented.  Dean  Owre,  who  was  asked  to  reply,  showed  clearly 
that  many  of  the  university  ideals  in  education  would  have  to  be  sacrificed  by 
•afhhation  with  the  other  dental  faculties'  associations  at  this  time 

President   Moorehead   also   made   an    excellent   commentary    on    the   matter 

dwe  ling  at  length  upon  what  the  Association  had  accomplished  in  the  past  and 

would  be  able  to  accomplish  in  the  future  if  it  remained  independent      Dr    Sims 

-made  a  spirited  reply  in  which  he  urged  the  two  bodies  to  get  together  in  some 

■  way  if  possible. 

Drs  Kennerly,  Miller,  Owre,  Sims,  and  Smith  discussed  the  question  further 
Before  the  visiting  committee  withdrew.  Dr.  Smith  moved  a  rising  vote  of  thanks' 
which  was  extended  unanimously. 

It  was  moved  that  the  educational  committee  keep  in  touch  with  all  the  deans 
regardmg  the  predental  year,  that  it  might  go  into  effect  at  the  time  scheduled 
and  accomplish  the  intended  result. 

On  motion,  the  meeting  adjourned.  The  secretary  was  instructed  to  call  the 
next  annual  meeting  two  days  previous  to  the  meeting  of  the  American  Institute 
of  Dental  Teachers  to  be  held  in  Detroit  in  January. 

In  accordance  with  the  action  taken  by  the  Association  authorizing  the  com- 
mittee of  three  appointed  to  represent  the  Association  in  its  relations  with  the 
Dental  Educational  Council  of  America,  to  ask  for  a  statement  in  writing  of  the 
Councils  concurrence  in  equal  representation  on  the  Council  of  the  two  dental 
faculties  associations,  the  committee  sent  the  following  communication  to  the 
JJental  Educational  Council  of  America. 

To  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  A,uerica^'''  °''""''   ''°""""^'   '''^*°'"-   '''    ''''■ 

of  ^m?rkrirwh.-ch"it"'""'''^r.'''r'''"'  '"^'*^*'°'^  °'  '""^  °^"^^^  Educational  CouncU 
■sitifs  shalbecnt  ''°^°'        ■''"'  '^'  '"'"'■"'  ^"'^"'*^^^'  Association  of  American   Univer- 

V  h  repr  sentat^^  b"  t^h"""  --^''-"^  Part  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America 
IsociSf'on  of  Dent.^  three  members  m  common  with  a  similar  representation  by  the  National 
•desTres   Zt   to  '''    '^"    °'"'"'    ^"'"''^"'    Association    of    American    Universities 

desires   first   to   give   expression   to   its    appreciation    of   the   action    contemplated    by   the   Dental 

fee^  wranted"-"  h  ^""''^  T'^  °^"^^'  ^^^"'*^^^'  ^^^""^^'^  °^  American'unL^s i^  e 
by  adesre  for  thV  t-'"""''""  •'''  f'  °^"'^'  Educational  Council  of  America  is  prompted 
skies  in  the  r  ,  T  T'  TurT""  °^  '''  °'"*^'  ^"^""'"'  Association  of  American  Univer. 
America  The  ZL'l  V  U  >  ^''^  '°-  *''  '-P^™*  -f  dental  educational  standards  in 
rnTsymnatlet;  ^^"*"^^^=;^^'"  Association  of  American  Universities  has  given  much  thought 
todav  and  tr      1       f "  *°/^'  "'"°"'  ^'°^'''^'  "'"'^^   ^^"  '^^  Cental   educational  world 

.deS,eratio„  "     '  """'"''  '*''"  *°  '  ^''"^'"'"^  "'^'^^  ^^^  ''-"  *he  result  of  its  careful 

93 


Were  the  proposed  election  of  representatives  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of 
American  Universities'  to  the  Council  to  be  consummafed  under  the  conditions  as  they  exist  at 
the  present  time,  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  would  find  itself 
in  the  position  of  entering  a  body,  with  the  organization  of  which  it  has  had  no  part  and, 
ipso  facto  of  becoming  a  subscriber  to  the  policies,  rules,  etc.  of  the  Council  when  it  has  had 
no  organic  participation  in  the  determination  of  these  policies,  rules,  etc.,  to  which  it  would 
thus  subscribe  and  with  which  it  does  not  find  itself  at  present  in  complete  agreement. 

The  Dental  faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  feels  that  it  should  have- 
its  just  part  in  the  determination  of  these  matters  of  vital  importance  which  will  afEect  all 
dental  colleges,  including  its  own  membership,  and  that  it  should  enjoy  the  same  opportunity 
which  the  representatives  of  the  various  constituent  bodies  have  thus  far  enjoyed.  The  Dental 
Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  desires  no  special  privilege  but  does  desire- 
that  its  representatives  shall  have  an  opportunity  for  participation  in  the  future  action  of  the 
Council  and  for  the  redetermination  of  matters  affecting  colleges  upon  which  the  Council  has 
already  taken  action. 

The  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  therefore,  suggests  that  the 
Dental  Education  Council  of  America  consent  to  a  revision  of  its  constitution  and  by-laws  ini 
which  the  representatives  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  shall 
take  an  active  part  and  that  the  constitution  and  by-laws  so  revised  shall  only  become  operative 
when  it  has  been  formally  ratified  by: 

1.  The  National  Dental  Association, 

2.  The  National  Association  of  Dental  Examiners, 

3.  The  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties, 

4.  Dental   Faculties'   Association  of  American  Universities. 

The  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  also  suggests  that  the  Dental' 
Educational  Council  of  America  consent  to  the  adoption  of  the  published  standard  of  the 
Council  on  Education  of  the  American  Medical  Association  for  the  grading  of  medical  schools 
as  the  basis  of  classification  of  dental  colleges,  with  such  modifications  as  may  be  necessary  tO' 
adapt  it  to  dental  colleges,  and,  as  soon  as  it  is  practicable  after  its  adoption,  to  the  rerating 
of  the  dental  colleges  of  the  United  States. 

On  October  22  the  Council  replied,  acknowledging  receipt  of  the  communica- 
tion, and  requesting  the  committee  to  meet  with  the  Council  that  evening.  No  reply 
was  made  to  the  suggestions  made  in  the  committee's  communication.  This  seemed' 
to  indicate  that  the  Council  either  did  not  intend  to  adopt  the  course  of  procedure 
suggested  by  the  committee,  or  did  not  understand  the  communication.  Inasmuch' 
as  Drs.  Turner  and  Owre  had  gone  home,  the  secretary,  third  member  of  the 
committee,  asked  Dr.  Smith  to  go  with  him  to  the  meeting  of  the  Council,  witb 
the  idea  in  mind  that  no  discourtesy  be  shown  the  Council,  and  that  eventually 
good  might  come  from  the  meeting. 

After  a  courteous  reception  the  committee  was  asked  a  number  of  questions,, 
among  them  the  following : 

■  I .  In  event  the  Council  does  not  comply  with  the  suggestions  contained  in  the  com- 
munication from  the  Association  committee,  is  it  the  intention  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Associa- 
tion of  American  Universities  to  withhold  its  support  from  the  Council? 

2.  Is  the  Council  to  understand  from  the  communication  submitted  by  the  Association 
committee  that  the  Association  does  not  trust  the  Council,  since  it  wants  a  program  submitted 
in   writing?  etc.,  etc. 

3.  Does  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  think  the  Council' 
has  not  shown  good  faith  since  the  Council  invited  our  Association  to  send  representatives- 
to  the  Council?  etc.,  etc. 

After  these  and  several  other  questions  had  been  asked.  Dean  Smith  and  the 
secretary  gave  their  personal  views  regarding  the  communication  and  its  intent, 
in  substance  as  follows  : 

The  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  would  accept  representation 
on  the  Council,  if  at  all,  in  good  faith,  with  the  desire  to  be  influential  in  bringing  about  some 
changes    in   the   standards    of   the   Council    which    would   be   for   the   general   good    of   dentistry. 

In  attempting  to  bring  about  the  changes  desired,  the  Association  would  not  withdraw 
if  a  first  attempt  failed,  or  in  subsequent  attempts,  unless  a  great  principle  were  at  issue  whichi 


96 


St.  /  The   representatives    tned,    with    apparent    success,    to    show  the    Council 

ha    they  came  to  work  w.th  them,   but  that  they  could  not   consider  the  sacrifice   of   principle 

he  sake  of"n  r  "  "™"'  '^^^  '°^'""'  '"'  ''''''''   ^^  *^^  -^e  of  protection,  or   fo 

the  sake  of  pohcn:g  some  private  enterprise  that  had  incurred  no  obligation  to  the  public 
oon,n.>.      '■^'■esenlatives    of    the    Association   pointed    out   that    the    communication    from    the 
committee  of  the  Association   was   sent   with   a  view   of  determining   whether  the   CouncU   had 
■overlooked   one   of  the   suggestions   made   by  the  committee   to   the   Council    October    "7     wfth 
respect    to    the    standards    of   the    American    Medical    Association    for    rating    medrcal    I;hooS 

After    lengthy    discussion,    the    representatives    of    the    Association    withdrew,    with    the 
committ         /..     1  *'^^-"etary   of   the   Council   would    reply  to    the   communicatio;    from   th 
committee  o    the  Association  upon  his  return  home,  also  with  the  understanding  that  the  rat  „g 
of  den  al  colleges  on  the  basis  of  the  new  questionnaires  submitted  in  June  would  be  postpone! 
until  the  meeting  of  the  Council  set  for  the  latter  part  of  January  postponed 

While  it  was  understood  that  relations  with  the   Council   were  to   be  continued    there  is 

toMrtTk^n^Vott:"'"'"""'^"'''"  ''■°'" '''  -"^"^'''^^  °^ ''-'  -^-^^  ^^-^  -'-^o-  --1^ 

The  following  reply  was  received  from  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of 
America  early  in  November : 

Dr.  Marcus  L.  Ward,  Secretary,  November   i,    1919. 

Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities, 
Ann  Arbor,  Michigan. 

Dear  Doctor  Ward:  Replying  to  your  letter  of  October  21,  addressed  to  the  Dental 
Educational  Council  of  America,  at  New  Orleans,   Louisiana 

i3resenT°"Thf ""  T  "'""^  •°  '^"  ^.°"""''  ^""^  ^"'  '^''"'''''^  ^^  '^^^^'^^  ^y  all  the  members 
present.  The  secretary  was  instructed  to  inform  you  that  we  are  pleased  to  accept  your  repre- 
sentation  of  three  members  upon  the  Council,  and  I  will  ask  your  Association  to  be  good 
enough  to  appoint  the  members  as  soon  as  possible,  and  let  me  have  the  names 

An  adjourned  meeting  of  the  Council  will  be  held  at  the  time  of  the  meeting  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Dental  Teachers,  in  Detroit,  some  time  in  January,  1920.  The  exact 
date  and  place  of  meeting  will  be  communicated  to  the  members  appointed  in  due  time 

The  principal  subjects  to  come  up  for  discussion  at  the  adjourned  meeting  so  far  as 
we  know  now,  will  be: 

1.  Amendments  to  our  articles  of  organization; 

2.  Amendments  to  our  minimum    Class   A    requirements; 

3.  Reclassification  of  those  dental  schools  who  applied'  for  a  higher  rating  and  who 
were  mspected  during  the  past  year.  Action  on  these  schools  was  deferred  in  order  to  -ive 
your  representatives  an  opportunity  to  participate  in  the  classification. 

Permit  me  to  express  my  personal  pleasure  over  the  fact  that  your  Association  is  about 
to  become  an  active  factor  in  the  work  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council. 

Sincerely  yours, 

Henry  L.  Banzhaf,   Secretary. 
The  meeting  adjourned. 

TWELFTH    ANNUAL    MEETING 

_  The  twelfth  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  convened  at  four  p.m.,  Sunday,  January  25,  1920,  at  Hotel  Statler, 
Detroit,  Michigan,  with  Dean  Millberry  presiding  in  the  absence  of  President 
Moorehead.  Membership  universities  were  represented  as  follows:  California, 
Dean  G.  S.  Millberry;  Harvard,  Dean  Eugene  H.  Smith;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T. 
Breene;  Michigan,  Dean  M.  L.  Ward;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Nebraska 
(application  pending  action),  Dean  W.  C.  Davis;  Ohio,  Dean  H.  M.' Seamans ; 
Pennsylvania,  Dean  Charles  R.  Turner;  Tufts,  Dean  William  Rice;  University  of 
the  State  of  New  York,  Dr.  Augustus  S.  Downing. 

Visitors :  Dr.  Appleton,  of  Pennsylvania ;  Dr.  Hoff,  of  Alichigan ;  Dr.  Lischer, 
of  Washington  University. 


97 


At  the  presiding  officer's  suggestion  it  was  voted  to  take  up  first  the  report 
of  the  committee  on  amendments  to  the  constitution. 

Dr.  Ward  reviewed  the  discussions  which  had  taken  place  in  committee,  and 
was  followed  by  Dr.  Owre,  who  emphasized  the  necessity,  in  formulating  amend- 
ments, of  keeping  in  view  the  major  premise — that  dentistry  must  become  ulti- 
mately a  specialty  in  medicine.  He  suggested,  for  the  committee,  an  amendment 
encouraging  dental  schools  to  establish  university  connections;  and  a  statement  of 
the  Association's  ultimate  goal,  which  would  involve  two  years  of  preliminary 
education,  as  in  medical  colleges. 

Dr.  Smith  said,  "We  ought  to  work  as  rapidly  as  possible  toward  requiring" 
two  years  of  preparatory  work  and  two  years  of  medical  work.  I  want  to  put 
myself  on  record  in  regard  to  that.  If  you  want  to  be  on  a  par  with  medicine, 
you  must  have  your  student  in  medical  school,  as  a  medical  student,  taking  two 
or  three  years  of  medicine,  later  taking,  in  the  fourth  year,  dental  subjects  which 
will  count  toward  a  medical  degree.    Another  year  he  can  specialize." 

Dr.  Downing  remarked,  "Wouldn't  it  cover  it  all  if  you  took  the  first  sentence 
and  ^aid,  'The  object  shall  be  to  promote  dental  education  in  accord  with  univer- 
sity ideals?'  Your  ideal  is  to  get  to  the  same  basis  as  medicine  in  the  next 
generation, — two  years  of  preliminary  college  work,  a  certain  amount  of  medical 
work  preliminary,  and  then  two  years  of  special  dentistry.  That  is  the  university 
ideal,  but  for  most  of  the  university  schools,  even  well  organized  as  they  are  now, 
it  is  a  long  way  ahead.  I  quite  agree  with  you  on  the  necessity  for  this,  but 
it  is  a  long  way  ahead.  The  time  has  come  when  no  dental  school  and  no  medical 
school  can  be  incorporated  unless  it  has  a  university  connection.  That  is  funda- 
mental to  good  education." 

Dr.  Ward  asked  for  further  discussion  for  the  guidance  of  the  committee. 

It  was  voted,  on  motion,  that  the  standing  resolutions  also  be  revised  by  the 
committee  on  the  constitution. 

After  lengthy  discussion  of  the  advisability  of  creating  an  associate  member- 
ship, it  was  decided  to  of¥er  only  the  two  existing  types,  full  and  honorary 
membership. 

The  executive  committee  then  reported  on  its  examination  of  the  dental 
school  of  the  University  of  Nebraska,  recommending  the  admission  of  this  school 
to  membership. 

The  meeting  adjourned  until  evening. 

At  the  evening  session  it  was  voted  to  adopt  the  report  of  the  executive  com- 
mittee on  the  dental  school  of  the  University  of  Nebraska.  Dean  Davis  was 
notified,  and  invited  to  attend  the  morning  session. 

On  motion,  Drs.  Owre  and  Ward  were  appointed  a  committee  of  two  to  edit 
the  minutes  of  the^last  three  years. 

A  committee,  Drs.  Owre,  Turner,  and  Ward,  was  appointed  to  formulate 
plans  for  the  admission  of  schools  to  membership  in  the  Association. 

After  long  and  earnest  discussion  of  the  question  of  accepting  membership 
on  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America,  it  was  voted  unanimously  to  reply 
to  the  Council,  that  because  of  the  belief  of  our  Association  in  a  university  affilia- 
tion for  dental  colleges  as  the  ideal  in  dental  education,  it  was  inadvisable  to 
accept  membership  in  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America. 

After  considerable  discussion  of  the  matter  of  advanced  standing,  especially 
in  relation  to  foreign  students,  it  was  voted  that  such  questions  be  referred  to  the 
educational  committee. 

The  report  of  the  educational  committee  on  syllabi  was  read  by  Dr.  Owre 
and  accepted.    The  report  was  discussed  at  length  by  Drs.  Downing,  Turner,  and 


elceotion  of  ?rT  '"I    u    ""^^"^^^^^  support  to  the  predent.l  year,  with  the 

.    exception  of  the  subject  of  shop  practice,  which  he  be'ieved  should  be  a^  elective 

Honorary  fraternities  were  then  brought  up  for  discussion.   Drs.  Millberrv  and 

irZZZ\L7rn'  '''  °^""^^"^  °^  ^"^^  organizations  in  their  insti::Lns' 
It  was  voted  that  Dr   Owre  represent  the  Association  at  the  meeting  Dean  Black 

iLZlT^ZfrT'  ^'"J°  '°^'  '"""-^  '^'  --^-^  °f  'he  American 
institute  of  Dental  Teachers,  on  this  question 

iinanl'al  rtrrf  r/T."'"".  1"'^'^'    '"'    ^^^^^^^^    ^^^    secretary-treasurer's 
tinancial  report,  and  authorized  the  payment  of  various  bills 

Uftcers  were  elected  as  follows : 

President— Br.  G.   S.   Millberry 

Vice-pres!dent~Dr.  Alfred  Owre 

Secretary^treastirer — Dr.  M.  L.  Ward 

Executive  Committee~Br.  C.  A.  Turner    chairman-   Dr    -R    T    t5 

Bdue..n.  C......_Br.   A.red   O^'re'^r.^?  Br"  J.  TlVZs^Tr..   .ears 

The  meeting  adjourned  subject  to  the  call  of  the  executive  committee. 

SPECIAL   MEETING   AT   DETROIT 
JANUARY   28,    1920 

A  special  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Univer- 
Hot  r.T.r  n'"  ^^'^r.^^-^^d-t  Millberry  for  Wednesday,  January  28  in  the 
Hotel  Statler,  Detroit,  Michigan,  to  consider  the  advisability  of  sending  a  tele- 
gram to  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  the  State  of  New  York  urgtg 

tZ  Tir''  ""'  '''  ^''T'''  ^"  ^^"^^"^  ^'  ^  "-f--  predental  reqSre' 
tnent  for  the  university  session  beginning  October,   1921.     Those  present  at  this 

Tnd  Warr  "  ^"^"^'  ""''''''''  °^^^^'  ^''^'  ^eamans,  ImiJh  Tur^t: 
Dean  Owre  and  Dean  Turner  were  called  upon  to  outline  the  essential  points 
m  the  discussion  they  had  had  with  Dr.  Downing  on  Tuesday,  January  27  It  wa 
beheved  that  Dr.  Downing  would  approve  of  a  predental  year  contaning  wo 
sciences  instead  of  three,  provided  the  Association  could  convince  the  Board  o^ 
Regents  of  the  University  of  New  York  that  it  was  very  desirable  for  them  to 
co-operate  with  the  Association  in  this  manner.  After  informal  discussion  t 
was  decided  to  send  the  following  telegram.  aiscussion,   it 

To  the  Board  of  Regents,  January  28,    1920. 

University  of  the  State  of  New  York, 
Albany,  New  York. 

hearty'^t^pfo^rof'^Sf:;  Association    of  American    Universities   assembled   wish   to    express 

SIX  hours.     Recommend  two  years  of  predental  work  in  1926.  ee  nours,  elect.ves, 

The  meeting  adjourned. 


99 


SPECIAL    MEETING    AT    BOSTON, 
AUGUST  23,    1920 

A  special  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Univer- 
sities was  called  to  order  August  23,  1920,  by  Vice-President  Owre  in  the  library 
of  Harvard  University  Dental  School,  Boston,  Massachusetts.  Membership  uni- 
versities were  represented  as  follows :  Harvard,  Dean  Eugene  H.  Smith ;  Illinois,. 
Dean  F.  B.  Moorehead ;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T.  Breene ;  Michigan,  Dean  M.  L.  Ward  ; 
Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Nebraska,  Dean  W.  C.  Davis;  Ohio,  Dean  H.  M. 
Seamans  ;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  C.  R.  Turner  ;  Tufts,  Dean  William  Rice ;  Washing- 
ton University,  Dean  J.  H.  Kennerly. 

Visitors :  Dr.  Terry  and  Dr.  Van  Woert,  of  Columbia  University. 

On  motion,  the  first  matter  taken  up  was  the  application  of  Columbia  Univer- 
sity Dental  School  for  membership  in  the  Association.  It  was  voted  that 
Drs.  Downing,  Turner,  and  Ward  make  the  examination  of  the  school  and  present 
a  formal  report.  Dr.  Van  Woert,  dean  of  the  school,  who  was  present  on  the 
invitation  of  the  executive  committee,  was  asked  to  outline  the  basis  of  his 
application  for  membership.  His  report  was  followed  by  a  general  discussion, 
the  trend  of  which  was  that  the  committee  appointed  to  examine  the  school  should 
present  their  findings  in  form  to  be  sent  to  the  president  of  Columbia  University. 

The  next  subject  for  consideration  was  the  retirement  of  professors  in  dental 
schools  and  colleges  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of 
Teaching.  The  secretary  stated  in  this  connection  that  the  time  has  been  so  short 
since  President  Burton  came  to  Michigan  (the  secretary's  institution)  that  the 
rriatter  had  only  recently  been  placed  before  the  Foundation. 

Dean  Turner  stated,  "The  apparent  refusal  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  to 
retire  professors  in  dental  schools  and  -colleges  is  a  surprise  to  me,  for  while  the 
question  has  been  raised  in  our  own  school,  it  was  done  by  a  part  time  man  who 
became  partly  incapacitated.  The  application  was  denied,  and  with  the  denial  was- 
coupled  the  statement  that  the  status  of  the  dental  profession  is  at  present  un- 
certain. I  then  consulted  the  Provost,  who  informed  me  that  all  members  of  the 
teaching  staff  of  the  dental  schools  of  Pennsylvania  who  were  on  the  accepted  list 
of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  in  1915  are  eligible  for  retiring  allowances." 

Dean  Kennerly  discussed  the  subject,  stating  that  it  was  he  who  was  appar- 
ently rejected  after  the  chancellor  of  Washington  University  had  made  application 
for  his  retirement.  "I  raised  the  question  before  this  Association  as  much  for 
the  purpose  of  interesting  the  Foundation  in  rating  the  schools  of  the  Association 
as  for  the  purpose  of  determining  the  status  of  the  professors  in  dental  schools 
with  respect  to  retirement." 

bean  Ward  then  read  an  opinion  from  President  Burton  with  respect  to  the 
eligibility  of  professors  in  dental  schools  and  colleges  for  retirement  by  the 
Carnegie  Foundation. 

On  motion  by  Dean  Smith  it  was  voted  that  a  communication  be  sent  to 
the  Carnegie  Foundation  asking  them  to  investigate  the  schools  of  the  Association. 

Dean  Ward  remarked,  "I  believe  all  that  could  be  done  would  be  to  get  a 
survey  of  dental  education  rather  than  a  rating." 

Dr.  Downing  stated,  "I  think  a  request  should  be  made  for  the  same  con- 
sideration for  teachers  in  dental  colleges  as  for  teachers  in  colleges  of  liberal  arts^ 
medicine,  and  other  similar  departments  of  universities." 

On  motion  the  meeting  adjourned  until  three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon. 


At  the  afternoon,  session  considerable  time  was  devoted  to  a  consideration  of 
the  relations  of  the  Association  with  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America. 
The  discussion  was  preceded  by  the  reading  of  two  letters  exchanged  between 
President  Burton,  of  Michigan,  and  Dr.  Midgley,  president  of  the  Council.  After  a 
general  discussion,  it  was  voted,  on  motion,  that  the  same  committee  which  met 
with  the  Council  at  New  Orleans  should  be  appointed  to  meet  with  the  Council 
the  next  day,  August  24. 

It  was  voted  to  defer  a  consideration  of  the  syllabi  until  the  next  meeting  of 
the  Association.  The  educational  committee,  on  motion  by  Dr.  Moorehead,  was 
instructed  to  publish  as  soon  as  ready  the  syllabus  of  each  subject  in  bulletin  form. 

On  motion  the  meeting  adjourned  subject  to  the  call  of  the  executive  com- 
mittee, with  the  suggestion  that  a  meeting  be  arranged  either  immediately  before 
or  immediately  after  the  meeting  of  the  American  Institute  of  Dental  Teachers. 

THIRTEENTH   ANNUAL   MEETING 

The  thirteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  Ameri- 
can Universities  was  called  to  order  at  10:30  o'clock,  January  23,  1921,  by 
President  Millberry  at  the  Claypool  Hotel,  Indianapolis,  Indiana.  Membership  uni- 
versities were  represented  as  follows :  California,  Dean  G.  S.  Millberry ;  Harvard, 
Dean  E.  H.  Smith ;  Illinois,  Dean  F.  B.  Moorehead ;  Iowa ;  Dean  F.  T.  Breene ; 
Michigan,  Dean  M.  L.  Ward;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre ;  Nebraska,  Dean 
W.  C.  Davis ;  Ohio,  Dean  H.  M.  Seamans ;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  Charles  R. 
Turner ;  Tufts,  Dean  William  Rice ;  Washington  University,  Dean  J.  H.  Kennerly. 

Visitors :  Drs.  Bunting  and  Travis,  of  Michigan  ;  Drs.  Nylander  and  Thomas, 
of  Illinois ;  Dr.  White,  of  St.  Louis. 

The  minutes  of  the  meetings  of  January  25  to  26,  1920,  and  August  23,  1920, 
were  read  and  approved  with  a  few  corrections. 

The  president  then  outlined  briefly  some  of  the  matters  which  were  to  come 
up  for  discussion  at  the  meeting,  including  the  training  of  dental  teachers  and 
the  dental  survey.  He  stated  that  he  had  had  no  response  to  his  invitation  to 
Dr.  Pritchett,  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation,  but  he  had  been  informed  by  Dr.  Black 
that  Dr.  Pritchett  would  not  be  present. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  the  matter  of  the  five-year  curriculum  in- 
corporated in  the  report  of  the  educational  committee  presented  by  Dr.  Owre. 
The  curriculum  was  discussed  in  great  detail,  the  discussion  hinging  chiefly  on 
what  should  be  included  in  the  predental  year. 

Dr.  Black,  president  of  the  American  Institute  of  Dental  Teachers,  was  then 
invited  into  the  meeting  to  present  for  consideration,  what  he  termed  "a  possible 
plan  of  harmonizing  the  administrative  affairs  in  dental  education."  Dr.  Black 
outlined  the  recent  tendency  in  dental  education  toward  university  control  of 
dental  schools,  and  suggested  the  organization  among  all  existing  dental  schools 
of  an  "administrative  council"  which  should  provide  for  "the  future  direction  of 
dental  education  for  all  dental  schools  by  the  university  schools." 

Dr.  Black  then  asked  for  a  committee  of  five  from  the  Association  to  meet 
with  five  unofficial  representatives  from  the  National  Association  of  Dental 
Faculties  to  discuss  the  plan,  preliminary  to  a  possible  organization  of  this 
"administrative  council"  a  year  thence.  If  the  Association  approved  such  a  move. 
Dr.  Black  would  have  a  similar  committee  appointed  from  the  American  Institute 
of  Dental  Teachers  to  work  over  the  matter. 

Dr.  Black  was  questioned  as  to  the  probable  functions  of  the  possible 
"administrative  council"  and  its  probable  relations  with  the  Dental   Educational 


Council  of  America.  He  stated  that  his  idea  was  that  the  proposed  new  body 
should  be  chiefly  a  conference  body ;  that  its  relations  with  the  Dental  Educa- 
tional Council  could  be  determined  later.  He  stressed  the  necessity  of  closer 
relations  between  dental  schools  and  boards  of  dental  examiners,  giving  the 
furthering  of  such  relations  as  an  important  function  of  the  proposed  new 
organization. 

Dr.  Smith  pointed  out  that  since  the  present  tendency  in  dental  education 
was  toward  university  control,  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  had  little  to  gain  by  disbanding  and  joining  a  bod)^  in  which  it  had 
no  assurance  of  exerting  as  powerful  an  influence  as  it  was  at  present  exerting 
on  educational  policies. 

Dean  Black  replied  that  a  centralized  organization  .of  all  schools  might  be 
able  to  make  faster  progress  than  the  Association  could  alone. 

It  was  then  voted  to  take  the  matter  under  advisement  and  Dr.  Black  withdrew. 

After  further  discussion  of  the  five-year  curriculum,  the  meeting  adjourned 
until  2:30  o'clock. 

At  the  afternoon  session  the  discussion  again  revorted  to  the  five-year  cur- 
riculum. After  much  discussion  as  to  whether  or  not  the  New  York  requirement 
could  be  enforced  the  chair  appointed  a  committee,  Drs.  Moorehead,  Rice,  and 
Turner,  to  draw  up  a  telegram  and  send  to  Dr.  Downing.  The  purport  of  the 
telegram  was  to  inquire  whether  or  not  a  man  could  be  admitted  conditioned  in 
one  of  the  two  sciences  provided  he  had  sufficient  credit  in  other  subjects  to  make 
up  the  required  hours. 

Dr.  Millberry  announced  that  California  had  decided  not  to  establish  the 
predental  j^ear  until  after  the  Carnegie  survey  of  dental  education. 

The  next  order  of  business  wa";  the  report  of  the  committee  on  the  revision 
of  the  constitution.  Dr.  Turner  reported  for  the  committee  the  recommended 
changes,  and  on  motion  the  proposed  constitution  was  referred  back  to  the  com- 
mittee for  submission  in  writing  to  the  members,  final  action  to  be  taken  at  the 
next  meeting  of  the  Association. 

The  report  of  the  committee  for  the  examination  of  Columbia  University 
^  Dental  School  was  given  in  full  by  Dr.  Turner  and  substantiated  by  Dr.  Ward, 
the  other  member  of  the  committee.  It  was  voted  that  it  was  inadvisable  to  admit 
the  school  to  membersihip  at  that  time,  but  that  every  encouragment  should  be 
given  toward  the  establishment  of  the  school  on  a  basis  that  would  admit  it  to 
membership;  and  that  the  opinion  of  the  Association  in  this  connection  be  con- 
veyed to  Dean  Van  Woert,  of  the  Columbia  University  Dental  School. 

The  next  order  of  business  was  a  discussion  of  the  status  of  dental  teachers 
in  relation  to  their  retirement  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation.  Dr.  Turner  asked 
for  President  IMillberry's  reaction  to  a  survey  of  dental  education  by  the  Carnegie 
Foundation. 

President  Millberry  stated,  "I  think  a  survey  is  the  most  important  thing  we 
have  before  us.  The  survey  would  have  nothing  whatever  to  do  with  the  retire- 
ment of  those  professors  who  were  in  the  colleges  accepted  by  the  Carnegie 
Foundation  before  November  17,  191 5.  It  would  give  us  a  better  basic  under- 
standing of  general  conditions  in  dentistrj^  than  we  have  ever  had  before." 

Dr.  Moorehead  remarked,  "I  think  the  report  of  such  an  investigation  by  the 
Carnegie  Foundation  should  be  given  the  fullest  publicity.  Give  it  to  the  Associ- 
ated Press  and  let  everybody  know  the  facts  about  dentistry." 

President  Millberry  said,  "I  think  there  is  no  action  we  can  take  at  this  time 
unless   a   resolution   were   presented  offering   our  voluntary  assistance.     I   under- 


102 


stand  that  Mr.  Pritchett  has  said  that  if  many  of  the  university  presidents  concur 
in  the  matter  he  has  undertaken  it  will  be  very!  helpful." 

Dr.  Smith  moved  that  such  a  resolution  be  frained  and  a  committee  of  five 
be  appointed  to  convey  the  resolution  to  Mr.  Pritchett.  The  chair  appointed  the 
following  committee  :  Deans  Aloorehead,  Owre,  Rice,  Smith,  and  Turner. 

On  motion  the  meeting  adjourned  until  after  dinner. 

At  the  evening  session  there  was  some  discussion  relative  to  the  value  of 
publishing  proceedings. 

The  matter  of  relations  with  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America  was 
again  brought  up  for  consideration.  Dr.  Ward  outlined  briefly  the  activities  of 
President  Burton,  of  Michigan,  and  himself  in  this  connection. 

Motion  was  made  by  Dr.  Smith  that  a  committee  of  three  be  appointed  to 
meet  the  Educational  Council,  with  definite  instructions  as  to  what  would  be 
expected  of  them.  Drs.  Owre  and  Turner  voted  against  this.  Dr.  Owre  was  of 
the  opinion  that  the  presidents  of  the  universities  represented  in  the  Association 
should  be  present  at  further  meetings  with  the  Dental  Educational  Council,  or  as 
many  of  them  as  it  was  possible  to  have  present.  The  chair  appointed  Drs.  Owre, 
Smith,  and  Ward  to  formulate  a  draft  of  our  views  for  submission  to  the  Council, 
to  be  submitted  first  to  the  Association  for  approval  or  disapproval. 

On  motion,  two  members,  Drs.  Breene  and  Seamans,  were  added  to  the  above 
committee  to  meet  with  Dr.  Black's  committee  of  five  from  the  National  Associa- 
tion of  Dental  Faculties. 

The  matter  of  admission  of  students  to  advanced  standing  was  discussed,  with 
especial  reference  to  foreign  students  applying  for  admission,  including  those 
who  have  never  studied  dentistry,  those  who  have  the  L.D.S.,  and  graduates  of 
Japanese  schools. 

President  Millberry  announced  that  Dr.  Turner  was  to  go  to  the  meeting  of 
the  Federation  Dentaire  Internationale  in  Madrid  as  a  representative  from  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  and  suggested  that  he  also  be  made  a  delegate  of  the 
Association.  It  was  voted  that  Dr.  Turner  be  furnished  with  the  proper  creden- 
tials, and  that  he  be  asked  to  report  his  findings  on  the  status  of  foreign  dental 
schools  applying  for  admission  to  schools  in  the  Association. 

The  matter  of  giving  publicity  to  the  Association  activities  was  discussed.  On 
motion,  Drs.  Moorehead  and  Turner  were  appointed  to  write  an  article  for 
publication  in  one  of  the  leading  dental  journals  and  in  the  section  on  stomatology 
in  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association.     (See  Appendix,  p.   117.) 

President  Millberry  described  the  manner  of  training  dental  assistants  as  it 
is  done  in  California. 

Election  of  officers  resulted  as  follows : 

President— Hr.  Alfred  Owre 

Vice-president — Dr.  William  Rice 

Secretary-treasurer — Dr.   M.  L.  Ward 

Executive  Committee — Dr.  F.  B.  Moorehead,  for  three  years 

Educational  Committee — Dr.  Alfred  Owre,  chairman;   Dr.  C.  A.  Turner,  for  three  years. 

The  meeting  adjourned  to  meet  Monday  evening,  January  24. 


103 


SPECIAL    MEETING    AT    INDIANAPOLIS, 
JANUARY   24,    1921 

A  special  meeting  was  called  to  order  by  President  Millberry,  Monday  evening, 
January  24,  at  the  Claypool  Hotel.  Indianapolis,  for  the  purpose  of  considering 
some  matters  not  finished  at  the  regular  meeting. 

The  first  order  of  business  was  a  verbal  report  of  the  committee  appointed 
to  outline  the  conditions  under  which  we  should  meet  with  the  Dental  Educational 
Council  of  America.  On  motion,  the  Association  voted  to  send  the  same  com- 
mittee (Drs.  Owre,  Turner,  and  Ward)  who  had  formerly  represented  the  Associa- 
tion before  the  Council,  in  event  the  conditions  requested  by  this  Association  were 
met.  On  motion  the  above  named  committee  was  authorized  to  submit  the 
following  statement  to  the  Council : 

The  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  has  reviewed  the  corre- 
spondence that  has  taken  place  between  President  M.  L.  Burton  and  Dr.  A.  L.  Midgley 
relative  to  affiliation  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  with  the 
Dental  Educational  Council  of  America,  and  interprets  this  correspondence  to  mean  that  it 
is  desirable  at  this  time  that  a  committee  from  each  of  these  two  bodies  should  meet  for  the 
purpose  of  discussing  the  details  of  the  proposed  affiliation.  With  this  in  view,  the  Dental 
Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  has  appointed  the  following  committee, 
Marcus  L.  Ward,  Charles  R.  Turner,  Alfred  Owre,  to  confer  with  a  similar  committee  to  be 
appointed  by  the  Dental   Educational  Council. 

The  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities  has  instructed  the  above 
named  committee  to  ask  the  Dental  Educational  Council  if  it  will  consent  to  a  revision  of 
its  constitution  and  by-laws  and  allow  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities 
to  take  an  active  part  in  such  revision. 

The  committee  is  also  instructed  to  ask  the  Dental  Educational  Council  to  commit  itself 
favorably  to  the  enforcement  in  1922  of  high  school  graduation  and  one  year  of  college  work 
as  a  prerequisite  to  an  A  rating. 

The  committee  is  also  instructed  to  ask  the  Dental  Educational  Council  to  commit  itself 
favorably  to  the  revision  of  its  standard  of  rating  colleges  and  a  rerating,  and  participation 
in  such  revision  and  rerating  by  representatives  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of 
American  Universities. 

The  committee  is  also  instructed  to  ask  the  Dental  Educational  Council  to  commit  itself 
that  any  form  of  reorganization  shall  not  become  final  until  all  the  associations  directly  con- 
cerned therewith   shall  have  concurred   in   the  plan  of  reorganization. 

Dr.  Turner  reported  that  the  telegram  he  was  authorized  to  send  to  Dr.  Down- 
ing had  been  sent,  and  the  report  had  been  sent  to  the  secretary  of  the  Association. 
The  telegram  in  reply  read  as  follows : 

January  24,    1921. 

Can't  agree  suggested  modification  predenfal  year.  Present  requirement  not  too  severe. 
Prospective  students  easily  get  English,  biology,  chemistry,  and  even  physics  if  they  have  not 
had  the  last  subject  in  high  school.  Six  semester  hours  proposed  electives  satisfactory.  Please 
do  nothing  to  longer  make  impossible  registration  university  schools.  Kindest  regards  every- 
body. August  S.  Downing. 

There  was  a  unanimous  vote  to.  have  Dr.  Turner  take  up  the  matter  presented 
by  telegram  with  Dr.  Downing  and  further  urge  its  adoption. 
The  meeting  adjourned. 

FOURTEENTH   ANNUAL   MEETING 

The  fourteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of 
American  Universities  was  called  to  order  January  22,  1922,  by  the  president, 
Dr.  Owre,  at  the  Hotel  Windsor,  Alontreal.  Canada.  Membership  universities 
were  represented  as  follows:  California,  Dean  G.  S.  Millberry;  Columbia 
(membership  application  pending)  Dean  F.  T.  Van  Woert ;  Harvard,  Dean  E.  H. 
Smith;   Iowa,  Dean  F.  T.   Breene;   Michigan,   Dean   M.   L.   Ward;    Minnesota. 

104 


Dean  Alfred  Owre ;  Nebraska,  Dean  W.  C.  Davis ;  Ohio,  Dean  H.  M.  Seamans ; 
Pennsylvania,  Dean  C.  R.  Turner ;  University  of  tiie  State  of  New  York, 
Dr.  A.  S.  Downing;  Tufts,  Dean  William  Rice;  Washington  University, 
Dr.  Brady. 

Visitors :  Drs.  Mauk  and  Hanford,  of  California ;  Drs.  Rickert  and  Travis, 
of  Michigan ;  Dr.  Grubb,  of  Nebraska ;  Dr.  Hebble,  of  Ohio ;  Drs.  Johnston  and 
Proctor,  of  Tufts. 

The  minutes  of  the  last  regular  and  special  meetings  were  read  and  approved. 

President  Ov/re  gave  a  brief  resume  of  the  meeting  of  the  committee  to 
represent  the  Association  with  representatives  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for 
the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  Drs.  Pritchett  and  Gies.  He  stated  that  the  com- 
mittee found  Drs.  Pritchett  and  Gies  interested  in  the  activities  of  the  Association ; 
and  that  the  committee  from  the  Association  had  assured  Drs.  Pritchett  and  Gies 
of  the  support  of  this  Association  in  the  contemplated  survey  of  dental  education. 
Dr.  Smith's  oiificial  report  of  this  meeting  follows : 

As  chairman  of  the  committee  appointed  by  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  to  wait  upon  Dr.  Pritchett  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  purpose  of  inter- 
esting the  Foundation  in  a  general  survey  of  dental  education,  I  beg  to  report:  first,  that  the 
committee  appointed  was  made  up  of  the  following  deans:  Eugene  H.  Smith,  chairman; 
William  Rice,  Alfred  Owre,  Marcus  L.  Ward,  F.  B.   Moorehead. 

The  following  members  of  the  committee,  Deans  Smith,  Owre,  and  Rice,  met  Professor 
William  J.  Gies  in  New  York  on  May  7,  1921,  who  had  made  an  appointment  with 
Dr.  Pritchett  to  receive  the  committee.  We  met  Dr.  Pritchett  at  his  home  in  New  York  City 
and  spent  a  couple  of  hours  with  him,  setting  forth  the  attitude  of  crur  Association  regarding 
the  need  of  a  survey  of  dental  education  by  the  Foundation.  We  discussed  with  him  the 
present  unsatisfactory  status  of  the  dental  profession  and  the  hopes  for  its  future  held  by  the 
members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities. 

The  various  phases  and  conditions  pertaining  to  the  profession  were  freely  discussed, 
all  of  the  members  taking  active  part.  Professor  Gies'  assistance  in  this  conference  was 
invaluable. 

At  the  adjournment  of  this  conference  Dr.  Pritchett  stated  to  the  committee  that  this 
survey  would  be  made. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

EuGE.NE  H.  Smith,  Chairman. 

Dean  vSeamans  then  presented  a  verbal  report  of  the  meeting  of  the  committee 
from  the  Association  appointed  to  meet  with  committees  from  the  National 
Association  of  Dental  Faculties'  and  the  American  Institute  of  Dental  Teachers 
for  the  purpose  of  considering  the  proposed  administrative  council  in  the  American 
Institute  of  Teachers.  He  detailed  the  discussion  which  had  taken  place  at  the 
meeting,  and  stated  that  all  of  Dr.  Black's  proposals  had  been  approved  and 
recommended  to  the  American  Institute  of  Dental  Teachers  for  adoption,  with 
Drs.  Owre  and  Ward  casting  several  dissenting  votes. 

Drs.  Owre  and  Ward  then  explained  why  they  had  dissented.  First,  they 
had  agreed  previous  to  the  meeting  that  the  creation  of  any  more  executive 
machinery  before  the  end  of  the  Carnegie  survey  of  dental  education  was  likely 
to  be  misinterpreted  and  be  considered  inconsistent  with  a  real  study  of  the 
question.  They  pointed  out  that  a  survey  of  dentistry  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation 
implied  a  study  of  the  problem  of  dental  education  and  a  correction  of  any  de- 
fects discovered.  Second,  Dr.  Black's  proposal  carried  with  it  recommendations 
for  changes  in  the  constitution  and  by-laws  of  the  American  Institute  of  Dental 
Teachers  to  provide  for  the  formation  of  rules  and  standards  to  govern  dental 
colleges  which  seemed  to  conflict  with  (i)  the  rules  of  the  Dental  Educational 
Council  of  America,  (2)  sound  university  procedure,  (3)  the  present  policies 
of  the  American  Institute  of  Dental  Teachers  not  to  establish  mandates. 


105 


X 


After  discussion  it  was  voted  to  lay  the  matter  on  the  table  with  the  sugges- 
tion that  it  be  not  removed  from  the  table  until  an  official  notice  concerning  it  be 
sent  from  the  American  Institute  of  Dental  Teachers. 

After  a  further  discussion  of  the  Carnegie  Survey  the  meeting  adjourned 
tmtil  three  o'clock. 

At  the  afternoon  session  the  application  for  membership  of  the  Columbia 
niversity  Dental  School  was  taken  up.  The  secretary  presented  the  report  on 
the  school  read  at  the  last  meeting  of  the  Association,  with  supplementary  letters 
from  Dr.  Dunning  of  Columbia  to  the  Association,  and  from  Dr.  Van  Woert  to 
Dr.  Dunning.  The  letters  showed  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  members  that  the 
president  of  Columbia  University  had  now  directed  a  separate  budget  for  the 
Dental  School,  and  had  discontinued  it  as  part  of  the  extension  service  of  the 
imiversity.  Columbia  University  Dental  School  was  unanimously  elected  to 
membership,  and  Dr.  Van  Woert  invited  to  attend  the  meeting. 

The  secretary  was  then  requested  to  report  on  the  inspection  of  Western 
Reserve  University  Dental  School  made  by  himself  and  Dr.  Seamans.  Following 
the  submission  of  a  written  report,  the  school  was  unanimously  elected  to 
membership. 

Dr.  Moorehead  rose  to  the  question  of  personal  privilege  to  present  his  views 
regarding  the  controversy  between  the  University  of  ^^irginia  at  Charlottesville 
and  the  Medical  College  of  A^irginia  at  Richmond.  He  stated  that  there  was  a 
question  under  discussion  in  Virginia,  which  had  been  carried  to  the  state  legisla- 
ture, relative  to  the  wisdom  of  the  establishment  of  a  school  of  dentistry  in  con- 
nection with  the  University  of  Virginia,  since  there  was  a  school  at  Richmond 
now  receiving  state  aid.  He  brought  out  that  the  nature  of  this  Association  made 
it  incumbent  upon  it  to  support  the  university  at  Charlottesville  in  its  effort  to 
establish  a  dental  school  in  connection  with  its  medical  school,  where  the  dental 
students  might  be  under  the  influence  of  campus  life,  and  free  from  many  of  the 
objections  to  dental  schools  not  so  associated. 

He  pointed  out  further  that  the  impression  prevailed  that  adverse  criticism 
to  the  establishment  of  the  school  at  the  University  of  Virginia  had  come  from 
the  secretary  of  the  Association,  and  that  the  Association  might  contribute  some- 
thing toward  the  furtherance  of  dental  education  if  it  took  action  to  counteract 
this  wrong  impression.  Dean  Turner  discussed  the  situation  at  Virginia  from 
his  knowledge  as  a  former  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  medical  school  at 
Richmond,  and  concurred  in  the  main  with  what  had  been  said  by  Dr.  Moorehead. 
President  Owre  asked  Dr.  Moorehead  if  it  was  his  desire  that  the  Association 
send  an  official  recommendation  incorporating  his  ideas  to  the  dean  of  the  medical 
school  at  the  university  at  Charlottesville.  On  Dr.  Aloorehead's  repty  in  the 
affirmative,  it  was  voted  to  request  Dr.  Aloorehead  to  send  a  telegram  at  the 
Association's  expense. 

The  next  matter  of  business  was  a  consideration  of  the  revision  of  the  con- 
stitution and  by-laws.  On  motion  each  article  of  the  revised  constitution  and 
by-laws  as  printed  and  submitted  to  members  during  the  year  was  read  and  voted 
upon.  The  constitution  and  by-laws  as  submitted  during  the  year  were  thus 
adopted.     (See  Appendix,  p.  124.) 

It  was  voted  to  extend  the  privilege  of  the  floor  to  Dr.  William  J.  Gies  of 
the  Carnegie  Foundation,  who  had  just  entered  the  meeting.  Dr.  Gies  responded 
briefly  with  a  general  statement  to  the  effect  that  he  was  not  in  a  position  at 
that  time  to  make  statements  regarding  the  work  of  the  Foundation  in  dental 
education;  that  he  preferred  to  hear  the  discussions,  and  perhaps  later,  in  con- 
ference with  a  committee  representing  the  Association,  add  one  or  two  general 
opinions  which  he  reserved  the  right  to  revise  as  the  study  of  dental  education 
progressed. 

106 


The  revision  of  the  Gray  Book  of  the  Dental  Educational  Council  of  America 
was  presented,  with  a  vLew  to  securing  instruc'.ions  for  the  committee  representing 
the  Association  as  to  the  course  it  should  pursue  when  it  should  meet  with  the 
Council.  After  a  number  of  questions,  most  of  them  raised  at  previous  meetings, 
had  been  discussed,  the  committee  was  instructed  especially  to  request  the  adop- 
tion of  a  point  system  for  the  rating  of  dental  schools. 

The  meeting  adjourned  until  eight  o'clock. 

At  the  evening  session,  on  the  statement  of  the  executive  committe  that 
they  had  audited  the  secretary-treasurer's  reports  and  found  them  correct,  it  was 
voted  to  receive  them  and  place  them  on  file. 

The  next  item  of  business  was  the  election  of  representatives  to  the  Dental 
Educational  Council  of  America. 

Note. — At  the  Milwaukee  meeting  in  August,  1921,  of  the  National  Dental  Association, 
Dr.  Gies  had  presented,  for  the  Carnegie  Foundation,  an  invitation  to  both  the  Council  and 
the  Association  to  co-operate  with  the  Carnegie  Foundation  in  its  study  of  dental  education. 
After  various  conferences,  it  was  finally  agreed  by  members  of  the  two  bodies  concerned  who 
were  on  the  ground,  that  the  Council  should  be  enlarged  for  this  purpose,  and  the  Association 
duly  represented.  The  Council  voted  unanimously  to  accede  to  all  requests  in  the  official 
letter  of  the  secretary  of  the  Association  to  the  Council  dated  January  24,  192 1  (see  minutes 
of  Indianapolis  meeting,  special  session,  p.  104)  except  to  specify  1922-23  as  the  particular 
academic  year  to  mark  the  enforcement  of  a  "pre-denfal  year"  as  a  prerequisite  for  the 
Class  A  rating.  The  Council  desired  formal  designation  of  the  particular  academic  year  that 
should  mark  the  beginning  of  such  enforcement  to  be  left  for  future  decision  by  the  enlarged 
Council,  the  principle   involved   in  the  requirement  of  the  predental  year  having  been   accepted. 

The  following  men  were  nominated :  Drs.  Turner,  Waite,  and  Ward.  On 
motion  the  secretary  was  directed  to  prepare  a  unanimous  ballot  for  these  men 
to  represent  the  Association  on  the  Council.  Dr.  Waite's  election  to  this  com- 
mittee was  made  contingent  upon  the  acceptance  of  membership  in  the  Association 
by  Western  Reserve  University.  Dr.  Owre  was  added  to  this  committee  by  the 
executive  committee  when  the  Council  was  enlarged  to  permit  a  representation 
of  four  from  the  Association. 

Considerable  time  was  devoted  to  a  discussion  of  the  contents  of  the  predental 
year ;  the  only  action  taken  was  on  a  motion  by  Dr.  Downing,  that  the  same 
subjects  be  required  for  the  next  year  as  had  been  required  the  past  year. 

■  Dr.  Turner  then  presented  a  verbal  report  on  the  status  of  foreign  dental 
education.  The  matter  was  discussed  especially  as  it  related  to  the  acceptance 
of  men  holding  the  L.D.S.  from  England  and  the  B.S.  from  Australia.  No  action 
was  taken,  the  general  feeling  being  that  each  case  should  be  decided  upon  its 
merits. 

A  short  discussion  followed  on  the  sale  of  bogus  diplomas  by  a  so-called 
oriental  university  at  Washington  and  by  certain  other  individuals  and  institu- 
tions engaged  in  this  illegal  practice. 

On  motion,  the  Association  recommended  that  the  education  comtnittee  again 
take  up  the  matter  of  preparing  syllabi  for  the  dental  curriculum. 

Dr.  Waite  then  discussed  the  question  of  certain  schools  and  colleges  in  this 
country  giving  instruction  in  the  first  two  years  of  dentistry,  as  the  first  two  years 
in  medicine  is  now  given. 

Election  of  officers  resulted  as  follows: 

President — Dr.  Alfred  Owre 

Vice-president — Dr.   William   Rice 

Secretary-treasurer — Dr.   M.   L.  Ward 

Executive  Committee — Dr.  F.  T.   Breene,  two  years 

Educational  Committee — Dr.  Alfred  Owre,   chairman;   Dr.   Eugene   H.    Smith,  three  years. 

The  meeting  adjourned. 

107 


FIFTEENTH   ANNUAL   MEETING 

The  fifteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities  was  called  to  order  January  19,  1923,  by  the  president,  Dr.  Owre, 
in  the  College  of  Dentistry  of  the  University  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City,  Iowa.  Member- 
ship universities  were  represented  as  follows :  California,  Professors  F.  V.  Simon- 
ton;  Illinois,  Dean  F.  B.  Moorehead;  Iowa,  Dean  F.  T.  Breene ;  Michigan,  Dean 
M.  L.  Ward;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre;  Nebraska,  Dean  G.  A.  Grubb; 
Ohio,  Dean  H.  M.  Seamans ;  Pennsylvania,  Dean  Charles  R.  Turner ;  University 
of  the  State  of  New  York,  Dr.  Augustus  S.  Downing;  Tufts,  Dean  William  Rice; 
Washington  University,  Dean  W.  N.  Bartlett. 

Visitors :  Drs.  Gwinn  and  Johnston,  of  California ;  Drs.  Gies  and  Waugh,  of 
Columbia ;  Dr.  N.  S.  Thomas,  of  Illinois ;  Dr.  Volland,  of  Iowa ;  Drs.  Bottenhorn, 
Cottrell,  and  Wiltberger,  of  Ohio;  Dr.  Brady,  of  Washington  University; 
Dr.  F.  C.  Waite,  of  Western  Reserve. 

The  executive  committee,  having  read  the  minutes  of  the  previous  meeting, 
advised  that  the  reading  of  them  be  waived;  it  was  so  moved,  with  the  under- 
standing that  this  action  carry  with  it  approval. 

In  pursuance  of  a  policy  formulated  during  the  year  by  the  executive  com- 
mittee, after  informal  conference  with  various  members,  the  annual  meeting  was 
held  in  advance  of  the  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Institute  of  Dental 
Teachers,  at  a  membership  university,  in  order  to  take  advantage  of  university 
facilities  for  presenting  a  program  adapted  to  the  needs  of  university  dental 
schools.    The  executive  committee  had  arranged  for  the  following  program. 

PROGRAM  OF  ANNUAL  MEETING  OF  THE 

DENTAL  FACULTIES'  ASSOCIATION  OF  AMERICAN  UNIVERSITIES 

IOWA  CITY,  IOWA,  JANUARY  19  AND  20,  1923 

Friday,  January  19,  Room  109,  College  of  Dentistry 

Order  of  Business 

9:00  a.m.     Filing  of  Credentials  and  Payment  of  Fees 

Roll  Call  of  Members 

Reading  of  Minutes  of  Previous  Meeting 
Address  of  President 
Alfred  Owre 

Dean,  College  of  Dentistry 
University  of  Minnesota 

Discussion 
10:30  a.m.     Address,    University   Administration 
President  Walter  A.  Jessup 
University  of  Iowa 

Discussion 
1 :30  p.m.     Inspection  of  the  College  of  Dentistry 
3:00  p.m.     Report  of  Secretary,  Treasurer 

Report  of  Committees 
4:00  p.m.     Selection  of  Students  for  Technical  Courses 
Carl   E,   Seashore, 

Dean,  Graduate  College 
University  of  Iowa 

Discussion 
7:30  p.m.     Anatomical  Research  Methods  and  Findings  in   Relation  to  the 
Temporomandibular  Articulation 
Dr.  Henry  J.  Prentiss 

Head,  Department  of  Anatomy 
University  of  Iowa 

Discussion 
Business  Session 


108 


Saturday,  January  20,  Room  109,  College  of  Dentistry 
9:00  a.m.     Special  Orders 
110:00  a.m.     Fundamental  Considerations  in  the  Selection  of  Instructors 
William  F.  Russell 

Dean,  College  of  Education 
University  of  Iowa 

Discussion 
111:00  a.m.     A   Plan   for  Conference  Instruction   in   Orthodontia 
Charles  R.  Turner 

Dean,  The  Thomas  W.  Evans  Museum  and 

Dental  Institute  School  of  Dentistry 

University  of  Pennsylvania 

Discussion 
-2:00  p.m.     Unfinished  Business 
New  Business 

Election  and  Installation  of  Officers 
Final  Reading  of  Minutes 
Adjournment 


The  president  read  for  his  address  a  paper  dealing  with  the  future  trend  of 
'dental  education. 

This,  the  fifteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities,  is  in  many  respects  the  most  significant.  We  find  the  three  principal  goals  toward 
which  we  have  struggled  for  so  long  almost  attained.  The  course  has  been  lengthened  from 
three  years,  when  we  organized  our  Association,  to  five  years  in  1920.  A  university  affiliation 
'has  come  to  be  regarded  as  the  sine  qua  non  of  a  first-class  dental  school.  Best  of  all,  the 
-survey  of  dental  education  is  an  accomplished  fact. 

With  our  past  aims  so  nearly  reached  and  the  maintenance  of  the  standards  we  have  been 
advocating  assured,  we  may  well  look  ahead  into  the  future.  This  is  the  psychological  moment 
for  such  a  forward  glance.  The  Carnegie  report  will  bring  to  the  attention  of  the  public  and  its 
■representatives,  the  legislatures,  and  best  of  all,  to  the  universities,  the  real  status  of  dentistry. 
A  further  consideration  of  our  calling  is  bound  to  follow. 

As  you  are  well  aware,  our  original  status  was  that  of  a  specialty  in  medicine.  We 
are  now,  I  believe,  on  the  road  back  to  the  parental  rooftree.  Educators  and  scientific  thinkers 
in  every  quarter  are  challenging  our  rights  to  practice  our  vital  calling  without  the  biological 
training  required  of  specialists  in  other  regions  of  the  body.  The  best  scientific  thought  is 
-agreed  that  dentistry  is  a  field  of  medicine.  Simultaneously  criticism  is  levelled  from  all  sides 
at  the  present  length  and  content  of  the  medical  curriculum.  The  course  is  regarded  in  high 
quarters  as  impractically  long.  At  the  same  time,  dental  students  in  the  best  schools  have 
about  the  same  preliminary  training  as  medical  students.  Does  not  this  situ?tion  present  an 
educational  opportunity  to  the  universities?  Now,  as  always,  future  progress  lies  with  them. 
They  will,  I  believe,  work  over  this  problem  until  a  solution  is  reached  which  will  give  the 
people  an  adequate  number  of  well-trained  medical  specialists  in  every  field  without  economic 
waste.  Under  present  stringent,  economic  conditions  concern  for  the  welfare  of  mankind 
doubly  compels  us  to  furnish  the  maximum  of  equipment  in  the  minimum  of  time.  With 
regard  to  our  specialty,  we  can,  by  pushing  dentistry  up  a  notch  and  paring  medicine  down  to 
the  essentials,  bring  them  to  a  common  ground.  For  several  months  I  have  worked  over  this 
possibility;  I  have  discussed  it  with  medical  and  dental  educators,  and  with  practitioners  in 
both  camps.     We  have  come  to  the  following  conclusions: 

First,  we  must  economize  rigidly  all  along  the  line.  We  must  begin  with  the  high  school. 
Preparation  gained  there  by  the  prospective  professional  student  will  require  considerable 
revision.  The  high  school  should  be  asked  to  prepare  him  adequately  in  English  composition, 
mathematics  up  to  and  including  trigonometry,  and  a  beginning  language.  This  done,  these 
subjects  should  be  off  the  slate,  to  trouble  us  no  more.  Further  language  study  may  be  an 
elective  in  the  preclinical  years,  but  it  should  not  be  required.  Translations  should  be  en- 
couraged and  translators  should  be  made  readily  available;  to  insist  on  his  having  a  reading 
knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  is  an  extravagance  of  the  student's  time.  The  high  school 
should  not  attempt  to  teach  the  prospective  medical  student  such  fundamental  sciences  as 
•chemistry,  biology,  and  ph3'sics.  Such  high  school  courses  are  but  smatterings  at  best  and  are 
invariably  repeated  at  the  university.  The  universities  have  usually  much  better  laboratory 
facilities  and  equipment;  their  instructors  are  highly  trained  and  experienced;  and  the  more 
mature  student  is  better  able  to  grasp  scientific  principles  and  pursue  scientific  methods. 

It  now  takes  seven  years  to  produce  a  general  practitioner — four  years  of  preclinical 
work,  two  years'  clinical  work,  and  in  many  schools  a  seventh  year's  compulsory  interneship. 
Any  specialization  must  come  after  that.  We  may  well  scrutinize  a  scheme  of  education 
■which  involved  eight  or  nine  years  of  a  man's  life  after  the  completion  of  high  school.     If  wf 

109 


find  waste,  or  duplication,  or  misplaced  emphasis,  there  is  an  obligation  on  our  part  to  correct 
the  fault.  In  this  connection  let  me  quote  from  the  report  of  the  Council  on  Medical  Education 
and    Hospitals   of   the   American    Medical   Association   to   the    House   of   Delegates    (pp.    15-18):. 

"The  present  medical  curriculum  was  built  up  at  a  time  when  clinical  teachers  hai  no 
confidence  in  the  basic  training  of  the  student,  and  thej-  felt  impelled  to  repeat  fundamentals 
and  reorient  students  in  each  so-called  'course.'  In  most  medical  schools  even  today  the  medical 
student  is  taught  the  general  phenomena  of  inflammation  by  from  three  to  fifteen  teachers  in 
different  subjects.  Repetition  of  elementary  work,  duplication  and  lack  of  co-ordination,  too- 
much  informational  material  and  rigid  legal  hour  requirements,  have  made  the  present  medical 
school  a  wonderfully  intricate  mechanism  of  hours,  schedules,  lectures,  courses,  that'  has  become 
scrambled,  mixed  up,  unwieldy  and  inefficient.  Wlw  not  scramble  it  entirely,  look  carefully 
over  the  mass,  pick  out  the  fundamentals  and  get  a  fresh  start?  The  good  preliminary  training, 
now  required  of  medical  students  has  eliminated  many  of  the  unfit.  They  now  have  a  training 
in  the  basic  sciences,  and  are  able  to  do  an  increasing  amount  of  independent  and  thoughtful 
work." 

In  regard  to  the  medical  curriculum  proper.  President  Pritchett  in  his  report  says: 

"The  reform  of  the  curriculum  of  the  undergraduate  medical  school  is  one  of  the  most 
pressing  questions  of  the  present  day  medical  teaching,  and  its  accomplishment  will  have  a. 
larger  bearing  on  the  progress  of  the  profession  than  any  other  single  action." 

Present  day  education  comes  too  high  for  the  public  to  excuse  any  inefficiency.  As 
Huxley  remarked  about  culture,   "Be  useful  to  me  or  away  with  you." 

Let  us  assume,  then,  that  in  time  the  high  schools  will  take  over  the  responsibility  for 
the  necessary  preparation  in  mathematics,  English  composition,  and  a  beginning  language.  The- 
universities  may  then  undertake  the  scientific  preparation  of  the  future  doctor.  It  goes  without 
saying  that  there  should  be  taught,  in  the  various  fundamental  sciences,  only  what  has  a  direct, 
and  clearly  perceived  bearing  on  the  student's  future  work.  As  Sir  James  MacKenzie  points 
out,  tho  in  reference  to  medical  men,  it  is  natural  that  our  specialists  should  insist  upon  pre- 
senting whatever  special  knowledge  they  have  accumulated.  But  the  load  is  becoming  too 
great,  and  there  is  danger,  in  some  institutions,  that  a  few  specialties  will  absorb  the  whole 
curriculum.  Dr.  W.  J.  Ma}f0  stated  recently,  "we  cannot  compel  our  students  to  act  as 
audience."  Students  cannot  spend  much  time  listening  to  men  who  hold  their  specialties  so 
close  to  their  eyes  that  thej'  cannot  see  beyond.  I  quote  again  from  the  above  mentioned 
report    (p.   16)  : 

"The  specialties,  taught  as  they  are  at  present,  belong  outside  the  undergraduate  medicaE 
curriculum.  Thej^  can  be  included  in  the  medical  curriculum  when  they  are  taught  by  men 
who  can  range  over  the  body  instead  of  having  their  vision  limited  largeh^  to  body  orifices. 
It  would  not  be  so  absurd  to  spend  a  whole  schedule  hour  of  an  undergraduate  medical  class 
on  the  technic  of  an  operation  on  the  inner  ear,  if  other  more  important  things  to  the  student — 
perhaps  not  to  the  professor — were  not  so  pressing.  It  must  not  be  forgotten,  however,  that 
anj^   complete   obseri'ation   and    any   piece   of   highly   skilled    work   has    its   value   in    instruction. 

"Instead  of  elaborating  new  schedules,  it  is  suggested  that  the  number  of  hours  allotted 
to  the  specialties  be  reduced  or,  better  yet,  that  all  specialties  be  promoted  to  the  graduate 
school  but  continue  to  join  in  the  teaching  of  the  main  clinical  branches  by  presenting  cases, 
giving  lectures,  or,  better  still,  by  demonstrating  their  special  field  of  work  on  patients  already 
familiar  to  the  students." 

A  rearrangement  correcting  the  present  tendencj''  involves  no  radical  change,  but  a  shift 
in  emphasis,  with  a  careful  scaling  down  of  knowledge  specially  applied.  As  I  will  attempt 
to  show  later  with  actual  figures,  the  preclinical  years  can  be  reduced  through  relegation  of 
some  preparatory  subjects  to  the  high  school  and  reorganization  of  the  content  and  method  of 
the  scientific  courses,  to  three  academic  years  instead   of  four. 

This  brings  us  to  the  clinical  3'ears.  At  no  other  point  in  the  present  curriculum  is  a 
reorganization  based  on  pedagogically  sound  principles  so  badly  needed.  It  maj-  involve  radical 
departures  from  current  practice.  In  sorrie  of  the  leading  medical  schools,  students  now  spend 
five  to  six  hundred  hours  making  occasional  visits  to  various  hospitals.  There  are  over  nine 
hundred  elective  hours  in  the  two  clinical  years.  It  is  usually  urged  that  the  students  devote 
about  six  hundred  of  these  to  two  quarters  of  student  interneship.  The  scattered  hospital 
visits  should  be  eliminated;  actual  residence  in  hospitals,  where  daily  contact  with  disease  is 
afforded  close  at  hand,  should  be  required  to  begin  at  least  in  the  fifth,  or  second  clinical, 
year  to  continue  for  four  quarters.  To  make  this  possible  I  should  combine  the  five  or  six 
hundred  hours  of  hospital  visits,  the  two  quarters  of  student  interneship  usually  urged  upon 
the  student,  and  the  remaining  elective  hours.  This  hospital  work  with  the  nine  hundred  hours 
of  lectures  and  recitations,  demonstrations,  and  dispensary  work  would  constitute  the  twa 
clinical  years.  During  these  years  we  should  teach  the  minimum  knowledge  of  all  specialties 
that  is  necessary  to  the  general  practitioner.  This  would,  of  course,  include  the  oral  region, 
which   has  no  logical   right   whatever   to   isolate   itself   from   the   rest   of  the   body  as   if   it   were 


made  up.  to  quote  Dr.  Hunter,  of  "ivory  pegs  in  stone  sockets."  Modern  research  has  estab- 
lished conclusiveb'  that  the  mouth  is  the  center  of  numerous  infections.  We  can  never  go 
back  to  the  old  "jeweler"  days. 

This  proposed  reorganization  may  sound  almost  impossibly  radical.  It  has  the  sanction 
on  many  points,   however,  of  the  committee  whose  report  I   have  several  times  quoted   (p.    19)  : 

"The  practicar  remedy  for  this  situation  (failures  to  link  up  the  teaching  of  anatomy  and 
pathology  with  actual  observation  and  contact)  is  to  reduce  the  amount  of  theoretical  instruc- 
tion in  the  first  two  years,  and  to  change  the  character  of  the  teaching  so  as  to  make  clear  the 
fundamental  facts,  while  at  the  same  time  starting  the  clinical  instruction  at  the  very  beginning 
of  the  course.  The  student  should  learn  his  anatomy  and  his  pathology  through  his  clinical 
training,  not  reverse  the  process.  No  other  reform  in  medical  teaching  approaches  in  impor- 
tance this  one." 

Now  let  me  come  down  to  brass  tacks.  I  have  made  an  hour  analysis  of  the  present 
medical  curriculum  with  a  view  to  incorporating  dentistry  in  a  reorganized  and  shortened 
•course.     The  figures  are  these: 

PRESENT  CURRICULUM 
Four  Preclinical  Years 
Subject  Hours 

Zoology      231 

Chemistry   (high  school  66)   Gen.    192;   Qual.  88,  Org.    198,  Quant.   99 643 

English     99 

Physics 198 

Language     209 

Anatomy,  Gross,   330,  Hist.    165,   Em.  99;   Neurology  no 704 

Bacteriology,   Gen.    99;    Special    77    176 

Phys.  &  Phys.  Chem.:  Phys.  242.     Phys.  Chem.   198 44o 

Pathology,  Gen.  and   Special,   330,  Autopsy  22    352 

Preventive    Medicine    and    Public    Health 33 

Pharmacology     187 


3272 


Two  Clinical  Years 
Lectures,   Recitations,  and  Demonstrations 
Hours  at  Colleges 
and  Dispensaries 

Medicine    373 

Surgery      244 

Obstetrics       154 

Pediatrics    100 

Ophthalmology    and    Oto-Laryngology loi 

Tioentgenology      

Tilectives*     


Hours  at 

Total 

Hospital 

Hours 

319 

692 

137 

381 

68 

222 

116 


Total     97^ 

One  interne  year.t 


First  Quarter 

Hrs. 

General     Chem no 

Physics 99 

Electivet      

Organic   Chem 88 

Biology    1 10 

General     Bact 99 

Embryology    66 

Histology     . 143 

Neurology     ......    48 


Crs. 
6 

6 
3 


PROPOSED  CURRICULUM 

Second  Qu-\rter 
First  Year 

Hrs.  Crs. 


General     Chem no 

Physics     99 

Electivet      

Second  Year 

Organic    Chem 88 

Gross    Anatomy  ...  132 

Electivet      

Third  Year 

Physiology    no 

Phys.     Chem 48 

Pathology      no 


*  Student   interneship    (660  hours)  =:two   quarters. 
t  Required   by   some   schools. 

t  English,     foreign     languages,     economics,     sociology, 
psychology,  ethics,  philosophy,  special  anatomy. 

Ill 


607 


Third  Quarter 

Hrs.  Crs. 

Qual.     Chem 77  4 

Biology    iio  6 

Electivet      5 

Quant.     Chem 77  4 

Gross    Anatomy  .  .  .  132  6 

Electivet      5 


Physiology    no 

Phys.     Chem 48 

Pathology      no 


technical     drawing,     shop     practice. 


Fourth  Year 
Didactic,  Demonstration,  and  Dispensary- 
Hours 

Medicine,    Pediatrics     473 

Surgery      244 

Obstetrics  and    Gynecology 154 

Ophthalmology    and    Oto-Laryngology 99 

Stomatology      99 

Preventive  Medicine  and  Public  Health 66 

Pharmacology 132 

Total      1 267 

Fifth  Year 

Hours 

Medical    service    2  quarters 

Specialties     i  quarter 

Elective§      i  quarter 

Further  study  of  general  medicine  or  of  a  specialty. 

Sixth  Year 
Elective 4  quarters   (hospital  residence) 

SUMMARY  OF  THE  PROPOSED  CURRICULUM 
High    school    should    furnish    mathematics    necessary    to    the    understanding    of    physics^ 
English,  and  as  much  language  as  possible. 

THREE  PRECLINICAL  YEARS 

Hours  Credits 

Zoology      220  12 

Chemistry    550  28 

Physics     198  12 

Anatomy      521  27 

General   Bacteriology    99  5 

Physiology     220  12 

Physical    Chemistry     96  6 

Pathology    220  12 

Electives     241  to  363  21 

2437  135 

The  following  is  to  show  briefly  how  the  specialty  of  dentistry  could  be  worked  in_ 
The   proposed   curriculum   carries   the  following   electives: 

Hours 

Preclinical   years 363 

Clinical    years    528 

Sixth   year    21 12 

Total 3003 

After  eliminating  from  the  present  dental  curriculum  the  subjects  otherwise  covered  iif 
the  revised  curriculum  as  I  have  outlined  it,  we  have  left  a  requirement  of  approximately 
3000  hours.  You  will  observe  that  this  tallies  with  the  number  of  elective  hours.  It  is  en- 
tirely possible  to  work  the  requirement  for  dentistry  into  the  above  groups  of  elective  hours. 

If  we  were  to  make  the  common  course  for  all  members  of  the  healing  art  conform  to 
this  outline,  it  would  involve,  naturally,  a  readjustment  of  degrees.  This,  with  many  other 
details,  would  need  further  working  over.  It  might  be  possible  to  bestow  the  degree  of 
bachelor  of  science  in  medicine  on  the  completion  of  the  five-year  course.  The  sixth  year- 
should  be  spent  in  a  study  of  a  chosen  specialty,  or  in  further  study  of  general  medicine. 
The  graduate  might  then  take  the  degree  of  doctor  of  medicine  in  his  specialty  or  in  general 
medicine.  It  should  connote  in  any  event  the  field  in  which  the  new-fledged  practitioner 
might  undertake  to  practice. 

§  This  year  may  include  the  present  courses  in  special  bacteriology,  special  pathology,  and! 
special  anatomy. 


number  of  skil  ed  te  h^  ci  L  f  v  jrfiei;'";  "^h'  t"  ^T'''  "^^  ^^^'"^'^  ^  ^^^  1-^- 
the   medically  trained   prac  idoner       It  ^         f'  m  "^    """'^    °"'^    """^^^    *»^^    direction    of 

two  years.  They  can  relevrthe  l'  ^""'■^'^.  ^"^^'"^  to  train  such  men  in,  at  the  most, 
consume  the  lat'r-s^lSrtime  TZZ^  T  °'  Tl'^^'  °^  ^-^  ^^at  should  not 
cal  Phases  of  operative  dentis't^:.  "  pL"stt;!;r i^f  cr^T t'd  tL^tor  Z"  l"  ""tT" 

r^:;  ?^u:rsi^:Sr^;;^^-;fi,T'^  -.iontSr^.r:^r:hriit: 

mechanical,   throuo-h  the  sal  mill       Oh  ,  types,    abstract    and    concrete,    scientific    and 

lies   with   the    growing    intere-^t    nf   ih^   „ J        •.  accompusflment.     Our  hope,  let  me  repeat, 

g««d,  prepared   for  ,heir  life   work      D..,L,rT    ,   b.rd  .r'  i  ?."  '"'""'  ""'   *'"■ 

»e,.i„,  w..h  ,h.  Anrerie.,,  irLe^f  De„.      Sler/  ,he  C  "  d""     P  "f,  ""r """'    »' 
the   National   Association   of  Dental    Faenlt'es    the    D«S    fI^T^'T  "  Association, 

Uni,er..ies  into  a  general  hod.  .he  A^eiLr,;  As'soS-fS  ot^S  s'ch'or""    "'  *"""" 

If   this    comes   about— if   this    address    is    both   a   hail    and    a    farewell     ^^,    ,  .     ^       . 
IZ'L'""'"  '■"   "■'    '"•""  '""'  •"'   •"""""   '<  '  -».er  «'i'7dl."    edHio-; 

Discussion  of  this  paper  was  opened  by  Dean  Moorehead 
It  was  then  announced  that  President  Jessup  would  be  unable  to  give  his  ad 
dress  on     University  Administration."     On  motion   it.  was  voted  to  discontinue 
discussion  of  the  president's  address  to  listen  to  Dean  Seashore,  of  the  Graduate 
Courses' '''''^'^  °^^°'^''  '^'^^  °"  *^'  "Selection  of  Students  for  Technical 

t..t  ^^'"f^/  discussion  followed  on  the  desirability  of  intelligence  (placement) 
tests  for  students  wishing  to  matriculate  in  dental  schools.     The  -ist  of  it  was 

emnh?.f  Tf  ''\°^  ^"""'  •'^"'  ^"  eliminating  the  unfit.    Dr.  SeasLre  especially 
emphasized  from  his  experience  the  reliability  of  findings  as  to  the  least  well 
qualified  ten  per  cent  of  the  freshman  group. 

The  meeting  adjourned  until  three  o'clock. 

At  the  afternoon  session  the  president  asked  the  vice-president  to  take  the 
chair  and  reviewed  his  address  of  the  morning,  continuing  to  discuss  the  neces- 
sity for  a  job  analysis'  of  dental  education.  The  discussion  was  continued  by 
Drs.  Downing,  Moorehead,  Turner,  and  Ward. 

The  meeting  adjourned  until  ten  o'clock  the  next  morning 

The  evening  was  spent  in  attendance  at  a  dinner  given  bv  President  Jessup 
until  eight  o  clock,  at  which  hour  Dr.  Henry  J.  Prentiss,  head  of  the  Departmen' 

MethoT'^'p  T^'-'^V-"''    ''^"    '"   '"^^'''^    °"    "Anatomical    Research 
Methods  and  Findings  in  Relation  to  the  Temperomandibular  Articulation  " 

Saturday  morning,  January  20,  the  meeting  was  called  to  order  at  ten 'o'clock 

_      Dr.  Charles  R.  Turner  gave  an  address  on  "A  Plan  for  Conference  Instruc' 

tion  m  Orthodontia."     This  was    followed  by  an  address  by  Dean   William  F 


"3 


Russell  of  the  College  of  Education,  University  of  Iowa,  on  "Fundamental  Con- 
siderations in  Selection  of  Instructors." 

A  discussion  of  this  address  was  carried  on  by  Drs.  Downing,  Waite,  and 
Ward. 

The  president  then  called  for  unfinished  business.  After  a  general  considera- 
tion of  the  affairs  of  the  Association,  a  proposal  from  Dr.  William  J.  Gies,  head 
of  the  Carnegie  Survey  of  Dental  Education,  relative  to  a  consolidation  of  this 
Association,  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties,  the  American  Institute 
of  Dental  Teachers,  and  the  Canadian  Dental  Faculties'  Association  into  one  body 
to  be  known  as  the  American  Association  of  Dental  Schools,  was  taken  up. 
Dr.  Gies  was  asked  to  present  orally  the  proposal  which  he  had  previously  sub- 
mitted in  writing.    Dr.  Gies'  proposal  follows : 

October    ii,    1922. 
Secretaries  of  the 

Canadian  Association  of  Dental  Faculties, 

American  Institute  of  Dental  Teachers, 

National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties, 

Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities.  . 

Gentlemen:  I  suggest  that  the  Canadian  Association  of  Dental  Faculties,  ihe  American 
Institute  of  Dental  Teachers,  the  National  Association  of  Dental  Faculties,  and  the  Dental 
Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities,  unite  to  form  a  nezv  organi::ation  that  might 
be  called  the  "American  Association  of  Dental  Schools." 

The  proposed  new  general  organization  could  be  effectively  established  (a)  for  the  pur- 
pose of  presenting  favorable  opportunity  for  annual  conferences  on  administrative  and  teaching 
problems  in  dental  education  in  North  America,  and  (b)  on  a  plan  that  would  give  to  its 
actions  advisory,  rather  than  mandatory,  effect. 

If  this  proposal  merits  approval,  it  might  be  given  special  attention  at  the  meeting  of  the 
American  Institute  of  Dental  Teachers,  in  Omaha,  next  January.  Perhaps  committees  could 
be  convenientb'  appointed  to  facilitate  consideration  of  this  matter  at  that  time. 

I  am  making  this  suggestion  entirely  on  my  own  personal  initiative.  The  proposal  has 
not  been  prompted  by  anyone,  nor  by  any  of  the  organizations  affected,  but  has  arisen  inde- 
pendently from  my  observations  during  the  past  year  and  a  half,  as  a  special  student  of  dental 
education  in  Canada  and  the  United   States. 

In  order  to  initiate  informal  discussion  of  this  matter,  by  the  faculties  concerned,  I  am 
forwarding  a  copy  of  this  letter  to  the  dean  of  each  of  the  schools  of  dentistry  in  North  America. 

I  hope  that  your  Association  will  be  disposed  to  give  this  suggestion  attention  at  an  early 
opportunity.  '  Yours  sincerely, 

William  J.  Gies. 

There  was  a  general  discussion  of  Dr.  Gies'  proposal,  a  letter  was  read  from 
Dean  Smith  of  Harvard  in  which  he  expressed  himself  as  opposed  to  such  an- 
amalgamation ;  after  further  discussion  it  was  voted  that  a  committee  of  five  be 
appointed  to  confer  with  a  similar  representation   from  each  of  the  other  three 
bodies  with  a  view  to  bringing  about  the  proposed  consolidation. 

It  was  agreed  that,  while  no  one  doubted  that  consolidation  would  take  place 
as  proposed,  the  committee,  since  it  would  be  necessary  for  the  Association  to 
meet  once  more  to  close  up  its  affairs,  should  report  back  to  the  xA.ssociation  for 
final  action. 

Dr.  Owre  then  asked  for  suggestions  to  guide  the  committee  in  its  work. 

Dr.  Downing  asked  the  chair  for  a  discussion  of  the  status  of  the  syllabi  and 
pointed  out  what  he  felt  to  be  the  pressing  need  of  a  syllabus  of  each  subject  in 
the  dental  curriculum.  In  the  discussion  which  followed  it  was  brought  out  that 
while  syllabi  would  be  helpful  as  a  guide  to  examining  boards,  the  chaotic  and 
fluid  condition  of  dental  education  made  the  compiling  of  such  outlines  of  any 
enduring  value  almost  impossible.  It  was  felt  by  the  majority  that  until  certain 
vexed  questions  in  dental  education  should  resolve  themselves,  and  the  form  future 
development  was  to  take  should  be  settled,  it  was  impracticable  to  continue  work 
on  the  syllabi. 

114 


On  motion  a  telegram  was  sent  to  Dean  Smith,  of  Harvard,  wishing  him  rapid 
recovery  and  expressing  regret  at  his  absence. 

The  secretary-treasurer's  financial  statement  was  read  and  accepted. 

Dr.  Downing  then  proposed  that  in  view  of  the  fact  that  the  next  year  was 
the  last  of  the  existence  of  the  Association,  the  present  officers  be  re-elected. 
Dr.  Owre  asked  the  vice-president  to  take  the  chair  and  stated  that  he  should  like 
very  much  to  be  relieved.  Calls  for  the  ballot,  however,  showed  that  it  was 
desired  that  the  present  officers  remain  for  the  following  year. 

The  meeting  adjourned. 

SPECIAL   MEETING   HELD  IN  CHICAGO, 
MARCH    1,    1924 

A  special  meeting  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Univer- 
sities was  called  to  order  at  lo  a.m.,  March  i,  1924,  by  the  president,  Dr.  Owre,  in 
the  Drake  Hotel,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

Membership  universities  were  represented  as  follows:  Columbia,  Dr.  L.  M. 
Waugh;  Illinois,  Dean  F.  B.  Moorehead;  Minnesota,  Dean  Alfred  Owre; 
Nebraska,  Dean  G.  A.  Grubb;  Ohio,  Dean  H.  M.  Seamans ;  Pennsylvania', 
Dean  C.  R.  Turner;  Tufts,  Dean  William  Rice;  Washington  University  Dean 
W.  N.  Bartlett. 

Minutes  of  the  meeting  at  Iowa  City  were  read.  On  motion  the  minutes 
were  laid  on  the  table  to  be  taken  up  at  pleasure  for  certain  corrections. 

The  meeting  went  into  a  discussion  of  the  topic  of  the  editing  and  publishing 
of  the  minutes  of  the  Association. 

After  some  discussion.  Dr.  Turner  offered  the  following  resolution  : 

Whereas,  it  is  the  unanimous  opinion  of  the  members  of  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association 
of  American  Universities,  assembled  in  Chicago,  that  the  publication  of 'the  proceedings  of  its 
meetings^  from  its  organization  to  the  present  time  would  be  a  desirable  and  proper  contribution 
to  the  history  of  the  development  of  dental  education  during  the  past  fifteen  years,  and  in 
justice  to  the  Association  will  show  the  part  taken  by  it  in  the  development. 

Now,  therefore,  be  it  resolved.  That  a  committee  of  three,  with  Dean  Alfred  Owre  as 
chairman,  be  appointed  to  edit  the  minutes  and  proceedings  of  the  Association,  and  to  publish 
the  same  in  suitable  form. 

On  motion  the  resolution  was  adopted, 

A  general  discussion  followed  as  to  the  purpose,  form,  and  contents  of  the 
proposed  publication. 

It  was  brought  out  that  since  there  had  been  criticism  of  the  Association  for 
not  publishing  its  proceedings,  it  was  desirable  to  get  them  out  as  quickly  as 
possible.  They  were  to  be  published  in  a  somewhat  informal  manner,  with  much 
routine  matter  eliminated;  an  historical  prolog  was  to  be  included,  and  other 
material  necessary  to  make  an  intelligible  document,  free  from  propaganda.  It 
was  suggested  that  all  references  to  institutions  that  have  not  enjoyed  membership 
be  deleted,  unless  such  schools  be  given  an  opportunity  to  concur  in  that  part  of 
the  record. 

Dr.  Turner  and  Dr.  Smith  were  elected  to  the  committee  on  minutes. 

In  a  general  discussion  of  the  probable  cost  of  printing  and  distributing  the 
proceedings,  it  was  agreed  that  the  amount  left  in  the  treasury  after  all  bills  were 
paid  (about  $700)  would  be  wholly  inadequate.  After  further  discussion  it  was 
unanimously  agreed  that,  since  to  levy  dues  for  1924  might  give  a  semblance  of 
continuity  to  the  organization  after  it  had  formally  disbanded  to  become  part  of 
the  American  Association  of  Dental   Schools,   such  dues   should  not  be  assessed. 


115 


The  possibility  of  a  pro  rata  assessment  to  finance  the  publishing  of  the  minutes 
was  considered.    The  matter  was  then  laid  on  the  table  till  the  afternoon  session. 

It  was  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  Association  that  Drs.  Smith  and  Rice 
had  not  received  expense  money  for  their  trip  from  Boston  to  New  York  as 
members  of  the  committee  to  confer  with  representatives  of  the  Carnegie  Founda- 
tion with  regard  to  the  survey  of  dental  education.  It  was  voted  that  they  should 
be  reimbursed  for  the  expenses  of  this  trip. 

The  meeting  adjourned  till  two-thirty  o'clock. 

At  the  afternoon  session  Dr.  Turner  and  Dr.  Owre  reported  for  the  com- 
mittee on  consolidation.  Dr.  Turner  reported  to  the  effect  that  the  committee 
met  with  a  like  committee  from  each  of  the  other  three  groups,  and  in  conformity 
with  instructions  from  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities, 
proposed  and  submitted  a  written  constitution  and  by-laws  for  the  consideration 
of  the  delegates  from  the  four  organizations.  He  reported  further  that  this  pro- 
posed constitution  and  by-laws  was  in  conformity  with  the  suggestions  made  by 
the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities,  just  preceding  the 
appointment  of  the  committee  on  consolidation.  (See  minutes  of  Iowa  City 
meeting,  p.  114.)  Dr.  Owre  reported  that  the  delegates  from  the  four  groups 
met  at  Cleveland,  Ohio,  during  the  session  of  the  American  Dental  Association, 
adopted  the  proposed  constitution  and  by-laws,  and  proceeded  to  organize 
thereunder. 

On  motion  the  report  of  the  committee  was  accepted. 

Dr.  Owre  and  Dr.  Turner  reported  for  the  meeting  of  the  executive  com- 
mittee held  December  16,  1923,  in  Chicago.  Dr.  Owre,  reporting  on  the  events 
leading  up  to  the  meeting  of  the  executive  committee,  stated  (i)  that  he  had 
tried  to  call  a  meeting  of  the  whole  Association,  but  had  been  unable  to  arrange  it; 
(2)  that  he  at  first  understood  that  there  would  be  a  meeting  of  the  whole 
Association,  when  he  had  agreed  to  be  present,  but  that  he  later  learned  it  could 
be  only  the  executive  committee;  (3)  that  after  he  had  agreed  to  be  present  he 
was  prevented  by  an  imperative  call  from  a  committee  of  the  Dental  Educational 
Council  for  a  special  meeting  which  could  not  be  postponed.  Dr.  Turner,  con- 
tinuing the  report,  stated  (i)  that  the  executive  committee  had  agreed  unanimously 
that  there  should  be  a  meeting  of  the  American  Association  of  Dental  Schools, 
(2)  that  the  committee  had  discussed  the  advisability  of  adopting  the  second 
predental  year;  (3)  that  Dr.  Augustus  Downing  had  suggested  it  might  be  advis- 
able for  him  to  call  a  conference  of  the  presidents  and  deans  of  those  colleges 
interested  in  raising  the  requirements  of  dental  education.  (Dr.  Downing  had 
not  called  this  conference,  for  reasons  he  would  present  when  he  arrived.) 

A  discussion  of  the  future  of  the  Association  followed.  It  was  unanimously 
agreed  that  it  was  desirable  to  disband  the  organization.  The  members  present 
all  expressed  regret  at  the  consequent  loss  of  fellowship  and  stimulus  toward 
progress  heretofore  afforded  by  the  meetings  of  the  Association. 

Dr.  Turner  reported  that  iix  1925  thirty  of  the  forty-two  dental  schools  of 
America  would  require  one  predental  year  as  a  minimum. 

A  motion  was  made  by  Dr.  Turner,  supported  by  Dr.  Rice,  that  when  the 
Association  adjourned  it  adjourn  sine  die.    The  motion  carried. 

A  discussion  of  the  curriculum  followed.  Dr.  Owre  classified  orthodontia  as 
orthopedic  surgery,  declaring  both  should  be  taught  as  an  advanced  specialty  after 
two  years  of  predental  work  and  three  years  of  dental  training. 

The  resignation  of  Dr.  Marcus  L.  Ward  as  secretary-treasurer  was  presented. 
On  motion  it  was  voted  that,  since  it  was  upon  the  earnest  request  of  Dr.  Ward, 


116 


the  resignation  be  accepted  with  regret  and  an  expression  of  appreciation  of  his 
work  as  secretary  of  the  Association. 

On  motion,  Dr.  G.  A.  Grubb  was  elected  permanent  secretary  of  the  Associa- 
tion until  such  time  as  the  Association  elected  to  adjourn. 

The  discussion  reverted  to  the  method  of  financing  the  editing  and  publishing 
of  the  minutes.  After  considerable  discussion,  it  was  moved  and  carried  that 
the  special  committee  for  editing  and  publishing  the  minutes  investigate  the  cost 
of  producing  the  volume,  and  by  mail  ballot  find  out  whether  each  member  of 
the  Association  is  willing  to  meet  the  pro  rata  cost  of  publication ;  and  that  at 
such  time  the  committee  proceed  upon  its  own  judgment,  on  condition  that  all 
the  money  in  the  treasury,  after  all  bills  are  paid,  be  applied  to  this  specific  purpose 
and  no  other.  This  motion  was  understood  to  include  provision  for  the  disposition 
by  the  committee  of  majority  or  minority  votes  on  any  portion  of  the  proposed 
edition  of  the  minutes. 

Motion  was  made  and  carried  that  Dr.  M.  L.  Ward  be  instructed  to  turn 
over  the  balance  in  the  treasury  to  Dr.  C.  R.  Turner  as  custodian  of  this  fund 
to  be  used  b}^  the  committee  on  minutes. 

A  motion  was  made  and  carried  that  the  Association  adopt  the  minutes  of 
the  meeting  at  Iowa  City  in  January,  1923,  with  instructions  to  add  the  resolution 
by  Dr.  Gies  and  the  motion  directing  the  committee  on  consolidation  to  report 
back  their  work  to  the  Association  for  confirmation. 

President  Owre  spoke  impromptu  for  ten  minutes  on  the  things  the  Associa- 
tion had  accomplished  since  its  organization  fifteen  years  before  and  of  the 
fellowships  and  lasting  friendships  that  had  been   formed  among  the  members. 

Motion  was  made  by  Dr.  Rice,  supported  by  Dr.  Turner,  that  the  meeting 
ddjourn  sine  die.    The  motion  was  carried. 

APPENDIX 

IS  THERE  AN  EDUCATIONAL  PROGRAM  IN  DENTISTRY? 
Charles  R.  Turner,  D.D.S.,  M.D. 

To  amplify  the  question  raised  by  the  title  of  this  paper,  we  may  pertinently  inquire 
whether  any  definitely  formulated  plan  by  which  the  course  of  professional  education  in  den- 
tistry is  to  develop  within  the  near  and  less  remote  future  has  been  put  forth  as  representing 
the  wise  and  mature  judgment  of  those  elements  of  our  profession  who  should  be  concerned 
in  shaping  it.  To  such  a  query  I  suspect  we  shall  be  compelled  to  answer  in  the  negative. 
No  program  of  this  nature  with  any  very  distant  objective  has  been  formally  promulgated  by 
any  large  or  important  group  of  our  profession,  none  has  been  adopted  by  our  national  bod  •, 
none  has  been  presented  by  any  of  the  educational  associations  themselves.  Forward-thinking 
men  have  constantly  given  thought  to  the  future  devlopment  of  the  profession  and  in  the  minds 
of  many  of  them  are  well-defined  ideas  as  to  how  it  should  proceed.  Furthermore,  within 
the  past  few  years,  a  number  of  accomplished  facts  have  marked  very  definite  steps  in  the 
advance  of  the  educational  process,  and  the  tendencies  so  manifested  are  assuming  a  very 
definite  direction.  By  a  careful  analysis  of  these  recent  tendencies  and  an  interpretation  of 
their  significance,  we  can  make  out  very  clearly  the  whither  of  it  all,  and  I  think  we  may 
even  at  this  time  pretty  clearly  chart  out  the  course  and  define  the  main  objective  of  the 
future  process  in  dental  education.  If  such  could  be  done  at  this  time,  it  seems  to  me  very 
desirable,  for  a  concrete  program  can  be  more  speedily  accomplished  than  if  it  is  permitted  to 
develop  in  a  haphazard  fashion.  The  obstacles  and  objections  which  inevitably  arise  to  delay 
the  program  can  be  more  fairly  met  and  disposed  of,  and  the  slow  process  by  which  any 
advance  is  brought  about  may  be  hastened  by  securing  an  agreement  to  the  principle  involved, 
so  that  each  step  will  not  require  a  separate  efifort  to  accomplish  it. 

It  goes  without  saying  that,  while  we  may  be  gratified  at  the  great  advances  in  the 
training  of  our  new  graduates,  and  may  even  contemplate  with  some  satisfaction  their  present 
standing  as  compared  with  what  it  was  a  short  time  ago,  none  among  us  feels  that  dentistry  has 
reached  its  goal  in  this  particular.  It  must  continue  to  advance  and  that  advance  must  be 
in  the  direction  in   which  the  dental   practitioner  will   become  qualified   to   render  better   service 

117 


to  the  public  whom  he  serves.  He  cannot  go  any  farther  than  he  knows,  nor  do  better  than 
his  training  and  experience  enable  him  to  do,  but  it  should  be  his  ideal  to  do  this  much. 
Similarly  the  education  and  training  of  the  dentist  should  be  the  best  that  our  knowledge  of 
this  field  shows  us  that  they  should  be  and  nothing  less.  Again,  none  among  us  would  say 
that,  at  present,  our  educational  processes  are  fully  abreast  of  what  our  judgment  tells  us  they 
should  be.  We  are  not  doing  as  much  as  we  know.  If  we  know,  should  we  not  hasten  to  do 
as  rapidly  as  possible?  We  cannot  do  immediately  all  we  know  should  be  done,  but  we  can 
adopt  a  program  by  which  this  may  be  brought  about  as  rapidly  as  possible  without  upsetting 
the  existing  educational  machinery.  For  these  reasons  a  sane  educational  program  to  embrace 
the  full  extent  of  our  present  knowledge  should  be  formulated  and  promulgated.  No  one  can 
fail  to  interpret  the  tendencies  which  have  been  manifested  in  dental  education  in  the  last 
few  years  as  moving  in  anj-  direction  but  toward  a  closer  union  with  the  mother  science  of 
medicine.  The  significant  advances  in  the  profession  for  some  years  now  have  been  in  the 
fields  which  are  equally  important  in  general  medicine.  Dentistry  must  develop  in  con- 
formity with  medicine  and  in  association  therewith.  There  is  no  other  direction  in  which  it 
can  develop.  The  evidence  of  this  tendency  as  it  relates  to  the  educational  system  lies  in  the 
establishment  of  a  four-year  course;  in  the  improvements  in  the  teaching  of  bacteriology  and 
the  establishment  of  courses  in  general  pathology  and  in  physiological  chemistry,  and  in  the 
broadening  of  the  courses  in  anatomy  and  physiology-,  particularly  with  respect  to  laboratory 
instruction,  to  the  equivalent  of  those  given  to  medical  students,  and  b)'  the  requirement  for 
admission  for  the  next  session  of  a  y-ear's  work  of  college  grade  in  which  are  included  the 
basic  sciences  formerly  given  in  the  first  year  of  the  dental  course.  The  requirement  of  two 
years  of  predental  work  approved  by  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American  Universities, 
to  become  operative  in  1926,  will  place  the  preliminary  education  of  dental  students  on  a 
parity"  with  that  in  medicine.  Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  the  tendencies  discernible  in  dental 
education  group  themselves  under  tvv"o  headings:  an  advance  in  preliminary  education,  and  a 
strengthening  of  the  dental'  course  in  the  fundamental  medicine  sciences. 

The  predental  year  will  be  required  by  all  the  schools  save  one  of  the  Dental  Faculties 
Association  of  American  Universities  for  admission  in  September  next,  by  the  schools  in 
New  York  State  in  accordance  with  the  regulation  of  the  Board  of  Regents,  and  by  North- 
western University  Dental  School,  a  total  of  fourteen  institutions.  Columbia  University 
already  requires  two  years.  The  predental  year  has  been  optional  in  the  University  of 
Minnesota  for  a  year  past.  Western  Reserve  University  Dental  School  has  announced  the 
requirement  of  the  college  year  for  admission  in  1922. 

The  Board  of  Dental  Examiners  of  North  Carolina  has  announced  that  in  order  to  be 
eligible  for  examination  for  license  to  practice  deutistr}-  in  that  state,  after  1930  applicants 
must  present  credit  for  two  years  of  college  work  besides  the  dental  course,  and  Pennsylvania 
will  require  the  predental  year  for  all  schools  in  19.23,  by  recent  action  of  the  Dental  Council 
of  America. 

All  these  facts  show  a  definite  tendency  toward  the  prescription  of  adequate  preparatory 
education  for  the  students  of  our  profession.  When  the  two-year  requirement  is  in  operation, 
it  will  provide  for  the  necessary^  instruction  in  the  three  basic  sciences,  physics,  chemistry,  and 
biology,  with  the  desirable  additions  of  English  and  modern  foreign  language,  relieving  the 
dental  course  of  the  former  subjects  and  thus  providing  more  time  and  opportunity  for  the 
strictly  basic  medical  sciences.  It  will  also  have  definite  value  as  a  measure  of  liberal  education, 
which,  when  followed  by  those  elements  of  cultural  worth  contained  in  the  dental  curriculum, 
will  provide  a  proper  basis  for  dentistry  as  one  of  the  learned  professions.  This  program  is 
as  educationally  sound  for  dentistry  as  it  is  for  medicine  and  in  the  latter  it  is  already  firmly 
established. 

The  only  arguments  advanced  by  the  opponents  of  the  increased  admission  requirement 
are  based  upon  economic  grounds.  They  maintain  that  it  will  reduce  the  number  of  graduates 
below  the  annual  needs  of  replenishment  and  the  normal  increment  necessary  to  meet  the 
growing  demands  of  dental  service  by  keeping  out  of  the  profession  those  who  are  unable  or 
unwilling  to  undertake  the  lengthened  course.  It  is  obvious  that  some  reduction  in  classes 
would  follow  and  also  that  eventually  some  of  the  poorer  schools  would  go  out  of  existence 
and  further  decrease  the  total  number  of  graduates.  While  we  must  admit  the  partial  validity 
of  these  arguments,  the  probable  effect  is  exaggerated  and  the  arguments  are  not  as  altruistic 
as  they  sound.  At  its  meeting  in  New  Orleans  in  19 19,  tjie  National  Dental  Association  put 
itself  on  record  as  opposed  to  the  predental  year  at  that  time,  a  decision  taken  without  due 
consideration  of  all  phases  of  the  matter  and  upon  the  basis  of  the  above  argument.  Two 
phases  of  this  matter  may  be  discussed:  the  smaller  number  of  persons  entering  the  profession 
and  the  decrease  in  our  educational  facilities. 

It  is  certain  that  some  reduction  in  numbers  will  immediately  ensue  upon  the  lengthening 
of  the  course.  The  process  by  which  the  latter  is  to  be  done  must  be  gradual,  but  it  will  not 
take  as  long  as  in  medicine  for  the  ground  has  already  been  broken  and  college  preparation  for 

118 


all  the  learned  professions  is  now  an  accepted  fact.  The  period  of  reduction  in  classes  will, 
undoubtedy,  be  of  shorter  duration  than  occurred  in  medicine.  At  the  present  time  there  are 
now  matriculated  in  colleges  of  liberal  arts  and  science  more  men  and  women  than  can  be 
admitted  to  the  better  medical  schools  they  aspire  to  enter,  and  it  will  not  be  long  before  any 
dental  school  that  is  qualified  to  deliver  the  right  sort  of  education  will  find  its  matriculation 
normal.  The  schools  which  do  not  come  up  to  the  desired  standard  will,  undoubtedy,  be 
deserted,  for  a  more  critical  choice  of  a  school  will  be  the  result  of  better  preparatory  educa- 
tion of  applicant's. 

In  the  recognition  of  our  obligation  to  the  public  to  provide  dental  service,  it  must  be 
remembered  that  this  is  expressed  not  only  in  a  greater  need  for  dentistry,  but  in  the 
constantly  growing  demand  for  better  dentistry.  Our  real  duty  is  not  only  to  provide  more 
dental  service  but  that  this  greater  service  must  be  of  the  highest  grade,  for  we  know  too 
well  that  poor  dentistry  is  often  worse  than  none  at  all.  The  real  economic  probem  involved 
in  the  whole  matter  is  not  that  of  maintaining  the  old  inadequate  dental  service,  but  of  increas- 
ing the  facilities  for  the  new.  It  is  not  one  for  the  educators,  for  it  is  their  function  to 
determine  what  dental  education  should  be,  while  philanthropists,  educational  foundations,  or 
economists  are  really  the  experts  who  should  deal  with  pi'oviding  the  educational  institutions 
wherein  more  fully  trained  dentists  can  be  obtained.  It  cannot  be  denied  that  the  better 
educated  a  profession  is  and  the  better  the  standing  of  the  practitioners,  the  greater  attraction 
it  offers  to  those  considering  the  choice  of  a  calling.  The  number  of  prospective  students 
unable  to  take  the  lengthened  course  for  economic  reasons  will  be  increased,  but  there  will 
be  an  increase  in   the  number   attracted  to   the  profession,   and  these  will  be  of   a   higher   type. 

A  second  well-defined  tendency  in  dental  education  clearly  indicates  the  nature  of  the 
relationship  it  is  likely  to  sustain  to  medicine.  Those  who  would  have  the  dentist  of  today 
graduate  in  medicine,  or  who  wish  to  expand  the  dental  course  to  include  all  cr  nearly  all  of 
general  medicine  are  in  a  small  minority. 

Kirk^  interpreted  these  tendencies  in  dental  education  in  19 14  in  his  address  before  the 
Sixth  International  Dental  Congress,  and  advanced  the  opinion  "that  because  of  the  practical 
impossibility  of  combining  the  present  medical  curriculum  with  the  present  dental  curriculum 
so  as  to  train,  in  view  of  the  present  economic  conditions,  the  dental  practitioner  to  the  best 
advantage,  our  obvious  course  is  so  to  enlarge  the  scope  and  improve  the  character  of  the 
special  dental  curriculum  as  adequately  to  meet  modern  educational  demands.  This  course 
should  be  followed  until  the  time  arrives,  as  I  believe  that  time  inevitably  will,  when  there 
shall  be  brought  about  by  the  evident  specializing  tendency  in  medicine  today  a  reorganization 
of  the  medical  curriculum  by  which  sufficient  length  of  time  will  be  devoted  to  the  training 
of  men  in  all  of  the  sciences  that  are  fundamental  to  the  entire  field  of  healing,  at  the  termina- 
tion of  which  phase  of  the  curriqulum  there  should  be  granted  a  mark  or  degree  educationally 
equivalent  to  the  Bachelor's  degree  in  science  or  letters,  and  from  the  point  of  attainment  of 
this  Bachelor's  degree  in  medicine  the  student  may  specialize  in  groups  of  studies  that  will 
make  him  an  efficient  practitioner  in  some  recognized  special  department  of  medicine,  at  th; 
termination  of  which  he  will  have  conferred  upon  him  his  doctorate  or  licentiate,  and  then  be 
licensed    to    practise    only   within   the   limits    of  the   speciality    for   which    he    has   been   trained." 

He  adds  later,  "If  such  a  reorganization  of  the  medical  curriculum  as  I  have  referred  to 
shall  ultimately  arrive,  then  dentistry  will  be  fully  equipped  and  qualified  to  take  its  place  and 
rank  along  with  the  sister  specialities  of  the  healing  art." 

•The  present  science  of  medicine  is  too  comprehensive  for  its  own  graduates  to  obtain  in 
four  years  more  than  a  general  foundation,  and  it  would  be  economically  unsound  to  compel 
the  dentist  to  acquire  so  much  of  no  direct  value  to  him.  But  the  dentist  should  have  the 
same  or  equivalent  training  in  the  basic  m.edical  sciences,  and  enough  of  general  medicine  itself 
to  enable  him  to  recognize  diseases  and  conditions  of  a  general  type  which  have  any  relationship 
•  whatsoever  to  his  special  field.  He  should  be  fully  capable  of  dealing  with  all  the  general  and 
special  matters  arising  in  connection  with  the  teeth  and  jaws.  In  this  manner  he  will  be  trained 
as  a  specialist  in  this  branch  of  medicine  in  the  most  logical  fashion  and  will  not  be  wasting 
time  and  energy  in  acquiring  knowledge  without  relationship  "to  his  own  proper  work. 

If  we  are  correct  as  to  the  meaning  of  these  two  major  groups  of  facts,  they  form  the 
basis  for  a  logical  program  for  our  educational  insii'utions.  It  would  seem  wire  that  such  a 
program  shall  now  be  put  into  definite  form  and  promulgated  and  the  support  of  the  profession 
asked    for  it.      The   following   program   is   based   upon   present   facts   and   the   above  conclusion: 

A.  The  progressive  elevation  of  the  educational  standard  for  admission  so  that  the  re- 
quirement for  matriculation  in  dental  schools  shall  be  identical  with  that  for  entrance  to 
medical  schools  of  the  first  grade,  and  that  this  shall  become  operative  in  all  schools  not 
later  than  1930. 

B.  The  inclusion  in  the  first  two  years  of  the  dental  curriculum  of  courses  in  anatomy, 
histology    and    embryology,    physiology    and    physiological    chemistry,    bacteriology    and    general 


Transactions,  Sixth  luicrnational  Dental  Congress,  p.   n. 

119 


pathology,  and  materia  medica,  identical  with,  or  equivalent  to,  the  courses  in  these  basic  sciences 
offered  in  medical  schools  of  the  first  grade. 

C.  The  inclusion  of  courses  in  operative  and  prosthetic  technics  in  the  first  two  years  as 
basic  to  the  training  in  clinical  practice. 

D.  The  third  and  fourth  years  to  be  devoted  to  the  special  pathology  and  therapeutics  of 
dentistry,  to  the  principles  of  surgery  and  the  special  surgery  of  the  moutli,  teeth,  and  associ- 
ated parts,  to  the  principles  of  operative  and  prosthetic  dentistry  with  abundant  opportunities 
for  clinical  practice,  to  radiography,  to  anesthesia,  to  a  fundamental  course  in  orthodontics,  to 
a  course  in  general  medicine  designed  to  cover  all  the  general  medical  relationships  of  dentistry, 
and  to  courses  in  ethics,  economics,  jurisprudence,  and  history. 

E.  The  rapid  establishment  of  more  schools  for  the  training  of  dental  hygienists  and  an 
increase  of  the  training  of  dental  mechanics  in  a  larger  number  of  orthodox  schools,  and  an 
extension  of  the  field  of  trained  assistants,  such  as  radiographic  and  bacteriologic  technicians, 
office  assistants,  etc.,  to  increase  the  actual  efficiency  of  the  individual  dentist. 

CONSTITUTION   AND   BY-LAWS 

As  Adopted  in  Philadelphia,  June  5,  1909 

Preamble 
We,   the  representatives  of   University  Dental    Schools,   realizing  the  need   of  active  and 
uniform  progress  in  the  standards  of  Dental   Education  in  America,  hereby  organize  a  Univer- 
sity Dental  Faculties'  Association,  for  the  promotion  of  Dental  Education. 

ARTICLE  I 

Nami: 

This  organization  shall  be  known  as  The  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities. 

ARTICLE  II 
Object 

The  object  of  the  Association  shall  be — To  promote  dental  education;  to  improve  the 
standard  of  preliminary  education  required  for  admission  to  dental  schools;  to  establish 
reciprocal  educational  relations  with  its  members,  and  ultimately  to  establish  a  national  standard 
which  may  serve  as  the  basis  for  a  reciprocal  interchange  of  dental  licenses  among  the  several 
states. 

ARTICLE  III 
Membership 

Section  i.  The  membership  of  this  Association  shall  be  limited  to  dental  schools  which 
are  an  integral  part  of  state  universities  or  of  chartered  universities  of  equal  standing  of  the 
United  States  of  America  holding  membership  in  the  Association  of  American  Universities, 
or  accepted  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  demanding  gradua- 
tion from  accredited  high  schools  that  require  not  less  than  four  years  of  high  school  work, 
or  the  equivalent  amount  of  education,  for  matriculation. 

Sec.  2.  All  applications  for  membership  must  be  filed  with  the  secretary  at  least  ninety 
days  before  the  next  regular  meeting  of  the  Association,  and  shall  be  referred  at  once  to  the 
executive  committee,   who   shall  report  thereon  at   the  next   regular  meeting  of  the  Association. 

Sec.  3.  A  unanimous  recommendation  of  the  executive  committee  shall  be  required  to 
make  an  applicant  eligible  for  membership.  A  two-thirds  vote  of  all  members  shall  be  required 
to  elect. 

Sec.  4.  Each  member  of  this  Association  shall  have  certain  inalienable  rights,  including 
it's  business  management,  methods  of  pedagogy,  and  control  of  its  internal  affairs  with  relation 
to  its  parent  institution,  which  snail  not  be  revoked. 

Sec.  s.  No  special  or  exclusive  rights  or  privileges  shall  be  granted  to  any  member 
which  may  not  at  any  time  be  altered  or  revoked. 

ARTICLE  IV 
Distribution  of  Powers 
The  functions  of  this  Association  shall  be  divided  into  executive  and  educational. 

ARTICLE  V 
Officers 

Section  i.  The  officers  shall  consist  of  president,  vice-president,  and  secretary-treasurer, 
who  shall  be  elected  by  a  majority  vote  at  the  annual  meeting  of  this  Association,  and  they 
each  shall  hold  office  for  one  year  from  the  date  of  their  election  or  until  their  successors  shall 
have  qualified. 

120 


Duties  of  Officers 

Sec.  2.  The  president  shall  preside  at  all  meetings,  and  shall  have  a  vote  on  all  questions, 
but  having  so  voted  is  not  qualified  to  cast  a  deciding  vote  in  case  of  a  tie;  shall  appoint  all 
committees  not  otherwise  provided  for;  shall  see  that  all  resolutions  are  faithfully  executed; 
shall  have  power  to  fill  vacancies  in  office  until  the  next  regular  election,  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  executive  committee;  shall  at  the  annual  meeting  render  a  report  of  the  condition  of  the 
Association  and  make  such  recommendations  as  he  deems  neces'ary,  and  shall  perform  such 
other  duties  as  pertain  to  his  office. 

Sec.   3.     The  vice-president  shall  perform  the  duties  of  the  president  in  his  absence. 

Sec.  4.  The  secretary-treasurer  shall  keep  a  correct  record  of  all  official  acts  of  the 
Association,  such  records  to  be  open  to  the  inspection  of  members  at  reasonable  times;  shall 
edit  and  publish  the  annual  proceedings  of  this  Association,  which  shall  contain — This  constitu- 
tion, all  rules,  all  resolutions  submitted  previous  to,  or  at,  the  annual  meeting,  and  the  action 
taken  upon  the  same,  list  of  officers,  standing  and  special  committees  and  their  reports,  and 
such  other  matter  as  may  be  deemed  important,  all  of  which  shall  be  approved  by  the  executive 
committee  before  publication. 

Shall  submit  a  budget  of  estimated  revenue  and  expenditures  for  the  enfu'ng  year  to  each 
member,  sixty  days  before  the  annual  meeting; 

Shall  conduct  a  bureau  of  general  information  pertaining  to  dental  educational  matters 
throughout  the  world,  including  reports  of  boards  of  dental  examiners,  announcements  of 
dental  colleges,  state  laws,  foreign  dental  colleges  and  preparatory  schools,  and  all  information 
of  value  to  this  Association; 

Shall  keep  a  file  of  all  official  correspondence  of  the  officers  of  this  Association,  and  replies 
thereto,  and  shall  perform  such  other  duties  as   pertain  to  his  office; 

Shall  receive  all  fees  and  pay  all  bills,  but  only  upon  the  authority  of  the  executive  com- 
mittee or  of  this  Association.  Shall  submit  a  detailed  statement  of  all  receipts  and  disburse- 
ments at  each  annual  meeting; 

Shall  receive  a  salary  of — for  his  services,  payable  annually;   and 

Shall  render  a  report  of  his  office  at  the  annual  meeting. 

Sec.  5.  The  executive  committee  shall  consist  of  the  president  ex  officio  and  two  other 
members  elected  at  the  first  regular  meeting  of  this  Association,  one  of  whom  shall  be  elected 
for  a  term  of  one  year  and  one  for  a  terra  of -two  years,  and  at  each  regular  meeting  thereafter 
one  member  shall  be  elected  to  fill  the  vacancy. 

Duties  of  Execittiz'e  Committee 

The  executive  committee  shall  manage  the  business  affairs  of  this  Association  during  the 
interim  between  the  annual  meetings; 

Shall  designate  the  time  and  place  of  meetings; 

Shall  call  all  special  meetings  at  the  request  of  one-third  of  the  members,  designating 
the  object  of  said  meeting; 

Shall  direct  the  secretarj'-treasurer  to  publish  notices  of  all  meetings  in  such  journals 
as  it  deems  advisable,  at  least  sixty  days  before  said  meeting; 

Shall  audit  the  books  and  accounts  of  the  officers  of  this  Association;   and 

Shall  render  a  report  of  its  acts  to  the  Association  at  the  annual  meeting. 

ARTICLE  VI 
f'iscAL  Year 
The  fiscal  year  of  this  Association  shall  be  from  July  i  to   June  30,  inclusive. 

ARTICLE  VII 
Educational  Department 

Section  i.  The  educational  committee  shall  consist  of  the  president  ex  officio  and  three 
other  members,  one  elected  for  one  year,  one  for  two  years,  and  one  for  three  years,  and  at 
each  annual  meeting  one  to  be  elected  for  three  years  to  fill  the  vacancy.  This  committee 
shall  select  its  ow-n  chairman. 

Duties  of  Educational  Committee 

The  educational  committee  shall  review  all  announcements  of  members  of  this  Association; 

Shall  outline  a  preparatory  course  of  study  for  matriculation,  suggesting  what  subjects 
should  be  required  and  what  subjects  elective; 

Shall  advise  as  to  the  number  of  conditions  allowable  for  matriculation; 

Shall  advise  as  to  uniformity  of  curriculum,  length  of  the  sessions,  and  system  of 
examinations,   markings,   and   grades   of  scholarship; 

Shall   advise  as  to  the  conditions  of  promotion  and  admission  to   advanced  standing; 

Shall  advise  as  to  the  standing  of  foreign  preparatory  and  public  schools  and  colleges, 
and   foreign  dental  colleges; 


Shall  review  all  text  and  reference  books; 

Shall  review  foreign  and  American  dental   laws  and   educational  measures;    and 
Shall    determine    the    comparative    value    of    the   curriculum    of    other    dental    colleges    not 
members  of  this  Association. 

Standard    of  Preliminary   Education 

Sec.  2.     No   person,  except  one  presenting  a  certificate  of  graduation  from   a  high   school 

giving  a   four  jears'   course  of   study,   or   who   presents   credentials   which   give   evidence   of   an 

equivalent  scholastic  preparation,  is  eligible  for  matriculation   in   any   college  a   member   of  this 

Association,  without  taking  an   examination  given  bj'  an  examiner  indorsed  by  this  Association. 

ARTICLE  VIII 
Fees,  Fines,  Etc. 
Section    i.     The  expense   of  the  annual   m.eeting   shall  be  borne  by  this  Association  in   a 
manner   determined    at   the    annual    meeting,    except   that    no    member    shall    receive    mileage    or 
compensation   from  the  Association. 

Sec.  2.     The  annual  membership  fee  of  this  Association  shall  be  fifty  dollars. 
Sec.   3.     No   assessments   shall   be  levied   against   the  members   of   this   Association    except 
by  majority  vote   at  the  annual  meeting. 

ARTICLE    IX. 
Enforcement  of  Rules 
The   enforcement   of   rules   governing  this   Association   shall   be   entrusted    to   the   executive 
committee  with  power  to  act,  subject  to  revision  by  the  Association  at  its  next  annual   meeting. 

ARTICLE  X 
Representation 

Section  i.  Each  member  of  this  Association  shall  be  entitled  to  one  representative, 
recommended  by  his  faculty  and  duly  authorized  by  his  universit3%  who  shall  be  the  voting 
member.  In  his  absence  a  duly  qualified  alternate  may  be  substituted  by  such  voting  member 
in  writing. 

Sec.  2.  Other  members  of  the  faculties  of  the  colleges  which  are  members  of  this  Asso- 
ciation may  be  present  at  all  meetings  as  delegates  and  take  part  in  the  discussion,  and  no 
other  person  shall  be  present  without  a  majority  consent  of  the  Association. 

Sec   3.     All  delegates  are  eligible  for  office. 

ARTICLE  XI 
Resolutions 
Section    i.     All   matters   to   be   presented  to  this  Association   for   its   action   must  be  sub- 
mitted in  the  form  of  a  resolution  in  writing,  and  all  resolutions  of  a  general  nature,   approved 
by  this  Association,  shall  have  a  uniform  operation. 

Sec  2.  Except  by  unanimous  consent  at  the  annual  meeting,  no  resolution  shall  be  enacted 
unless  it  shall  have  been  presented  in  writing  to  all  members  at  least  sixty  days  before  said 
meeting. 

ARTICLE  XII 

Amendments 

Amendments   to    the   constitution    and   by-laws    must   be   filed    with    the    secretary-treasurer 

at  least  ninety  days  before  the  annual  meeting  and  be  submitted  by  him  immediately  thereupon 

to  all  members,  and   said  amendment  may  be  presented  for  final  action  at  such  annual  meeting. 

A  two-thirds  majority  vote  will  be  required  to  pass  such  amendment. 

ARTICLE  XIII 
Quorum 
Two-thirds  of  the  regular  voting  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum. 

ARTICLE  XIV 
Order  of  Business 

1.  Filing  of   credentials   and   payment   of   fees  8.  Reports  of  special  committees 

2.  Roll-call  of  members  9-  Unfinished  business 

3.  Reading  minutes  of  previous  meeting.  10.  New  business 

4.  President's  report  u-  Election  of  officers  _ 

5.  Secretary-treasurer's    report  12-  Final  reading  of  minutes 

6.  Report  of  executive  committee  13 •  Adjournment 

7.  Report   of   educational   committee 


STANDING    RESOLUTIONS 

Resolved,  That  the  minimum  standard  of  four  years'  high  school  education  now  required 
for  admission  to  the  schools  of  this  Association  shall  be  as  defined  by  the  regents  of  fhe 
University  of  the  State  of  New  York — this  to  include  one  year  of  work  in  chemistry;  the 
requirement  in  chemistry  to  fake  effect  in   1912-13.- — March  8,  jgil. 

Resolved,  That  schools  or  colleges  of  dentistry  that  are  integral  part  of,  and  under  the 
direct  supervision  of,  universities  accepted  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of 
Teaching  may  be  eligible  to  hold  membership  in  the  Dental  Faculties'  Association  of  American 
Universities. — March  8,  1911. 

Resolved,  That  in  all  cases  of  transfer  from  one  school  to  another,  the  dean  of  the  school 
transferring  the  student  shall  accompany  the  transfer  with  a  letter  giving  full  particulars  as  to 
the  general  character  and  value  of  the  man  and  his  work,  and  shall  also  state  whether  the 
student  has  been  honorably  dismissed. — January  22,   igi2. 

Resolved,  That  graduates  of  dental  schools  not  holding  membership  in  this  Association 
may  be  admitted  to  the  senior  year  in  schools  holding  membership  in  this  Association,  pro- 
vided that  their  preliminary  training  is  equal  to  the  training  required  for  the  admission  of 
students  to  our  university  schools;  and  they  may  become  candidates  for  graduation  after 
fulfilling  the  requirements  of  the  senior  year,  provided  that  they  pass  examinations  on  all  the 
subjects  that  are  final  in  the  first  and  second  years  of  the  course  before  coming  up  for  final 
examination  for  the  degree. — March  21,  1914. 

CONSTITUTION   AND   BY-LAWS 

As  Revised  in  Montreal  January  22,   1922 

ARTICLE   I 
Name 
This    organization    shall    be    known    as    the    Dental    Faculties'    Association    of    American 
Universities. 

ARTICLE  II 
Object 
The  object  of  the  Association  shall  be  to  promote  dental  education  in  accord  with  univer- 
sity ideals;  to  improve  the  standard  of  preliminary  education  required  for  admission  to  dental 
schools;  to  establish  reciprocal  relations  with  its  members;  to  eistablish  a  national  standard 
which  may  serve  as  the  basis  for  a  reciprocal  interchange  of  dental  licenses  among  the  several 
states,  and  to  initiate  such  other   activities  as  from  time  to  time  seem  advisable. 

ARTICLE  III 

Membership 

Section  i.  The  membership  of  this  Association  shall  consist  of  active  and  hotiorary 
members. 

Sec.  2.  The  active  membership  of  this  Association  shall  be  limited  to  well-recognized 
dental  schools  which  are  integral  parts  of  state  universities,  of  chartered  universities,  and 
institutions  of  equal  standing  in  America,  which  maintain  well-recognized  literary  colleges  and 
medical  schools. 

Sec.  3.  Hereafter  no  dental  school  vi'ill  be  eligible  for  election  to  active  membership  in 
this  Association  unless  it  maintains  minimum  qualifications  for  admission  equal  to  those 
required  for  matriculation  in  a  majority  of  the  institutions  composing  this  Association. 

Sec.  4.  All  applications  for  active  membership  should  be  filed  with  the  secretary  at  least 
ninety  da;  s  before  the  next  regular  meeting  of  the  Association,  and  referred  at  once  to  the 
executive  committee  who  shall  report  thereon  at  the  next  regular  meeting  of  the  Association.  The 
Association  may,  however,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  all  members  recognize  an  application  for 
membership  that  is  filed  less  than '  ninety  days  previous  to  a  regular  meeting  and  appoint  a 
committee  to  examine  the  school  and  report  at  the  following  regular  meeting.  A  two-thirds 
vote  of  all  members  of  the  Association  shall  be  required  to  elect. 

Sec.  5.  The  Association  may  elect  to  honorary  membership  persons  holding  official  posi- 
tion in  institutions  directly  or  indirectly  related  to  dental  education.  Honorary  members  may 
enjoy  all  the  rights  and  privileges  of  active  members  and  shall  not  pay  any  dues. 

Sec.  6.  Each  member  of  this  Association  shall  have  certain  inalienable  rights,  including 
its  business  management,  methods  of  pedagogy,  and  control  of  its  internal  affairs  with  relation 
to  its  parent  institution,  which  shall  not  be  revoked. 


123 


ARTICLE  IV 

Distribution   of  Powers 
The  functions  of  this  Association  shall  be  divided  into  executive  and  educational. 

ARTICLE  V 

Officers 

Section    i.     The  officers  shall  consist  of  president,  vice-president,  and  secretary-treasurer,' 

who  shall  be  elected  by  a  majority  vote  at  the  annual   meeting  of  this  Association,   and  they 

each  shall  hold  office  for  one  year  from  the  date  of  their  election  or  until  their  successors  shall 

have  qualified. 

Duties  of  Officers 

Sec.  2.  The  president  shall  preside  at  all  meetings,  and  shall  have  a  vote  on  all  questions, 
but  having  so  voted  is  not  qualified  to  cast  a  deciding  vote  in  case  of  a  tie;  shall  appoint  all 
committees  not  otherwise  provided  for;  shall  see  that  all  resolutions  are  faithfully  executed; 
shall  have  power  to  fill  vacancies  in  office  until  the  next  regular  election,  subject  to  the  approval 
of  the  executive  committee;  shall  at  the  annual  meeting  render  a  report  of  the  condition  of  the 
Association  and  make  such  recommendations  as  he  deems  necessary,  and  shall  perform  such 
other  duties  as  pertain  to  his  office. 

Sec.  3.  The  vice-president  shall  perform  the  duties  of  the  president  in  his  absence. 
Sec.  4.  The  secretary-treasurer  shall  keep  a  correct  record  of  all  official  acts  of  the 
Association,  such  records  to  be  open  to  the  inspection  of  members  at  reasonable  times;  shall 
edit  and  publish  the  annual  proceedings  of  this  Association,  which  shall  contain  all  resolutions 
submitted  previous  to  or  at  the  annual  meeting,  and  the  action  taken  upon  the  same,  list  of 
officers,  standing  and  special  committees  and  their  reports,  and  such  other  matter  as  may  be 
deemed  important,  all  of  which  shall  be  approved  by  the  executive  committee  before  publication ; 
Shall  submit  a  budget  of  estimated  revenue  and  expenditures  for  the  ensuing  year,  at 
the  annual  meeting;  .     . 

Shall  keep  a  file  of  all  official  correspondence  of  the  officers  of  this  Association,  and 
replies  thereto,  and  shall  perform  such  other  duties  as  pertain  to  his  office; 

Shall  receive  all  fees  and  pay  all  bills,  but  only  upon  the  authority  of  the  executive 
committee  or  of  this  Association.  Shall  submit  a  detailed  statement  of  all  receipts  and  dis- 
bursements  at  each  annual  meeting; 

Shall  receive  a  suitable  honorarium  for  his  services,  payable  annually;   and 
Shall  render  a  report  of  his  office  at  the  annual  meeting. 

Sec.  5.  The  executive  committee  shall  consist  of  the  president  ex  officio  and  two  other 
members  elected  at  the  first  regular  meeting  of  this  Association,  one  of  whom  shall  be  elected 
for  a  term  of  one  year  and  one  for  a  term  of  two  years,  and  at  each  regular  meeting  there- 
after one  member  shall  be  elected  for  two  years  to  fill  the  vacancy. 

Duties  of  the  Executive  Committee 
The  executive  committee  shall  manage  the  business  affairs  of   this  Association   during  the 
interim  between  the  annual  meetings; 

Shall  designate  the   time   and   place   of   meetings; 

Shall  call  all  annual  and  special  meetings,  designating  the  object  of  said   meeting; 

Shall  direct  the  secretary-treasurer  to  send  notices  of  the  annual  and  all  special  meetings; 

Shall  audit  the  books  and  accounts  of  the  officers  of  this  Association;  and 

Shall  render  a  report  of  its  acts  to  the  Association  at  the  annual  meeting. 

ARTICLE  VI 
Fiscal  Year 
The  fiscal  year  of  this  Association  shall  be  from  July  1   to  June  30,  inclusive. 

ARTICLE  VII 

Educational  Department 

The  educational  committee  shall  consist  of  the  secretary-treasurer  ex  officio  and  three 
other  members,  one  elected  for  one  year,  one  for  two  years,  and  one  for  three  years,  and  at 
each  annual  meeting  one  to  be  elected  for  three  years  to  fill  the  vacancy.  This  committee  shall 
elect  its  own  chairman. 

Duties  of  Educational  Committee 

The  educational  committee  shall  review  all  announcements  of  members  of  this  Association; 

Shall  outline  a  preparatory  cojirse  of  study  for  matriculation; 

Shall  advise  as  to  uniformity  of  curricula,  length  of  the  sessions,  and  systems  of  examina- 
tions, markings,  and  grades  of  scholarship; 

Shall  adyise  as  to  the  conditions  of  promotion  and  admission  to  advanced  standing; 


124 


Shall  advise  as  to  the  standing  of  foreign  preparatory  and  public  schools  and  colleges, 
and   foreign   dental   colleges; 

Shall   review  all  text  and  reference  books; 

Shall  revievir  foreign  and  American  dental  laws  and  educational  measures;  and 

Shall  recommend  the  comparative  value  of  the  curricula  of  other  dental  colleges  not  mem- 
bers of  this  Association. 

ARTICLE  VIII 
Fees,  Etc. 

Section  i.  The  expenses  of  this  Association  shall  be  borne  in  a  manner  to  be  deter- 
mined, at  the  annual  meeting,  except  that  no  member  shall  receive  mileage  or  compensation 
from  the  Association  for  attending  an  annual  meeting. 

Sec.  2.     The  annual  membership  fee  of  this  Association  shall  be  fifty  dollars. 

Sec.  3.  No  assessments  shall  be  levied  against  the  members  of  this  Association  except 
by  majority  vote  at  the  annual  meeting. 

ARTICLE  IX 
Representation 

Section  i.  Each  member  of  this  Association  shall  be  entitled  to  one  representative, 
recommended  by  his  faculty  and  duly  authorized  by  his  institution,  who  shall  be  the  voting 
member.  In  his  absence  a  duly  qualified  alternate  may  be  substituted  by  such  voting  member 
in  writing. 

Sec.  2.  Other  members  of  the  faculties  of  the  colleges  which  are  members  of  this  Associa- 
tion may  be  present  at  all  meetings  as  delegates,  and  take  part  in  the  discussion.  No  other 
person  shall  be  present  without  a  majority  consent  of  the.  Association. 

Sec.  3.     All  delegates  are  eligible  for  office. 

ARTICLE  X 
Resolutions 
All  matters  to  be  presented  to  this  Association  for   its  action  must  be   submitted  in  the 
form  of  a  resolution  in  writing,  and  all  resolutions  of  a  general  nature,  approved  by  this  Associa- 
tion,  shall  have   a  uniform   operation. 

ARTICLE  XI 

Amendments 
Amendments  to  the  constitution  and  by-laws  must  be  filed  with  the  secretary-treasurer  at 
least  sixty  days  before  the  annual  meeting  and  be  submitted  by  him  immediately  thereupon  to 
all  members,  and  said  amendment  may  be  presented  for  final  action  at  such  annual  meeting. 
A  two-thirds  majority  vote  will  be  required  to  pass  such  amendment. 

ARTICLE  XII 
Quorum 

Two  thirds  of  the  regular  voting  members   shall  constitute  a  quorum. 

ARTICLE  XIII 

Order  of  Business 

1.  Filing  of  credentials  and  payment  of   fees 

2.  Roll  call  of  members 

3.  Reading   minutes    of   previous   meeting 

4.  President's  report 

5.  Secretary -treasurer's   report 

6.  Report  of  executive  committee 

7.  Report  of  educational  committee 

8.  Reports  of  special  committees 

9.  Unfinished  business 

10.  New  business 

1 1 .  Election  of  officers 

12.  Final  reading  of  minutes 

13.  Adjournment 


I2S 


COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 

This  book  is  due  on  the  date  indicated  below,  or  at  the 
expiration  of  a  definite  period  after  the  date  of  borrowing,    j 
as  provided  by  the  rules  of  the  Library  or  by  special  ar-    ) 
rangement  with  the  Librarian  in  charge.                                  ' 

DATE  BORROWED 

DATE  DUE 

DATE  BORROWED 

DATE  DUE 

CZ8(239)MI00 

RKl 


m:< 


Dental  faculties.'   assoc.    of        cop.l      \ 

Amer.  universities. 

-linutec    and  Drnr.APriTnrr^      tch.q  


'^^ 


. 


